docUser Guide - ManageEngine
download 
Report Transcription
User Guide - ManageEngine
Table of Contents INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ 9 Release Notes ................................................................................................................. 11 Contacting ZOHO Corporation ......................................................................................... 22 How Desktop Central Works? .......................................................................................... 24 INSTALLATION & SETUP ...................................................................................... 32 System Requirements ...................................................................................................... 33 Installing Desktop Central ................................................................................................ 36 Working with Desktop Central .......................................................................................... 38 Installing Service Pack ..................................................................................................... 40 Licensing the Product....................................................................................................... 41 Understanding the Client UI ............................................................................................. 43 Setting Up Desktop Central .............................................................................................. 46 Configuring Desktop Central for Windows Vista / 2008 / Windows 7............................................. 47 Defining the Scope of Management ............................................................................................... 48 Adding Domain/Workgroup ....................................................................................................... 49 Managing computers in LAN ..................................................................................................... 53 Managing Computers in Wide Area Networks (WAN) .............................................................. 55 Managing computers with Mac OS ........................................................................................... 71 Configuring Agent Settings ............................................................................................................. 74 Configuring Mail Server .................................................................................................................. 76 Configuring Help Desk Integration.................................................................................................. 77 Integrating Desktop Central with ServiceDesk Plus ....................................................................... 78 Configuring Service Desk Plus ................................................................................................. 79 Integrating Asset Data............................................................................................................... 80 Logging Help Desk Requests as Tickets .................................................................................. 83 Deploying Software Applications .............................................................................................. 86 Complete UI Integration with ServiceDesk Plus ....................................................................... 89 Generating an Authentication Key ............................................................................................ 92 Managing Custom Scripts .............................................................................................................. 95 Configuring Server Settings ............................................................................................................ 97 Creating Custom Groups ................................................................................................................ 98 1 Zoho Corp. Configuring Deployment Templates ............................................................................................. 100 Configuring Remote Access to the Database in Desktop Central ................................................ 102 Personalizing the Client ................................................................................................................ 105 Migrating Desktop Central Server ................................................................................................ 107 User & Role Management ............................................................................................................ 109 Setting Up Software Deployment ................................................................................................. 114 Configuring Software Repositories ......................................................................................... 115 Managing Software Packages ................................................................................................ 119 Software Deployment Templates ............................................................................................ 126 Setting Up Patch Management..................................................................................................... 128 Patch Management for Closed Network ................................................................................. 129 Configuring Proxy Server ........................................................................................................ 131 Configuring Vulnerability DB Synchronization ........................................................................ 132 Configuring Automated Patch Deployment ............................................................................. 133 Configuring System Health Policy ........................................................................................... 138 Enabling Patch Approval Process ........................................................................................... 139 Decline Patches ...................................................................................................................... 140 Setting Up Asset Management ..................................................................................................... 142 Scan Systems for Inventory .................................................................................................... 143 Manage Software Licenses ..................................................................................................... 145 Create Software Groups ......................................................................................................... 147 Manage Software Category .................................................................................................... 148 Configure Prohibited Software ................................................................................................ 149 Configure E-Mail Alerts ........................................................................................................... 152 Schedule Inventory Scanning ................................................................................................. 153 Setting Up User Logon Reports.................................................................................................... 154 Setting Up Active Directory Reports ............................................................................................. 155 USER GUIDE ......................................................................................................... 156 Software Installation ....................................................................................................... 157 Installing MSI-based Applications for Users ................................................................................. 158 Installing EXE-based Applications for Users ................................................................................ 159 Installing MSI-based Applications for Computers......................................................................... 160 Installing EXE-based Applications for Computers ........................................................................ 161 Uninstalling MSI-based Applications for Users ............................................................................ 162 Uninstalling EXE-based Applications for Users............................................................................ 163 Uninstalling MSI-based Applications for Computers .................................................................... 164 Uninstalling EXE-based Applications for Computers ................................................................... 165 2 Zoho Corp. Patch Management ........................................................................................................ 166 Patch Management Architecture .................................................................................................. 167 Patch Management Life Cycle...................................................................................................... 170 Scan Systems for Vulnerability ..................................................................................................... 172 Installing Missing Patches ............................................................................................................ 173 Patch Views .................................................................................................................................. 174 Viewing Applicable Patches .................................................................................................... 175 Viewing Latest Patches ........................................................................................................... 178 Viewing Missing Patches ........................................................................................................ 180 Viewing Installed Patches ....................................................................................................... 182 Viewing Supported Patches .................................................................................................... 183 Viewing Healthy Systems........................................................................................................ 184 Viewing Vulnerable Systems................................................................................................... 185 Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems ....................................................................................... 186 Viewing Patch Reports ................................................................................................................. 187 Viewing Vulnerable Systems Report ....................................................................................... 188 Viewing Vulnerable Patches Report ....................................................................................... 189 Viewing Supported Patches Report ........................................................................................ 190 Hardware and Software Inventory .................................................................................. 191 Software Metering......................................................................................................................... 192 Viewing Computer Details ............................................................................................................ 197 Viewing Hardware Details ............................................................................................................ 198 Viewing Software Details .............................................................................................................. 199 Viewing Inventory Alerts ............................................................................................................... 201 Viewing Inventory Reports ............................................................................................................ 202 Hardware Inventory Reports ................................................................................................... 203 Software Inventory Reports..................................................................................................... 205 License Compliance Reports .................................................................................................. 207 Windows Tools............................................................................................................... 210 System Tools ................................................................................................................................ 211 Creating and Scheduling Tasks .............................................................................................. 212 Viewing and Modifying the Tasks ........................................................................................... 216 Viewing Task History............................................................................................................... 217 Remote Desktop Sharing ............................................................................................................. 218 Prerequisites for Sharing Computers Remotely ..................................................................... 219 Remote Desktop Sharing: Configuring Settings ..................................................................... 227 Connecting to Remote Desktop .............................................................................................. 234 3 Zoho Corp. File Transfer ............................................................................................................................ 238 Troubleshooting Tips ............................................................................................................... 239 System Manager........................................................................................................................... 241 Chat .............................................................................................................................................. 243 Troubleshooting Tips ............................................................................................................... 245 Wake on LAN................................................................................................................................ 247 Remote Shutdown Tool ................................................................................................................ 251 Windows Configurations ................................................................................................ 256 User Configurations ...................................................................................................................... 257 Configuring Alerts .................................................................................................................... 258 Executing Custom Scripts ....................................................................................................... 260 Configuring Display Settings ................................................................................................... 262 Mapping Network Drives ......................................................................................................... 264 Setting Environment Variables ................................................................................................ 266 Managing Files and Folders .................................................................................................... 268 Redirecting User-Specific Folders .......................................................................................... 272 Installing Software - MSI & EXE Packages............................................................................. 275 Configuring Internet Explorer Settings .................................................................................... 281 Configuring IP Printer .............................................................................................................. 283 Launching Applications ........................................................................................................... 285 Displaying Message Box ......................................................................................................... 287 Configuring MS Office Settings ............................................................................................... 289 Configuring Outlook Settings .................................................................................................. 291 Setting Path ............................................................................................................................. 294 Managing Permissions ............................................................................................................ 295 Configuring Power Options ..................................................................................................... 299 Configuring Registry Settings.................................................................................................. 302 Securing USB Devices ............................................................................................................ 306 Configuring Security Policies .................................................................................................. 313 Configuring Shared Network Printer ....................................................................................... 315 Managing Shortcuts ................................................................................................................ 317 Computer Configurations .............................................................................................................. 321 Redirecting Common Folders ................................................................................................. 323 Executing Custom Scripts ....................................................................................................... 325 Setting Environment Variables ................................................................................................ 327 Managing Files and Folders .................................................................................................... 329 Configuring Windows XP Firewall ........................................................................................... 333 4 Zoho Corp. Configuring General Computer Settings ................................................................................. 335 Managing Windows Local Groups .......................................................................................... 337 Installing Patches .................................................................................................................... 340 Installing Software - MSI & EXE Packages............................................................................. 343 Installing Windows Service Packs .......................................................................................... 349 Configuring IP Printer .............................................................................................................. 352 Launching Applications ........................................................................................................... 354 Displaying Legal Notices ......................................................................................................... 356 Displaying Message Box ......................................................................................................... 358 Setting Path ............................................................................................................................. 360 Managing Permissions ............................................................................................................ 361 Configuring Registry Settings.................................................................................................. 365 Securing USB Devices ............................................................................................................ 368 Creating Configurations to Secure USB Devices.................................................................... 370 Scheduling Tasks .................................................................................................................... 375 Configuring Security Policies .................................................................................................. 379 Managing Shortcuts ................................................................................................................ 381 Configuring Windows Services ............................................................................................... 385 Managing Windows Local Users ............................................................................................. 387 Configuring Collections ................................................................................................................. 391 Defining Targets ........................................................................................................................... 392 Managing Configurations and Collections .................................................................................... 396 Viewing System Uptime Report .................................................................................................... 399 Viewing Configuration Reports ..................................................................................................... 401 Configuration Templates .............................................................................................................. 402 Computer Configuration Templates ........................................................................................ 404 User Configuration Templates ................................................................................................ 407 USB - Audit .................................................................................................................... 409 User Logon Reports ....................................................................................................... 410 Viewing User Logon Reports ........................................................................................................ 411 General Reports ...................................................................................................................... 412 Usage Reports ........................................................................................................................ 413 History Reports ....................................................................................................................... 414 Active Directory Reports ................................................................................................ 416 Active Directory User Reports ...................................................................................................... 417 Active Directory General User Reports ................................................................................... 418 User Account Status Reports .................................................................................................. 420 5 Zoho Corp. Password Based User Reports ............................................................................................... 422 Privileged User Accounts ........................................................................................................ 424 Logon Based User Reports ..................................................................................................... 425 Active Directory Computer Reports .............................................................................................. 426 General Computer Reports ..................................................................................................... 427 Server Based Reports ............................................................................................................. 430 Computer OS Based Reports ................................................................................................. 431 Active Directory Group Reports .................................................................................................... 432 Active Directory General Group Reports ................................................................................ 433 Active Directory Group Type Reports ..................................................................................... 435 Member Based Reports .......................................................................................................... 436 Active Directory Organization Unit Reports .................................................................................. 438 Active Directory General OU Reports ..................................................................................... 439 OU Child Based Reports ......................................................................................................... 440 Active Directory Domain Reports ................................................................................................. 442 General Domain Reports ........................................................................................................ 443 Container Based Reports ........................................................................................................ 445 Active Directory GPO Reports ...................................................................................................... 446 General GPO Reports ............................................................................................................. 447 GPO Link Based Reports ........................................................................................................ 449 Inheritance Based Reports...................................................................................................... 450 GPO Status Based Reports .................................................................................................... 451 Special GPO Reports .............................................................................................................. 453 Custom Reports ............................................................................................................. 454 Creating Custom Reports ............................................................................................................. 455 Custom Query Report ................................................................................................................... 456 Making Help Desk Requests .......................................................................................... 459 Mobile Device Management ........................................................................................... 460 Setting up MDM ............................................................................................................................ 462 iOS .......................................................................................................................................... 463 Creating APNs Certificate ................................................................................................... 465 Renew APNs Certificate ...................................................................................................... 469 Device Authentication ......................................................................................................... 472 Enroll iOS devices ............................................................................................................... 473 Android .................................................................................................................................... 483 MDM Device Authentication ................................................................................................ 485 Enroll Android Devices ........................................................................................................ 487 6 Zoho Corp. BYOD ............................................................................................................................................ 508 Profile Management ..................................................................................................................... 529 MDM Creating Profiles ............................................................................................................ 531 MDM Creating Groups ............................................................................................................ 533 MDM Associating Profiles to Groups ...................................................................................... 535 MDM Associating Profiles to Devices ..................................................................................... 536 MDM -Verifying Profile Deployment Status............................................................................. 537 Configuration Profiles for iOS.................................................................................................. 538 MDM - Passcode ................................................................................................................. 539 MDM - Restrictions .............................................................................................................. 540 MDM - WiFi ......................................................................................................................... 543 Enterprise Settings .............................................................................................................. 544 MDM - VPN ......................................................................................................................... 545 MDM - Email........................................................................................................................ 546 MDM - Exchange Active Sync ............................................................................................. 548 MDM - LDAP ....................................................................................................................... 550 MDM - CalDav ..................................................................................................................... 551 MDM - Subscribed Calendars ............................................................................................. 552 MDM - CardDav .................................................................................................................. 553 MDM - Web Clips ................................................................................................................ 554 MDM - App Lock.................................................................................................................. 555 MDM - Global Proxy Settings .............................................................................................. 556 APN ..................................................................................................................................... 557 Configuration Profiles for Android ........................................................................................... 558 App Management ......................................................................................................................... 563 MDM Creating App Repository ..................................................................................................... 565 MDM Distributing Apps to Devices ............................................................................................... 570 MDM Verifying App Deployment Status ....................................................................................... 571 BYOA ............................................................................................................................................ 572 Asset Management ....................................................................................................................... 574 MDM Scan Devices ................................................................................................................. 575 MDM Viewing Device Information ........................................................................................... 576 MDM - Reports ........................................................................................................................ 577 MDM - Security Management ....................................................................................................... 578 APPENDIX ............................................................................................................. 579 Interpreting Error Messages ........................................................................................... 580 FAQs ............................................................................................................................. 584 7 Zoho Corp. Security Policies............................................................................................................. 588 Security Policies - Desktop ........................................................................................................... 590 Security Policies - Control Panel .................................................................................................. 591 Security Policies - Explorer ........................................................................................................... 594 Security Policies - Internet Explorer ............................................................................................. 596 Security Policies - Network ........................................................................................................... 599 Security Policies - System ............................................................................................................ 601 Security Policies - Task Scheduler ............................................................................................... 603 Security Policies - Windows Installer ............................................................................................ 604 Security Policies - Start Menu and Taskbar ................................................................................. 605 Security Policies - Microsoft Management Console ..................................................................... 607 Security Policies - Computer ........................................................................................................ 611 Windows System Tools .................................................................................................. 612 Check Disk Tool............................................................................................................................ 613 Disk Cleanup Tool ........................................................................................................................ 614 Disk Defragmenter Tool ................................................................................................................ 615 Data Back up and Restore ............................................................................................. 616 Scheduling Data Backup ................................................................................................ 617 Dynamic Variables ......................................................................................................... 620 Limitations...................................................................................................................... 623 Known Issues ................................................................................................................ 624 Glossary......................................................................................................................... 625 8 Zoho Corp. Introduction ManageEngine® Desktop Central Desktop administration is a never-ending job. Configuration requests ranging from simple Drive Mapping configuration to software installation keep the administrators on their toes. With increasing requests and a growth in the number of desktop, it becomes more difficult to keep up with escalating demand on limited manpower. Desktop Central enables configuring and managing desktop from a single point. With the pre-defined configuration options, administrators can perform almost all the regular desktop administration / management activities with ease. The ability to execute custom script gives complete administration control over the desktop. The Web-based user interface allows for applying the configuration to a single or group of desktop using a powerful filtering capability. Desktop Central ensures that the configurations are applied to the desktop and the status is made available to the administrator to provide an end-to-end configuration experience. In addition to the remote configuration options, it also provides you with an automated patch management system that helps you to manage and apply Windows patches and hot fixes. The Inventory Management module provides the hardware and software details of the devices in the network. In enables you to manage the software licenses and detect any unauthorized software that are being used. Remote Desktop Sharing enables you to gain access to a desktop in the network to be controlled remotely. Desktop Central provides the complete history of the configurations applied to the users, computers, and by configuration types in the form of reports that can be used for auditing the deployed configurations. In addition to the configurations reports, it also provides Active Directory reports for Sites, Domains, Organization Units, Groups, Computers, etc., which gives you a complete visibility into the Active Directory. The User Logon Reports provides an up-to-date user logon details like the logon time, logoff time, logon computer, reported logon server, etc. It maintains the history of the logon details that can be used for auditing purposes. Mobile Device Management provides system administrators, a complete control over managing the mobile devices using iOS and Android operating system. You can enroll devices and push apps, 9 Zoho Corp. impose policies & restrictions, scan the devices for hardware and software inventory details. You can also impose security commands on the devices as and when required. The following sections will help you to get familiar with the product: 1. Getting Started: Provides you the details of system requirements, product installation and startup. 2. Configuring Desktop Central: Helps you to customize our product to suit your working environment. 3. Windows Configurations: A step-by-step guide to define and deploy configurations to remote Windows users and computers. 4. Configuration Templates: Provides the details of configuration templates and helps you to define configurations from Templates 5. Software Installation: Helps you to install Windows software to the users and computers of the domain from remote. 6. Patch Management: Details the steps involved in managing the Windows Patches and hot fixes. It helps you to automate the patch management process. 7. Hardware and Software Inventory: Guides you to collect the hardware and software inventory details of your network and view the reports. 8. Mobile Device Management: Helps you to manage mobile devices using iOS and Android operating system. 9. Active Directory Reports: Helps you to view the reports of the Active Directory components. 10. Windows Tools: Provides the list of Windows tools like Preventive Maintenance Tools, Remote Tools, etc., and the steps in using them. 11. User Logon Reports: Helps you get an up-to-date- details of the user logon and history. 12. Appendix: This section includes, Interpreting Error Messages, Knowledge Base, FAQs, Known Issues and Limitations of Desktop Central, and Glossary. 10 Zoho Corp. Release Notes 1. Release Notes for 8.0.0 2. Release Notes for 7.0.1 3. Release Notes for 7.0.0 4. Release Notes for 6.0.3 5. Release Notes for 6.0.2 6. Release Notes for 6.0.0 7. Release Notes for 5.0.0 8. Release Notes for 4.0.5 9. Release Notes for 4.0.4 10. Release Notes for 4.0.3 11. Release Notes for 4.0.2 12. Release Notes for 4.0.1 13. Release Notes for 4.0.0 14. Release Notes for 3.0.1 15. Release Notes for 3.0.0 Release Notes for 8.0.0 Enhancements 1. Support for MS SQL Database has been included 2. The image format of the screenshot attachments sent using the Help Desk Requests from Desktop Central icon in system tray is made configurable. 3. Support for user environment variables in Custom Script has been introduced. 4. 'Show deployment progress' and 'Skip deployment' options introduced in Install/Uninstall software configuration. 5. Configurations deployed to an OU or Active Directory Group will automatically be applied to any new computers/users that gets added to that OU or group 6. Option to deploy configurations immediately has been included for computer configurations. 7. Option to exclude specific USB device instance from being blocked has been included. 8. Option to exclude computers based on the processor type has been included. 9. Option to save an existing configuration as a new configuration has been included. 10. Apply Always Option is enabled for Power Management,Shared Network Printers,File Folder Operations,Services,Firewall and Permission Management Configurations. 11 Zoho Corp. 11. File Folder Configuration has been enhanced to support copying files via HTTP to make them work across WAN. 12. Templates for disabling automatic updates for Adobe Reader,Adobe Shockwave,Java and Microsoft Reboot Notification on specific computers have been added. 13. Deployment Options like deployment time, reboot policies, etc., can now be saved and loaded from templates for software, patch and servicepack deployments. 14. Remote Control initiated computer's IP audit is introduced in Action Log Viewer. 15. Remote Control now has the functionality of prompting even the user is not logged in or the computer is locked. 16. Administrators can also configure the color quality for the remote connections to optimize the bandwidth. The color quality and compression level can be set at the remote office level, which will be common for all the computers in that remote office. 17. Support for viewing User Access Control (UAC) dialogs of the remote computers has been included in Remote Control. This is applicable only for client computers running Windows Vista or Windows 7 OS. 18. Remote Control will now provide the history of remote connections established using Desktop Central with the duration of each sessions. 19. Remote Control has been enhanced with an option to connect with "View Only" mode. 20. Option to make User Confirmation permanent has been included in Remote Control. 21. Software Metering is a new functionality introduced. This can be used to get the software usage for the selected applications. 22. Inventory Alert notifications has been enhanced to include the ability to customize the alert messages. 23. Software License Management has been enhanced to include the ability to add multiple license purchases and to associate a license to a resource. 24. Disk Usage report now includes a detailed view to get the drive specific usage statistics. 25. Software Metering engine has been optimized to address the performance issues. 26. Option to disable Software Metering feature has been included. 27. A new report to view the computers running specific services has been included. 28. SM Bios reported version details are included in the Inventory, Computer Hardware Details. 29. Automatic retrieval of warranty information for Lenovo computers has been included. 30. Option to specify the DNS name of the Distribution Server along with its IP Address while creating a remote office has been included. 31. SoM page has been enhanced to include Agent Installation, Uninstallation and Last Upgraded time. 32. Moving Desktop Central installation from one computer to the other is made easy with the option to provide the details of the new computer in the user interface. 33. Automatic synchronization of computers between Active Directory and SoM has been included to detect the deleted and newly added computers. 12 Zoho Corp. 34. Introduced a new feature called Scheduled Reports which enables you to receive query reports, custom reports and predefined reports in specific formats and a at a specific time. 35. Ability to automatically scan to fetch the systems' warranty has been included for Dell, HP and Toshiba computers. 36. Reports based on system warranty has been included under Inventory Reports. 37. HTTP Software Repository location for packages in software deployment can be changed. 38. Automated Patch Deployment has been enhanced to improve performance. 39. Patch Management has been enhanced to include an option to mark a patch as "Approved", "Decline", etc., in Download Patches, All Supported Patches and Latest Patches Views. 40. Memory usage during Patch Deployment has been optimized. 41. Option to download a patch again in the Download Patches View has been added. 42. Option to schedule an Automated Patch Deployment task on a specific day of the week in a month has been included. 43. Long lived TCP connections are used to enhance on-demand actions. 44. Windows 7 (x86 and x64) Service Pack 1 and Windows 2008 R2 (x64) Service Pack 1 is Supported. 45. IP scope feature is introduced ,which can auto change Agents Remote Office setting on the client computer according to the Scope defined in Desktop Central. Bug Fixes 1. Issue in recreating the agents even when there is no change in agent properties has been fixed. 2. Application error in dcconfig.exe during user logoff has been fixed. 3. Black screen when sending screenshot attachment from agent tray icon helpdesk issue is fixed. 4. Issue in remote control service getting crashed while closing a remote session has been fixed 5. Issue in registering the Desktop Central Agent as a windows service after agent upgradation has been fixed. 6. Issue in displaying the wrong execution status when the patch or the configuration is not applicable in one or more computers has been fixed. 7. Issue in order of deploying configuration as Collection is fixed. 8. Issue in repeatedly processing the user configuration when multiple users login to a computer has been fixed. 9. Issue in showing the correct update time in the execution status view of the configurations has been fixed. 10. Issue in applying configuration has been fixed. 11. Issue in adding target computers/users from a remote office where the length of remote office name exceeds 50 characters has been fixed. 13 Zoho Corp. 12. Issue in deploying Software and Patches when the installation option is selected as "Install during Startup" has been fixed. 13. Issue in connecting to a remote computer having multiple IP Addresses has been fixed. 14. Support for capturing/rendering the transparent windows in Remote Control has been included. 15. Issue in establishing remote connections from Inventory and Patch views has been fixed. 16. The issue related to upgrading agents in remote office names that contain Latin alphabets has been fixed. 17. Issue in taking Remote Control of Windows 2003 Server that has an active Remote Desktop Connection has been fixed. 18. Issue in high memory usage in software metering has been fixed. 19. Issue with Microsoft Office 2010 product key fetch is fixed. 20. Issue in modifying the license details of the software when the software name contains an '&' character has been fixed. 21. Issue in displaying the hard disk details of computers running non-English versions of Windows OS has been fixed 22. Issue in showing negative values in Physical Memory for a computer when flash memory is detected has been fixed. 23. When a prohibited software that is awaiting administrators approval is disabled (not prohibited), the users where it was detected earlier will continue to see the warning on every logon. This has been fixed. 24. Issue in sending test email while creating a scheduled report has been fixed. 25. Issue in scheduled prohibited software report has been fixed. 26. Issue in showing a wrong login time in User Logon History reports has been fixed. 27. Issue in deleting the software install-able from the client computers after successful installation of the software has been fixed. 28. Issue in listing folders with special characters (apostrophe and comma) in network browser has been fixed. 29. Issue in showing the Managed Computers in the Scan Systems and All Managed Systems view under the Patch Management has been fixed. 30. Issue in Automate Patch Deployment has been fixed. 31. Issue in showing a wrong start time of the "Automated Patch Deployment" task in the email notification has been fixed. 32. Issue in showing Patch Deployment status as "Reboot Pending" even if the system has been restarted has been fixed. 33. Issue in patch download due to transaction timeout has been fixed. 34. Issue in retrying Automated Patch Deployment tasks has been fixed. 35. Distribution Server service startup issue has been fixed. 14 Zoho Corp. Release Notes for 7.0.1 Enhancements 1. Desktop Central Server performance has been optimized. 2. Free Edition limit extended to manage up to 25 computers. 3. Support for scheduled backup of the database used by Desktop Central has been added. 4. Role based administration has been introduced. You can define roles specifying the modules and access levels, which can be delegated to users. 5. In Define Target Microsoft Windows 7 and Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 have been added in the exclude OS list. 6. Custom group filter has been added for 'Software Usage by Computer' report. 7. Computer Name column added in e-mail alerts of Prohibited Software/New Hardware Detected/New Software Detected. 8. Computer Details view enhanced to include the system details like installed Windows Services, local users and groups in that computer. 9. Exclude Custom Groups option has been added for Auto-Uninstallation of Prohibited Software. 10. User Notification before Auto-Uninstallation of Software has been added. 11. "Logged On Users" column included in Inventory Reports. 12. Asset Data from Desktop Central can now be integrated with ManageEngine ServiceDesk Plus. 13. The Computer Details view of the Inventory Reports will now include the Serial Numbers of Monitor and Hard Disk. 14. License Management enhanced with the ability to attach license files and invoices to the software. You will also be able to add license details of software that are not detected in your network. 15. System Vulnerability Summary will now include additional system details like the operating system, service pack version, etc. 16. Support for deploying patches for Non-Microsoft applications has been included. 17. You will now be able to specify the type of updates with the severity levels while adding the Automated Patch Deployment task. 18. Vulnerability Summary, which includes the application and missing patch information, of the computer can now be exported to PDF/CSV/XLS formats. 19. 'Manager' column has been added in 'All User Accounts' Report under AD Reports category. 20. Option to create and save Custom Query Reports has been included. 21. Remote Office agent communication (Distribution Server / Direct Communication) can now be modified from the SoM page. 22. Remote Office details can now be imported using a CSV file. 23. Inclusion of Alerts for Distribution Server. 15 Zoho Corp. 24. Apache web server has been integrated to improve the performance for large network of computers. 25. Support for deploying File and Shared Printer Configurations to Windows Vista, Windows 2008 and Windows 7 computers have been added. Bug Fixes 1. Issue with Non-English Computer names displayed in Network Browser is fixed. 2. Issues related to Active Directory computers with names exceeding 15 characters have been fixed. 3. 'java.lang.Exception: NetBIOS and DC name cannot be null' issue while clicking on the workgroup name in SoM page has been fixed. 4. Issue with selecting all computers while adding computers in SoM has been fixed. 5. Issue in displaying computer message box on Vista and above has been fixed. 6. Issue in showing a pop up in Windows 2000 computers stating non-availability of a DLL file has been fixed. 7. Remote Office names sorted in filters. 8. Issue in installing agents on Vista and above when UAC is enabled has been fixed. 9. Agent side fix for inventory scanning. 10. Issue with Microsoft Office 2007 Productkey fetch is fixed. 11. Prompt User issue in Remote Control has been fixed for Multiple User Login of Vista/2008 Server/Windows 7. 12. Issue in Schedule Vulnerability Update is fixed. 13. Issue in Reboot Policy during Patch installation is fixed. 14. Issue in deploying the patches that have dependent patches has been fixed in the Automated Patch Deployment process. 15. Time interval issue in Filter has been fixed for all reports. 16. Number of characters allowed in the NOTES field of AD Reports has been increased. Release Notes for 7.0.0 Enhancements 1. Distribution Server introduced to reduce the bandwidth consumption in managing computers across WAN 2. Support to block/unblock specific USB Devices included 3. Desktop Central internationalized to manage computers running non-English version of operating systems 4. Support for Windows 2008, Windows Vista, and 64-bit included 5. Power Management Reports has been introduced. 6. Ability to create Custom Reports has been included 7. Automatic Patch Deployment enhanced with the ability to define multiple tasks. 16 Zoho Corp. 8. Install / uninstall silent switches of popular software now comes pre-filled 9. Option to automatically uninstall the prohibited software from the managed computers has been included. 10. Support for applying user configurations when you switch from one user to another has been included for Windows Vista and Windows 2008. 11. Custom group creation has been enhanced by listing the computers/users in a tree view with search and filter options. 12. Option to enable/disable trimming of column values in reports has been included 13. IP Printer and Shortcut configurations can now be deployed to computers. 14. A new report "Software Product Key" has been added under Inventory module. 15. Support for viewing Remote Desktops from Firefox 3.0 and above has been included. Bug Fixes 1. Desktop Central Server performance has been optimized. 2. Desktop Central agent binaries have been digitally signed. 3. Issue in deploying patches in bulk has been fixed. 4. Issues in Drive Mapping and Folder Redirection Configurations have been fixed. 5. Issue in updating the patch database manually has been fixed. 6. Issue in downloading patches and service packs has been fixed. 7. Issues with dynamic variables has been fixed. 8. Issue while deploying configurations with multiple targets has been fixed. 9. Issues related to child domain networks has been fixed 10. Issue in showing duplicate listing of computers in the SoM page has been fixed. Release Notes for 6.0.3 1. Adding multiple packages while defining an install software configuration is introduced. 2. Introduced MS-Office Patching Support and service pack installation. 3. Commercial Software Grouping is introduced in Inventory module. 4. Provision added to terminate Windows Remote Desktop connection and establish connection with Remote Control of Desktop Central. 5. Introduced Connect with IP option in Remote Control. 6. Ctrl+Alt+Del for Vista OS is handled in Remote Control. 7. Introduced IP range in the Define target Section of Configurations. 8. Sending AD Reports by E-Mail is introduced. 9. Introduced Rebranding Option to change Desktop Central logo. 10. Added 64-Bit OS Support for Inventory, Patch Management, Software Deployment and Remote control. 11. Added Windows 2008 OS support for Desktop Central Agents. 12. Provision to change E-Mail domain for Help Desk emails is added. 17 Zoho Corp. 18 Zoho Corp. Release Notes for 6.0.2 1. Support for managing computers across WAN included. 2. In software deployment, environment variable support is added for the network paths, pre, post installation scripts. Eg: %ProgramFiles% --> C:\Program Files 3. Support for establishing remote connection from Mozilla has been added. 4. Options to lock/unlock remote computers and to black-out remote monitors have been added in Remote Desktop Sharing. 5. Scheduled installation is added in Patch deployment configuration. 6. Prohibited Software Report is added in Inventory. 7. Export PDF option is included In Computer Details of Inventory Management. 8. Provision added to delete an already defined message box through message box configuration. 9. Option added to apply configurations on every logon/bootup. 10. Automatic detection of Windows Firewall and adding necessary exceptions (required for Desktop Central server) is handled. Release Notes for 6.0.0 1. Support for Windows Workgroup added 2. Support for configuring desktop in multiple domains has been added. 3. Support for creating custom groups of users and computers has been added. The groups can then be chosen as target for deploying configurations/patches/software. 4. Wake on LAN tool included. Release Notes for 5.0.0 1. Hardware and Software Inventory module included. 2. Support for installing EXE packages in addition to MSI 3. Support for Configuration Templates Added. Release Notes for 4.0.5 1. Microsoft Non Security Patches are supported for deployment. 2. Provided an option to delete the failed download patches from patch configuration download status page. Also, provided an option to deploy from download status page. 3. "Fix on Errors" option for Check Disk system tool is added. 4. Provision to define SoM with individual computers. 5. Added multiple OUs support in SoM definition. 19 Zoho Corp. Release Notes for 4.0.4 1. Provision added for multiple user login in Desktop Central with different access roles. 2. Folder Redirection configuration has been enhanced to copy the local folder contents to the redirected folder. 3. ActiveX Component used for Desktop Sharing is signed for security reasons. 4. Active Directory Reports loading performance has been improved. 5. Status update and additional filtering options have been added for "Install Software" configuration. Release Notes for 4.0.3 1. System Tools that can be scheduled on multiple client machines have been added. 2. New configurations, File and Folder Operations and Permission Management, have been added 3. Patch Management enhanced to include support for installing service packs of Microsoft products. Release Notes for 4.0.2 1. Active Directory Reports enhanced to include over 90+ granular reports of the individual components. 2. Included User Logon Tracking Reports for an up-to-date user logon details with history. 3. Ability to schedule report update interval has been included. 4. Enhanced Remote Desktop Sharing with the ability to change the screen resolution. 5. New look and feel for better usability. Release Notes for 4.0.1 1. Ability to connect to remote desktops through web browser using Remote Desktop Sharing. 2. Added Power Management configuration to define and apply power schemes to the client computers. 3. Option for instant and manual installation of agent software on the client computers. 4. Option to uninstall agent software from client computers. 5. Number of users, computers, and container details are added in Resource Browser. 6. Improved usability of Add configuration and SoM page screens. 7. Issues related to persisting Active Directory computer details in database is fixed. Release Notes for 4.0.0 1. Patch Management module included - enables automatic detection of the required patches, download and install in the affected systems. 20 Zoho Corp. 2. Computer configurations to manage windows local groups, users, and to install patches have been included. 3. Scheduler configuration has been added to schedule tasks for users. 4. Reports relating to Patch Management have been included. 5. Ability to view and audit the tasks executed using Desktop Central has been added. Release Notes for 3.0.1 1. Configuration based reports have been enhanced with more details. 2. Provision to remember view settings like the page size, sort order etc. across logins. 3. Overall usability is enhanced for the product. 4. Provision to change the admin credential alone in Scope Of Management (SOM) settings page. 5. Issues in Active Directory reports with large number of users is fixed. 6. Issues with multiple ip addresses given in target exclude is fixed. 7. Issue with creating shortcut in User Quick Launch Bar is fixed. Release Notes for 3.0.0 The key features of this release are: 1. Ability to define configurations for users and computers in the Windows 2000/2003 domain from a central point. 2. Out-of-the-box configurations include Alerts, Message Boxes, MS Office, Display, Outlook, Drive Mapping, Path, Environment Variable, Registry Settings, Folder Redirection, Security Policies, Internet Explorer, Shared Printer, IP Printer, Shortcut, Launch Application, Windows Installer, Firewall, Services, Legal Notice, Custom Scripts, and Common Folder Redirection. 3. Ability to run custom scripts to get complete administration control over the domain. 4. Multiple configurations can be defined and deployed to users or computers simultaneously using Collections. 5. Ability to define selective targets for applying the configurations. Targets can be either single user/computer or all users/computers belonging to a Site, Domain, OU, or Groups. 6. Ability to view the status of the deployed configurations from the Desktop Central client. 7. Ability to suspend, modify, and redeploy defined configurations. 8. Comprehensive reports for the defined configurations and other Active Directory components. 21 Zoho Corp. Contacting ZOHO Corporation 1. ZOHO Corp. 2. Sales 3. Technical Support ZOHO Corp. Headquarters Web site www.zohocorp.com Zoho Corporation 4141, Hacienda Drive Pleasanton, CA 94588 USA Phone: +1-925-924-9500 Fax : +1-925-924-9600 E-mail: [email protected] Zoho Corporation Private Limited DLF IT Park, Block 7, Ground floor, No. 1/124, Shivaji Garden, Nandambakkam Post, Mount PH Road, Ramapuram Chennai 600 089 Corporate Office Phone: +91-44-22707070 Fax: +91-44-22707172 E-mail: [email protected] Zoho Corporation Pte Ltd C/o Cananex Singapore Pte Ltd Block 1003 Bukit Merah Central #05-23 Inno-Center, Singapore 159836 Main Line : 63344486 Fax: 62819188 Mobile: 97552882 Contact Person: Ong Yang Peng Email: [email protected] 22 Zoho Corp. Sales You can buy ManageEngine Desktop Central from anywhere in the world. To buy our product contact us in the following ways: 1. Fill out our sales request form to receive a call from our sales personnel 2. Send us an e-mail at [email protected] 3. Call the ZOHO Corp. headquarters or send us a fax. The numbers are as follows: 1. Phone: +1-925-924-9500 2. Fax: +1-925-924-9600 Technical Support One of the value propositions of ZOHO Corp. is excellent support to its customers. During the evaluation phase the support program is extended to you free of charge. Please send your technical queries to [email protected]. Use the following support format while sending e-mails to the support team: 1. Edition of the product (Free, Standard, Professional, or Enterprise Edition) 2. Version of the operating system you are using. For example, Windows 2003. 3. Version of the browser you are using. For example, Firefox 1.5 or Internet Explorer 5.5. 4. Details of the problem 5. Steps to reproduce the problem Alternatively, you can select the Support tab from the client window. It has the following options that will allow you to contact us: 1. Request Support: Submit your technical queries online 2. Need Features: Request for new features in Desktop Central 3. User Forums: Participate in a discussion with other Desktop Central users 4. Contact Us: Speak to our technical team using the toll free number 1-888-720-9500 23 Zoho Corp. How Desktop Central Works? ManageEngine Desktop Central is a Web-Based windows desktop administration software that helps administrators to effectively manage the desktops from a central point. It provides Configurations, Inventory Management, Patch Management, Service Pack Installation, Software Installation, Desktop Sharing, System Tools, Active Directory Reports and User Logon Report. • Desktop Central LAN Architecture • Desktop Central WAN Architecture • Desktop Central Mobile Device Management Architecture Desktop Central LAN Architecture The figure below depicts the Desktop Central Architecture. The details of the individual components are given below: 24 Zoho Corp. Fig: Desktop Central Architecture for LAN Server Component Desktop Central Server is located at the enterprise (customer site) is responsible for performing various Desktop Management activities. It pushes the Desktop Central agent to the client machines, deploys configurations, initiates scanning for Inventory and Patch Management, and generates reports of the Active Directory Infrastructure Components to effectively manage the desktops in the enterprise network. It is advised to keep the Desktop Central server always running to carry out the day-to-day Desktop Management activities. All these actions can be initiated from a web-based administration console in a few simple clicks. Agent Component Desktop Central Agent is light-weight software that gets installed in the client systems that are being managed using Desktop Central. It acts as a worker to carry out the operations as instructed by the Desktop Central Server. It is also responsible for updating the Desktop Central Server with the status of the deployed configurations. The agent periodically pulls the instructions from the Desktop Central Server and executes the tasks. The agent contacts the server at the following intervals: 1. For user-specific configurations - during user logon and every 90 minutes thereafter till the user logs out of the computer. 2. For computer-specific configurations - during system startup and every 90 minutes thereafter till the system is shutdown. Patch Database The Patch Database is a portal in the ManageEngine site, which hosts the latest vulnerability database that has been published after a thorough testing. The Desktop Central Server periodically synchronizes this information and scans the systems in the enterprise site to determine the missing patches. Subsequently, the patches are installed to fix the vulnerabilities. The communication between the Desktop Central Server and the Patch Database is through the Proxy Server or a direct connection to internet. The required patches will be downloaded from Microsoft website and stored locally in the Desktop Central Server before deploying the patches to the client computers. Hence, each client computer (agent) will take the patch binaries from the Desktop Central Server. Web Console 1. Provides a central control point for all the desktop management functions. 25 Zoho Corp. 2. Can be accessed from anywhere: LAN, Remote Offices, and Home through Internet/VPN. 3. No separate client installations are required. Active Directory For Active Directory based Domain setup, the Desktop Central Server queries the Active Directory to generate out-of-the-box reports for Sites, Domains, Organization Units, Groups, Computers, etc., which gives you a complete visibility into the Active Directory. Ports Used by Desktop Central Ports to be opened on the Agent To enable remote installation of the Agent, you should open these ports, these ports may not be required post agent installation. • 135 : Used to enable remote administration. • 139 & 445 : Used to enable sharing of files and printers. Ports to be opened on the Server • 8020: Used for agent-server communication and to access the Web console • 8383: Used for secured communication between the agent and the Desktop Central server • 8443: Used for the Remote Control feature with secured communication • 8444: Used for the Remote Control feature • 8031: Used to transfer files in a secure mode while accessing a remote computer using Remote Control • 8032: Used to transfer files while accessing a remote computer using Remote Control • 8027: Used to complete on-demand tasks like inventory scanning, patch scanning, remote control, remote shutdown and moving agents from one remote office to another Desktop Central WAN Architecture Desktop Central supports managing Computers in a distributed setup like branch/remote offices and for mobile users (eg. Sales Persons). The figure below depicts the Desktop Central Architecture for managing computers in WAN. The details of the individual components are given below: 26 Zoho Corp. Fig: Desktop Central WAN Architecture Advantages • Simple, fast, and an affordable solution for your desktop management needs. • Low bandwidth utilization • Network-neutral desktop management. • No separate VPN infrastructure is required. • Secured communication between the Server and the Agent. • Centralized management of computers from a single console. Server Component Desktop Central Server has to be installed in your LAN (say, the head office) and has to be configured as an EDGE device. This means that the designated port (default being 8020 and is configurable) 27 Zoho Corp. should be accessible through Internet. You need to adopt necessary security standards to harden the OS where the Desktop Central Server is installed. Agents from all the remote locations report to this Desktop Central Server. The Server acts as a container to store the configuration details and, upon request, provide the instructions to the agents. It is advised to keep the Desktop Central server always running to carry out the day-to-day Desktop Management activities. Distribution Server Component Desktop Central Distribution Server is light-weight software that is installed in one of the computers in the Branch Offices. This agent will communicate with the Desktop Central Server to pull the information for all the computers in that branch. The agents that reside in the branch office computers will contact the Distribution Server to get the information available to them and process the requests. • Low bandwidth utilization as only one agent will contact the Server periodically • Pulls the configuration details, software packages, patches to be installed, etc., from the Desktop Central Server and makes it available for the rest of the computers in the branch. • Supports secured mode of communication (SSL/HTTPS) with the Server. • Distribution Server installation is one-time and subsequent upgrades will be automatically performed. Agent Component Desktop Central Agent is light-weight software that is installed in the client systems that are being managed using Desktop Central. It acts as a worker to carry out the operations as instructed by the Desktop Central Server. • Unobtrusive light-weight component. • Can either be installed manually or through the logon script in all the computers that are being managed using Desktop Central. However, for computers in the local LAN, the agents will be automatically installed. • Agent installation is one-time and subsequent upgrades will be automatically performed. • For computers in the same LAN as that of the Desktop Central Server, the agent will periodically connect to the Server to PULL the configurations available for them, deploys them and updates the status back to the Server. • For computers in Branch Offices, the agent will contact the Master Agent to PULL the configurations available for them, deploys them and updates the status back to the Server. 28 Zoho Corp. Web Console • Provides a central control point for all the desktop management functions. • Can be accessed from anywhere: LAN, Remote Offices, and Home through Internet/VPN. • No separate client installations are required. Ports Used by Desktop Central Ports to be Opened on the Agent To enable remote installation of the Agent, you should open these ports, these ports may not be required post agent installation. • 135 : Used to enable remote administration. • 139 & 445 : Used to enable sharing of files and printers. Ports to be Opened on the Server • 8020: Used for agent-server communication and to access the Web console • 8383: Used for secured communication between the agent and the Desktop Central server • 8443: Used for the Remote Control feature with secured communication • 8444: Used for the Remote Control feature • 8031: Used to transfer files in a secure mode while accessing a remote computer using Remote Control • 8032: Used to transfer files while accessing a remote computer using Remote Control • 8027: Used to complete on-demand tasks like inventory scanning, patch scanning, remote control, remote shutdown and moving agents from one remote office to another. Ports to be Opened on the Distribution Server • 8021: Used for communication between the agents in Remote Offices and the Distribution Server • 8384: Used for secured communication between the agents in Remote Offices and the Distribution Server Desktop Central Mobile Device Management Architecture Desktop Central MDM simplifies the work of administrators by using a single console to manage desktops, laptops, servers, and mobile devices. Desktop Central MDM can be used to deploy configuration settings, security commands and retrieve asset data over-the-air (OTA). 29 Zoho Corp. Fig : Desktop Central - MDM Architecture All Communications from Desktop Central to the mobile device will be routed through intermediate services such as APNs for iOS devices and GCM for android devices. A live TCP connection is maintained for intermediate service. APNs & GCM acts an intermediate wake up service to wake up the device whenever an action is triggered to be performed from the Desktop Central. Managed mobile device communicates with Desktop Central to receive the instructions and report back the status and data. For the above setup to work, the following should be done Assuming users' mobility, Desktop Central Server should be reachable via public IP address. If you are installing Desktop Central Server in the LAN, add an entry in your external router to route the requests to your public IP to the internal IP of the computer where Desktop Central Server is installed. If all the devices managed are within the LAN, this requirement is not needed. 30 Zoho Corp. Ports Details Ports that needs to be opened at Desktop Central Server • 8383 - Used for secured communication between the agent and the Desktop Central Ports that needs to be opened for managing iOS devices • 2195 - Should be open for the Desktop Central Server to reach the APNs. Host address: gateway.push.apple.com (Outbound port). • 5223 - If the mobile device connects to the internet through the WiFi, then this port should be opened. For better security, you can restrict these connections on the IP range 17.0.0.0/8. If all the managed devices have access to cellular data network, this requirement is not needed (Outbound port). Ports that needs to be opened for managing Android devices Port numbers 5228, 5229, 5230 should be open on the fire wall, If the mobile device connects to the internet through WiFi. 31 Zoho Corp. Installation & Setup This sections guides you in installing Desktop Central and performing the required configurations. Setting up Desktop Central can only be done by users with administrative privileges in Desktop Central. The following sections describes how to get started with Desktop Central. • System Requirements • Installing Desktop Central • Working with Desktop Central • Installing Service Pack • Licensing the Product • Understanding the Client UI • Setting Up Desktop Central • Setting Up Mobile Device Management 32 Zoho Corp. System Requirements 1. Hardware Requirements for Desktop Central Server 2. Hardware Requirements for Distribution Server 3. Hardware Requirement for Desktop Central Agent 4. Software Requirements Hardware Requirements for Desktop Central Server No. of Computers Managed Processor RAM Hard Disk Space Upto 250 Computers Single processor Intel P4 ~1.5 GHz 1 GB 2 GB* 251 to 500 Computers Single processor (Intel P4 or Xeon 2.0 Ghz 2 GB 2 GB* (Dual Core), 800+ Mhz FSB, 4 MB cache) 501 to 1000 Computers Single processor (Intel Xeon ~2.4 Ghz Dual Core, 800+ Mhz FSB, 4MB cache) 4 GB 3 GB* 1001 to 3000 Computers Dual processor (Intel Xeon ~2.0 Ghz Dual 4 GB 5 GB* Dual Processor (Intel Xeon processors 6+ 20 GB (HDD speed Quad-Core at 2 ~ 3 GHz, 1000+ MHz FSB, 4 MB Cache) GB @ @ 7200 ~ 10,000 rpm) Core, 1000 Mhz FSB,4 MB cache) 3001 to 5000 Computers 667 Mhz. ECC 5001 to 10000 Computers Quad Processor (Intel Xeon processors Quad-Core at 2 ~ 3 GHz, 1000+ MHz 8+ GB 50 GB (HDD speed @ 7200 ~ 10,000 FSB, 4 MB Cache) @ rpm) 667 Mhz. ECC * May dynamically grow according to frequency of scanning When managing computers above 1000, it is advisable to install Desktop Central on a Windows 2003 Server Enterprise Edition 33 Zoho Corp. Hardware Requirements for Distribution Server No. of Computers Reporting to the Distribution Sever Upto 250 Computers Processor RAM Single processor Intel P4 ~1.5 GHz 251 to 500 Computers Single processor Intel P4 ~1.5 GHz 501 to 1000 Computers Single processor (Intel P4 or Xeon 2.0 Ghz (Dual Core), 800+ Mhz FSB, 4 MB cache) Hard Disk Space 512 MB 1 GB 1 GB* 2 GB 2 GB* 2 GB* * Hard disk space may grow depending on the number of software and patches that are deployed. Hardware Requirements for Desktop Central Agent Hardware Recommended Processor Intel Pentium Processor Speed 1.0 GHz RAM 512 MB Hard Disk Space 30 MB* * May dyanamically grow depending on the operations performed on the client computer Software Requirements Supported Platforms ManageEngine Desktop Central supports the following Microsoft Windows operating system versions: Desktops 1. 2. 3. 4. Windows 2000 Professional Windows XP Professional Windows Vista Windows 7 Servers 1. 2. 3. 4. Windows Server 2000 Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 R2 and Terminal Clients 34 Zoho Corp. Supported Browsers ManageEngine Desktop Central requires one of the following browsers to be installed in the system for working with the Desktop Central Client. 1. Internet Explorer 5.5 and above 2. Netscape 7.0 and above 3. Mozilla Firefox 1.0 and above Preferred screen resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher 35 Zoho Corp. Installing Desktop Central • Supported Operating Systems • Pre-Requisites for Installing Desktop Central Server • Ports Used by Desktop Central Server • Installing Desktop Central Server • Uninstalling Desktop Central Server Supported Operating Systems Desktop Central can be installed on computers running the following operating systems (both 32-bit and 64-bit): 1. Windows 2000 Professional 2. Windows XP Professional 3. Windows Vista 4. Windows 7 5. Windows 2000 Server 6. Windows 2003 Server 7. Windows 2008 Server 8. Windows 2008 R2 Server 9. Virtual Servers (VM Ware) 10. Windows 2008 11. MaC version Pre-requisites for Installing Desktop Central Server 1. Desktop Central has to be installed in any of the operating systems mentioned above. It can either be installed on the Domain Controller or in any Workstation/Server in the network. 2. Ensure that the hardware requirements are met in accordance to the number of computers being managed using Desktop Central. 3. It is recommended to have a Static IP Address for the computer where Desktop Central Server is installed. This is because, the agents installed in the client computers communicates with the Desktop Central Server using this IP Address. 4. You should install the product as an administrator, since the product is installed and run as an Windows Service. 36 Zoho Corp. Ports Used by Desktop Central Server Desktop Central Server uses the following ports: 1. TCP Port 8020 - Used for HTTP communication between the server and the agent 2. TCP Port 8383 - Used for HTTPS communication between the server and the agent (Secure) 3. TCP Port 8443 - Used for Remote Desktop Sharing (Secure) 4. TCP Port 8444 - Used for Remote Desktop Sharing 5. TCP Port 8031 - Used for File Transfer (Secure) 6. TCP Port 8032 - Used for File Transfer If you are running any third party firewall in the computer where Desktop Central Server is being installed, open these ports by configuring the firewall. If you are running Windows Firewall, these ports can also be automatically be opened in the firewall from the SoM page (post installation) from the Desktop Central Console. Installing Desktop Central Server Desktop Central is distributed in the EXE Format. Run the self-extracting EXE with an Install Shield program for installation and follow the instructions provided. The installation wizard will guide you through a series of instructions like the installation directory, web server port, etc. You can either install the product with the default values or can change the values as required. If you are changing the web server port (default is 8020), ensure that you open the appropriate port in the firewall. Upon successful installation of the product, all the required components like the web server, database server, etc., are automatically installed. Uninstalling Desktop Central Server It is recommended to uninstall the agent from the client computers prior to uninstalling the product. If the client computers are in the same LAN as that of the Desktop Central Server, the agents can be uninstalled from the SoM page of the Desktop Central Console. However, the agent in the remote office computers have to be removed manually. Refer to the online Knowledge base for the steps to remove the agent from remote office computers. To uninstall Desktop Central, select Start --> Programs --> ManageEngine Desktop Central --> Uninstall. If you have uninstalled the product before removing the agents and if you wish to remove later, refer to the online knowledge base for steps. 37 Zoho Corp. Working with Desktop Central 1. 2. 3. 4. Starting Desktop Central Launching Desktop Central Client Steps to Perform after Initial Login Stopping Desktop Central Starting Desktop Central To start Desktop Central, select Start --> Programs --> ManageEngine Desktop Central --> Start Desktop Central On starting the Desktop Central, the client is automatically launched in the default browser. The following processes are started along with the Desktop Central: 1. java.exe - Desktop Central Server 2. postgres.exe - Database Server 3. wrapper.exe - For system tray operations When Desktop Central is started in Windows XP / Windows 2003 machines with firewall enabled, Windows will pop up security alerts asking whether to block or unblock the the following programs as shown in the images below: 1. Java(TM) 2 Platform Standard Edition binary - Java. You should Unblock these programs to start Desktop Central. Fig: Java Alert 38 Zoho Corp. Launching the Desktop Central Client To launch the Desktop Central client, 1. open a Web browser and type http://hostname:8020 in the address bar. Here the hostname refers to the DNS name of the machine where Desktop Central is running. 2. Specify the user name and password as admin in the respective fields and click Login. Steps to Perform after Initial Login When you login to Desktop Central for the first time, perform the following steps: 1. Define the scope of management - Scope can be limited to a small set of computers or the whole domain. 2. Define and apply configurations to either users or computers. The applied configurations will take effect during user logon for user configurations and during reboot for computer configurations. 3. View the status if the configurations applied to the users/computers. 4. Setup Software Deployment Module 5. Setup Patch Management Module 6. Setup Inventory Management 7. Configure AD Reports Update Interval and Enable User Logon Reports Stopping Desktop Central To stop Desktop Central, select Start --> Programs --> ManageEngine Desktop Central --> Stop Desktop Central 39 Zoho Corp. Installing Service Pack Desktop Central periodically provides Service Packs which provide new features (requested by the customers), fixes for certain bugs and document updates in the form of HTML files. Service Packs can be downloaded from the Web site, and updated into ManageEngine Desktop Central using the Update Manager tool. Note: Ensure that no application is running when applying the Service Pack. This prevents any files used by the application from being over-written. For example if the Desktop Central is running, stop the server and then install the service pack. Important: You should login to the computer with the Domain Administrator credential as specified in the Scope of Management to install a Service Pack. The steps to apply a Service Pack are as follows: 1. Stop Desktop Central Server. 2. Start Update manager by executing the script UpdateManager.bat file located in <Desktop Central Home>/bin directory. 3. Click Browse and select the Service Pack file (.ppm) to be installed. Click Install to install the Service Pack. 4. You can go through the Readme file of the Service Pack by clicking the Readme button. Note: On clicking Install, the tool checks whether there is enough space for the installation of the service pack. If there is no enough space, the tool informs you about the lack of space. You must clear the space and then proceed with the installation. 40 Zoho Corp. Licensing the Product Desktop Central is available in four variants- Free, Standard, Professional, and Enterprise Editions Download the product from the Website. The Free Edition, Standard Edition, Professional Edition and Enterprise Edition, come packaged as a single download. During the evaluation phase, the Enterprise Edition is installed, and can be evaluated for 30 days. After 30 days, it is automatically gets converted to the Free Edition, unless the Standard/Professional/Enterprise Edition license is purchased. Given below is the comparison matrix of the features available in the various editions: Feature Standard Professional Enterprise Free Edition** Software Deployment Patch Management Asset Management Remote Control Service Pack Deployment Windows Configurations USB Device Management Power Management System Tools User Logon Reports Active Directory Reports *** Managing Desktops Across WAN Manage Desktops of Roaming Users Multi-Technician Support Distribution Server for Bandwidth Optimization Mobile Device Management ** Free Edition can be used to manage up to 25 desktops. *** Granular reports on Active Directory are not available in the Free Edition. For purchasing the license or for any pricing related queries, please contact [email protected]. 41 Zoho Corp. To upgrade from a Trial/Free Edition to Standard/Professional/ Enterprise Edition 1. When you purchase the product, the license file will be sent through e-mail, which can be used to upgrade the product. 2. Click the License link available in the top right corner of the Desktop Central client. This opens the License details of the product. 3. Click the Upgrade Now link and select the license file received from ManageEngine using the Browse button. 4. Click Upgrade button to upgrade. 42 Zoho Corp. Understanding the Client UI 1. Tabbed Pane 2. Quick Links 3. Left Pane 4. Content Pane Desktop Central client presents complex desktop management information to administrators in a clear, well organized, and easily understandable manner. The Client is a multi-pane interface with tabs and quick links on the top pane, tab-specific links on the left pane, and object-specific views on the right pane. The home page looks similar to the one shown below: 43 Zoho Corp. Tabbed Pane Tabs provides easier navigation between various modules/features of Desktop Central. Each tab represent a specific module/feature in Desktop Central. The content of the left pane varies depending on the tab selected. The following are the tabs present in the product: 1. Home: The home tab provides a quick summary of the configurations defined in the form of charts. Apart from the configuration summary, it also provides Inventory summary and the health/patch status of the network. 2. Configurations: The configurations tab provides the core functions of the product. It has links to define configurations and collections and view the defined configurations based on the type and status. 3. Patch Mgmt: This provides the details of the available and missing patch details along with options to install them. 4. Software Deployment: Provides options to create MSI and EXE package repository, which can then be used to deploy software to the windows machines in the network. 5. Inventory: Provides the details of the software and hardware inventory of the network. It allows you to manage software licenses and prohibited software. 6. Tools: The Tools tab provides ability to share a remote desktop and control it through a Web browser. You can also schedule a task to run various system tools like Disk Defrag, Check Disk, and Disk Cleanup on different machines in the network. 7. Reports: The reports tab provides a comprehensive reports of the defined configurations based on users, computers, and type. It also provides ready-made reports of the Active Directory components. For more details about the available reports, refer to Viewing Reports topic. 8. Admin: The admin tab helps you to customize the product to your environment. It helps you to define the scope of management, manage inactive users in your domain, manage MSI/EXE files and scripts, apart from other personalization options. For further details, refer to Configuring Desktop Central section. 9. Support: The support tab helps you to reach us for your needs, such as getting technical support, requesting new features, participating in user discussions, and so on. It also provides self-diagnostic details about the product. Apart from the tabs, it also has the following links on the top right corner: 1. Contact Us: To reach us to support, feedback, sending logs, joining web conference to troubleshooting, etc. 2. Personalize: To customize the skin, password, and session expiry time. 3. License: To upgrade to the licensed version of the software and to view the license details. 4. About Us: To view the product version details. 5. Help: To view the product help documentation. 6. Sign Out: To sign out the client. 44 Zoho Corp. Quick Links Quick links enables you to navigate to the frequently used pages instantly. Left Pane The navigation links in left pane enables navigation across the various features in the tab. The leftside navigation links changes dynamically according to the tab selected. Content Pane The content pane displays the specific view of the currently selected item from the tabbed pane, quick links or the left pane. 45 Zoho Corp. Setting Up Desktop Central After installing Desktop Central, the administrator has to setup the various modules in Desktop Central by making the required configurations. Note: The steps/configurations described in this section can only be performed by users with administrative privileges in Desktop Central. Follow the links to learn more: 1. Configuring Desktop Central for Windows Vista / 2008 2. Working with the Scope of Management 3. Configuring Agent Tray Icon Settings 4. Configuring Mail Server 5. Configuring Help Desk Integration 6. Managing Custom Scripts 7. Configuring Server Settings 8. Creating Custom Groups 9. Personalizing the Client Settings 10. Authenticating Users via Active Directory 11. Migrating Desktop Central Server 12. User Administration 13. Setting Up Software Deployment 14. Setting Up Patch Management 15. Setting Up Asset Management 16. Setting Up User Logon Reports 17. Setting Up Active Directory Reports 46 Zoho Corp. Configuring Desktop Central for Windows Vista / 2008 / Windows 7 This is applicable only if you install Desktop Central Server in Windows Vista, Windows 2008 or Windows 7. For running Desktop Central Service in Windows Vista, Windows 2008 or Windows 7 operating systems, you need to specify user credentials with administrative privileges. This is not required for other operating systems like Windows XP, 2003 Server, etc. Specifying Admin User Credentials for Windows Vista / Windows 2008 / Windows 7. When you install Desktop Central server in Windows Vista / Windows 2008 / Windows 7 and start, the Desktop Central client will show a page asking for the user credentials with administrative privileges on that computer. Specify the user name and password of an user account that has administrative privileges on the computer where Desktop Central Server is installed. The user specified here can be either a domain user or a local user with admin privileges. It is recommended to set the password of the user specified here to "Password Never Expires". When the password of this user changes, Desktop Central Server will not be able to start as the credentials will fail. 47 Zoho Corp. Defining the Scope of Management After successful installation, the first thing you do is to define the Scope of Management(SoM) to use the features of Desktop Central. The SoM refers to the list of computers that are managed using Desktop Central. The managed computers can be from Active Directory, Workgroup, or any other directory service like Novell eDirectory. The managed computers can be either in the same LAN or in any remote location that are connected through VPN or Internet. Following the Scope of Management section, you can proceed with: 1. Adding Domain/Workgroup 2. Managing computers in LAN 3. Managing computers in WAN 4. Managing Computers with MAC OS 48 Zoho Corp. Adding Domain/Workgroup A windows network is typically based on Windows Active Directory, Workgroup, or Novell eDirectory. When you install desktop Central in your network, it automatically discovers all the domains and workgroups available in your network. Novell eDirectory based network are discovered and managed as workgroups in Desktop Central. Discovering Domains / Workgroups To view the discovered domains/ workgroups or to initiate the discovery, select Admin tab --> Scope of Management (SoM) --> Add Computers. This will discover all the available domains and workgroups and list them under Discovered Networks. Adding Domains Domain can be added in Desktop Central in two ways: 1. From the auto-discovered list available in the SoM --> Add Computers page by clicking the Edit link corresponding to the domain. 2. By Manually adding the domain - If for some reason, one or more domains are not discovered, you can use the Add Domain link available in the same page to add domains manually. Both the above options will open the Add Domain dialog for accepting the following information: Parameter Description Type Domain Name of the domain. This is usually the netbios or the pre-2000 Mandatory Name name of the domain Network Type Select "Active Directory" option Mandatory Domain User This should be the domain user name that has administrative Mandatory Name privileges in all the computers of that domain. It is recommended to have a dedicated domain admin user account for Desktop Central whose password policy is set to "Never Expire" Password Password of the domain admin user Mandatory AD Domain The DNS name of the Active Directory Domain Mandatory Domain Controller The name of the domain controller. If you have multiple domain controllers, provide the name of the domain controller that is Mandatory Name nearest to the computer where Desktop Central Server is installed Name 49 Zoho Corp. If you have problems in adding the domains, refer to our online knowledge base for possible reasons and solutions. Adding Workgroups Similar to domains, Workgroups can be added in Desktop Central in two ways: 1. From the auto-discovered list available in the SoM --> Add Computers page by clicking the Edit link corresponding to the workgroup. 2. By Manually adding the workgroup- If for some reason, one or more workgroups are not discovered, you can use the Add Domain link available in the same page to add workgroups manually. Both the above options will open the Add Domain dialog for accepting the following information: Parameter Domain Description Type The name of the workgroup Mandatory Network Type Select "Workgroup" option Mandatory Admin User A common user name which has administrative privileges in all the Mandatory Name computers within that workgroup. It is recommended to have a Name dedicated user account for Desktop Central whose password policy is set to "Never Expire" Password The password of the common admin user DNS Suffix This is required to uniquely identify a computer within a workgroup. For example, if you have a computer with the same name in two Mandatory Optional different workgroups, the DNS suffix is used to identify it uniquely If you have problems in adding the workgroups, refer to our online knowledge base for possible reasons and solutions. Note: Computers in Novel eDirectory based network are managed as Workgroups in Desktop Central. Changing the Domain or Workgroup Credentials Desktop Central establishes a remote connection to the managed computers to perform the various Desktop Management activities like agent installation / upgradation, patch/inventory scanning, and remote desktop sharing, which requires an admin credential. The credential provided when adding a domain/workgroup is used for this purpose. When the username/password provided while adding the domain/workgroup has changed later due to password expiry or other reasons, you need to update 50 Zoho Corp. the correct credentials from the Admin tab --> SoM page to avoid getting "Access Denied" errors while performing any remote operations. To update the credentials, click the Edit Credentials button available in the SoM page. Select the Domain/Workgroup from the select box, update the username/password and click Update Domain Details. SoM Policy Synchronizing computers from Active Directory will help you find the computers that are newly added, but or not managed in Desktop Central and the computers that have been deleted from the Active Directory. This helps you to quickly add or remove computers from being managed using Desktop Central. The synchronization will happen at a specified time everyday and can be configured to notify you whenever a change is detected. You can also initiate the sync option as and when required with sync only modified data and sync all option. Sync only modified data will list only the changes that has happened after the previous sync. So the computers which are added or removed after the previous sync will be listed here. Sync all option can be used to get the complete list of all the computers that has been added or removed in the active directory. To enable synchronization follow the steps below: 1. Select SoM --> AD Sync tab 2. Click AD Sync Settings link from the right, below the AD Sync tab. 3. Select Enable AD Sync 4. Specify the time at which the sync should happen. The time should be specified in 24 hour format and the sync will happen at the same time everyday. 5. Click Choose Domains/OUs to select the domains and OUs that you would like to sync. This will only list the domains and OUs for which the credentials have been specified. Note: If you do not see all the domains, you should check and specify the credentials first from SoM --> Computers --> Edit Credential. 6. If you wish to be notified on any change, select "Enable Email Notification" and specify the "To Address", subject and message. 7. Click Save Next Steps The next step is to add and install the agent in the client computers that have to be managed using Desktop Central. The following sections will detail the steps: 51 Zoho Corp. 1. Managing Computers in LAN - To add and install the agent in the client computers from the same LAN where Desktop Central Server is installed 2. Managing Computers in WAN - To add and install the agent in the client computers from remote locations like branch offices and mobile users. 52 Zoho Corp. Managing computers in LAN Desktop Central installs an agent in all the client computers that have to be managed using Desktop Central. The agent properties can also be customized prior to installing the agents. For details on customizations, refer to Configuring Agent settings. Installing Agents Installing Agents from Desktop Central Console 1. The client computers can be added from Admin tab --> SoM --> Add Computers button. This will list the domains and workgroups that have been added. 2. Click the Select Computers link pertaining to a domain/workgroup. This opens the Select Computers dialog listing all the available computers of the domain/workgroup. 3. Select the computers that have to be managed using Desktop Central and click OK. You can also manually specify the computer names instead of choosing them from the list. The selected computers gets added to the Selected Computers table in the Add Computers view. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for adding computers from multiple domains/workgroups. 5. Select the "Start Agent Installation Immediately" check box to install the Desktop Central agents in the selected computers immediately. When this option is not selected, the computers are only added. You need to install the agents later to manage them. 6. Select the Configure Agent Settings option for configuring the agent properties and post installation actions. 7. Click Done to add the selected computers. All the selected computers gets added to the Scope of Management. The Scope of Management page will list all the computers that are being managed by Desktop Central along with the status of the agent installation and the agent version. Agents can also be installed at a later stage, by selecting the computers from Admin --> SoM page and clicking the Install Agent button from the Desktop Central Console If you have problems in installing the agents, refer to our online knowledge base for possible causes and solutions. 53 Zoho Corp. Installing Agents Using Windows GPO Agent installation through the console might fail due to various reasons like some security restrictions, firewall configurations, etc. There is a possibility that even after trying the resolutions provided in the online knowledge base, the installation can still fail. In such cases, you can install the agents with a startup script using Windows GPO. The agents gets installed during the next computer startup. Refer to the online knowledge base for the steps to install the agents using Windows GPO Installing Agents Manually You can also install the agents manually, by downloading the agent program from: http://<host name>:<port number>/agent/DesktopCentralAgent.msi where, <host name> refers to the machine running Desktop Central and <port number> refers to the Web port to access the client, the default being 8020. Double-click the msi file to install the agent manually. Uninstalling Agents To uninstall the agents from the computers, select the desktops from the list and select Uninstall Agent from the Actions box. Removing the Computers To remove the computers from the list, select the computers and select Remove Computer from the Actions box. The Desktop Central agents have to be uninstalled prior to removing a computer from the scope. 54 Zoho Corp. Managing Computers in Wide Area Networks (WAN) A WAN is a computer network that enables communication across a large area that could include communication across cities, states and countries. Most companies operate from a head office, located in a city, and have branch offices located in other areas within the city, the state, the country or even in another country. These branch offices are known as remote offices. As a system administrator, you must do the following: 1. Ensure that the computers in the head office and branch offices are monitored efficiently 2. Manage computers of roaming or mobile users who connect to the network using the Internet One of the main challenges that you could face, while managing computers in a WAN, are with the bandwidth allocated. There could be bandwidth issues that reduce the speed of data-transfer between computers at the head office and those at the branch office. This could result in costs associated with bandwidth utilization. Managing Computers Across a WAN There are two options to manage computers, across a WAN, using Desktop Central. The option that you choose depends on the number of computers you are going to manage at your remote office. The options available, enable you to use either of the following: 1. Distribution servers and WAN agents: It is recommended that you use this option if you are managing more than 10 computers in a remote office. 2. WAN agents only: It is recommended that you use this option if you are managing less than 10 computers in a remote office. Using Distribution Servers and WAN Agents A distribution server is a server that is located in a remote office. This server communicates with the Desktop Central server, which is located at the head office, to get information; for example information about configurations to deploy. It synchronizes its repositories, related to configurations, patches, service packs and software applications, with those located in the Desktop Central server. This takes place at specific intervals. WAN agents are installed in computers in a remote office. After the synchronization, between the distribution server and the Desktop Central server is complete, the WAN agents will download information related to patches, service packs and software applications to be deployed, from the distribution server. This information is downloaded locally using the LAN in the remote office. 55 Zoho Corp. Desktop Central's technology related to distribution servers helps you plan and control bandwidth utilization (including associated costs) for your remote office. This technology addresses bandwidthrelated issues, improves the efficiency and the level of control that network managers and administrators can use while managing computers in remote locations. Before you start managing computers in a remote location you are required to do the following: 1. Add a remote office 2. Deploy a distribution server to a remote office 3. Deploy WAN agents to computers managed using the distribution server Adding a Remote Office (with a distribution server) Before you can start managing computers in a remote office, you are required to add a remote office and create a distribution server. To add a remote office and create a distribution server using your Desktop Central server, follow the steps given below: 1. Select Admin tab 2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management 3. Select the Remote Offices tab 4. Click Add Remote Office 5. Enter a name for the remote office 6. In the Desktop Central Server Details section, specify the IP address and port numbers for the Desktop Central server The IP address is already entered in the given field. Change this address only if you have a secondary IP address for the Desktop Central server. The information for the HTTP and HTTPS ports are already entered (8020 and 8030 respectively). Change the port numbers if you have specified ports other than these while installing the Desktop Central server. 7. In the Communication Details section, select Through Distribution Server. 8. In the Distribution Server Details section, enter the following information: 1. Domain NetBios name 2. Computer name 3. IP address of the computer on which the distribution server will be installed It is recommended that you have a dedicated computer as your distribution server. This computer should have a static IP address. This will ensure that you have hassle-free communication between the WAN agents and the distribution server. 56 Zoho Corp. 1. DS FQDN/DNS Name (optional) 2. HTTP and HTTPS port numbers for the distribution server The HTTP and HTTPS ports are used for communication between the WAN agents and the distribution server. The default ports of the distribution server 8021 (HTTP) and 8384 (HTTPS). You can use different ports if required. 1. Replication interval time The replication interval time is the interval at which the distribution server synchronizes its repositories with those in the Desktop Central server. The default interval is two minutes. However you can customize the replication interval if required. 1. Data-transfer rate 9. In the Distribution Server/WAN Agent to Desktop Central Server Communication section, check the following check boxes: 1. Enable Secured Communication (HTTPS) 2. Proxy Configuration. Enter information about the proxy host, user name and password. 10. In the computers to be managed section, add the computers that you want to manage using the distribution server. To add computers to be managed, follow the steps given below: 1. Select the required domain or workgroup 2. Select the required organization units or computers 3. Click Add If you know the name or the IP address of the computers that you want to manage in the remote location, add them in the given field using commas. 11. Click Add 57 Zoho Corp. You have added a remote office and created a distribution server. You are now required to deploy this distribution server to a specific remote office. Deploying Distribution Servers To Remote Offices After you have added a remote office and created a distribution server, you are taken back to the Remote Offices tab view in the Scope of Management page. In the Managed Computers column, against the name of the remote office you have created, the status will be Agent is not installed. You are required to deploy and install the distribution server in the required remote office. To deploy a distribution server to the required remote office, follow the steps given below: 1. Select Admin tab 2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management 3. Select the Remote Offices tab 4. In the Download Agent column, against the remote office you added, click the Download WAN Agent + Distribution Server icon 5. Save the .zip file in the computer on which you want to install the distribution server You are required to login as the administrator, on the computer in which you want to install the distribution server, to save the required file in it. 6. Extract the contents of the zip file 7. Open a command prompt. To open a command prompt, follow the steps given below: a. Click start>Run b. Enter cmd c. Click OK 8. Navigate to the working folder (this is the folder which you have extracted the .zip file in). For example: C:\Remote-Office\dssetup 9. Run the command setup.bat 10. Select option 1 to deploy the distribution server You have deployed the distribution server to the required remote office. Refer to the Agent Installation section for information on how to install WAN agents. Deploying WAN Agents in Computers in Remote Offices 58 Zoho Corp. You are required to install WAN agents in the computers you want to manage, in a remote office, using a distribution server. A WAN agent can be installed: 1. While deploying a distribution server 2. After deploying a distribution server Deploying WAN agents while deploying a distribution server To deploy a WAN agent while deploying a distribution server, follow the steps given below: a. Open a command prompt. To open a command prompt, follow the steps given below: a. Click start>Run b. Enter cmd c. Click OK b. Navigate to the working folder (this is the folder which you have extracted the .zip file in, while deploying the distribution server). For example: C:\Remote-Office\dssetup c. Specify which computers the WAN agents have to be installed in by editing the computers.txt file d. Run the command setup.bat file e. Select option 2 f. Specify the administrator's user name and password when prompted This can be a domain administrator or a user who has administrator privileges in all the computers where WAN agents have to be installed. The user name should be prefixed with the name of the domain or the workgroup. For example, the user name of an administrator who is deploying WAN agents in computers, which are in the zohocorp domain, could be zohocorp\administrator. You have deployed both the distribution server and WAN agents to computers in a remote office. Deploying WAN agents after deploying a distribution server To deploy a WAN agent after deploying a distribution server, follow the steps given below: a. Open a command prompt. To open a command prompt, follow the steps given below: 59 Zoho Corp. a. Click start>Run b. Enter cmd c. Click OK b. Navigate to the working folder (this is the folder which you have extracted the .zip file 3. in, while deploying the distribution server). For example: C:\Remote-Office\dssetup Specify which computers the WAN agents have to be installed in by editing the computers.txt file 4. Run the command setup.bat 5. Select option 3 6. Specify the administrator's user name and password when prompted This can be a domain administrator or a user who has administrator privileges in all the computers where WAN agents have to be installed. The user name should be prefixed with the name of the domain or the workgroup. For example, the user name of an administrator who is deploying WAN agents in computers, which are in the zohocorp domain, could be zohocorp\administrator. You have deployed WAN agents to computers in a remote office. Using WAN Agents Only When you manage less than 10 computers, typically, there are no bandwidth-related issues. In such cases, you can manage computers in your remote office using WAN agents only. Before you start managing computers in a remote office using WAN agents only, you are required to do the following: 1. Add details of a remote office (single remote office or multiple remote offices) 2. Install WAN agents in the computers in the remote office Adding a Remote Office (without a distribution server) If you are managing in branch/remote offices, you need to add the details of the branch/remote offices and generate Desktop Central Agent for each of your branch/remote office. This agent has to be installed in the managed computers of that branch. To add the details of the remote offices, follow the steps below: 1. Select Admin tab 2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management 60 Zoho Corp. 3. Select the Remote Offices tab You will see a list of all the remote offices that are added. In that list, you will see a remote office which is called Local Office. This is related to the LAN where the Desktop Central server is located. The remote office Local Office is added by default. 4. Click Add Remote Office 5. Enter a name for the remote office 6. In the Desktop Central Server Details section, specify the IP address and port numbers for the Desktop Central server. You can also enter the DNS of the server. This IP Address should be common for all the Remote offices and will be used by the agents in the remote office computers to contact the Desktop Central server. If this IP Address is changed, the agent MSI for remote offices will be recreated. You need to reinstall the agents in all the remote computers. 7. In the Communication Details section, select Direct Communication. 8. In the WAN Agent to Desktop Central Server Communication section, do the following: a. Specify the communication interval The communication interval is the interval at which the WAN agents in the computers in the remote office, contact the Desktop Central server for information. The default communication interval is two minutes. However, this value can be configured if required. b. Check the following check boxes: a. Enable Secured Communication (HTTPS) b. Proxy Configuration. Enter information about the proxy host, user name and password. 9. In the computers to be managed section, add the computers that you want to manage using the distribution server. To add computers to be managed, follow the steps given below: a. Select the required domain or workgroup b. Select the required organization units or computers c. Click Add 61 Zoho Corp. If you know the name or the IP address of the computers that you want to manage in the remote location, add them in the given field using commas. 10. Click Add You have added a remote office. Adding Multiple Remote Offices You can add multiple remote offices simultaneously by importing details of the remote offices, using the CSV import option. To add multiple remote offices simultaneously, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Admin tab 2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management 3. Click the Remote Offices tab 4. Click Import Remote Offices 5. Click Choose File and select the required CSV file 6. Click Import You have imported multiple remote offices simultaneously. These will be listed in the Remote Offices tab. Information about CSV files This section gives you information about CSV files. File specifications 1. The first line of a CSV file is the header specifying the column names. 2. The Remote Office name is a mandatory field and all the other fields are optional. If left blank, the default values will be added to those fields. Column names and descriptions 1. REMOTE_OFFICE_NAME: Name of the remote office 2. POLLING_INTERVAL: Communication Interval / Replication Interval based on the Communication Type. The default value is 2 minutes 3. SERVER_IP:The IP Address of the Desktop Central server, which is accessible from the computers in the remote office. 62 Zoho Corp. 4. HAS_DS - The values can be Yes or No. Yes means that the communication type is through the distribution server. If newly added (or the previous values are present in case of modification), the default value is No. If the value is Yes, the following columns are mandatory: 5. DS_DOMAIN_NAME: Name of the Netbios domain in the distribution server DS_NAME: Name of the computer in which the distribution server will be installed DS_IP: IP Address of the computer in which the distribution server will be installed DS_PORT: HTTP port through which the distribution server and the WAN agents communicate DS_HTTPS_PORT: HTTPS port through which the distribution server and the WAN agents communicate 6. PROTOCOL: The mode of communication between distribution server, WAN agents and the Desktop Central server. The default is HTTP. 7. HAS_PROXY - The values can be Yes or No. Yes means the communication between the distribution server or WAN agents to the Desktop Central server takes place through the proxy server. If newly added (or the previous values are present in case of modification), the default value is No. If the value is Yes, the following columns are mandatory: 8. PROXY_SERVER:Name or IP address of the proxy server 9. PROXY_PORT: Proxy port number 10. PROXY_USER:User name used to acces the proxy server 11. PROXY_PASSWORD: Password of the proxy user account. 12. COMPUTERS: Names of the computers in the remote office. If more than one computer is specified, it should be within double-quotes. Example: "john,jerry" Sample CSV Formats 1. REMOTE_OFFICE_NAME,POLLING_INTERVAL,HAS_DS,DS_DOMAIN_NAME,DS_NAME, DS_IP,DS_PORT,DS_HTTPS_PORT,PROTOCOL,HAS_PROXY,PROXY_SERVER,PROXY _PORT,PROXY_USER,PROXY_PASSWORD,COMPUTERS 2. RO_1,2,yes,zohocorpin,DSserver1,192.168.1.227,8021,8384,http,yes,web proxy,80,admin,admin,"test,mathi,karups" 3. RO_2,3,yes,zohocorpin,DSserver2,192.168.1.232,8021,8384,http,no 4. RO_3,10,yes,zohocorpin,DSserver3,192.168.1.222,8021,8384,https,yes,webproxy,80,admin,admin 5. RO_4,30,yes,zohocorpin,DSserver4,192.168.1.233,8021,8384,https,no 6. RO_5,2,no,,,,,,http,yes,web-proxy,80,admin,admin 7. RO_6,3,no,,,,,,http,no 8. RO_7,33,no,,,,,,https,yes,web-proxy,80,admin,admin 9. RO_8,35,no,,,,,,https,no Editing Remote Office Parameters The method of importing CSV files also has an option where you can edit the details of a remote office. Assume that you want to change the name of the proxy server for your remote offices. You don't have to manually edit the proxy details of each and every remote office. You can do this by 63 Zoho Corp. creating a CSV file that contains only the remote office name and the parameter that needs to be updated. For example, REMOTE_OFFICE_NAME,PROXY_SERVER RO_1, web-proxy1 RO_2, web-proxy2 Installing Agents in Computers in Remote Offices You can install agents in computers in remote offices in: 1. Single computers 2. Multiple computers Desktop Central agents have to be manually downloaded and installed in computers in remote offices. ffice computers. To install an agents in multiple computers in the same location, you can use the command line tool that is provided. Installing Agents in a Single Computer 1. Click the Admin tab 2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management 3. Click Download Agent Ensure that you have downloaded the agent with the respective remote office name. 4. Install the agent in the required computer in a specific remote office, manually 5. Extract the .zip file to a directory 6. Open a command prompt. To open a command prompt, follow the steps given below: a. Click start>Run b. Enter cmd c. Click OK 7. Change the directory to <Extracted_Dir>/directsetup 8. Execute the following command: %systemroot%\\system32\msiexec.exe /i DesktopCentralAgent.msi ENABLESILENT=yes /qn 64 Zoho Corp. You have installed an agent in a single computer in a specific remote office Installing Agents in Multiple Computers 1. Click the Admin tab 2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management 3. Click Download Agent Ensure that you have downloaded the agent with the respective remote office name. 4. Install the agent in the required computer in a specific remote office, manually 5. Extract the .zip file to a directory 6. Add all the names of the computers in which the agent has to be installed in the computernames.txt file Each computer name should be entered in a separate line. 7. Open a command prompt. To open a command prompt, follow the steps given below: a. Click start>Run b. Enter cmd c. Click OK 8. Change the directory to <Extracted_Dir>/directsetup 9. Run the command setup.bat 10. Specify the user name and password of the administrator, when prompted This can be a domain administrator or a user who has administrator privileges in all the computers where WAN agents have to be installed. The user name should be prefixed with the name of the domain or the workgroup. For example, the user name of an administrator who is deploying WAN agents in computers, which are in the zohocorp domain, could be zohocorp\administrator. You have installed the agent in multiple computers in a remote office. 65 Zoho Corp. The logs.txt file is located in <Extracted_Dir>/directsetup. It has the details about the errors you face during installation, if any. 66 Zoho Corp. Modifying Remote Office Details If you require to change the mode of communication between the WAN Agents and the Desktop Central server, you can modify the remote office details and make the necessary changes. For example, if you have chosen the direct communication mode for a remote office and you want communication to take place through the distribution server, you can modify the details of the remote office. To modify the details of the remote office, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Admin tab 2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management 3. Click the Remote Offices tab 4. In the Action column, click the modify icon against the required remote office 5. Change the required parameters 6. Click Modify If you have changed the mode of communication from direct communication to communication through the distribution server, you need to re-install and restart the distribution server in the specified computer. The changes will be implemented only after you complete this task. However, even if you have not completed this task, you can still deploy the configurations, patches, and software applications to the specific remote computer. You have modified details of a remote office. Moving Computers Across Remote Offices You can move computers across remote offices. For example, if you are moving from remote office to another you are required to add your computer to the WAN in that remote office. Scenario Each remote office has its own agent. Assume that you are moving from remote office A to remote office B. You must do the following when you are moving computers across remote offices: 1. Move the computer physically 2. Make the settings to move the computer from one remote location to another in the user interface (UI) 67 Zoho Corp. The sequence of operations, mentioned above, will depend on whether you have a proxy connection or not. When the agent does not use a proxy connection When the agent does not use a proxy connection to communicate with the Desktop Central server, you can physically move your computer from remote office A to remote office B, the agent from remote office B gets installed in your computer. As there is no proxy connection, it can communicate with the Desktop Central server. When the agent uses a proxy connection When the agent uses a proxy connection to communicate with the Desktop Central server, you must make the settings to move the computer from one remote office to another, in the UI, before you physically move your computer. To move computers across remote offices, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Admin tab 2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management 3. In the Computers tab, select the required computers 4. In the Move To list, select the name of the remote office to which you want to move your computer to You can create a new remote office with or without a distribution server. To create a new remote office with a distribution server, refer to the Adding a Remote Office (with a distribution server) section. To create a new remote office without a distribution server, refer to the Adding a Remote Office (without a distribution server) section. You have created a request to move computers across remote offices. If the office you are moving to is a local office (LAN), the computers that you have specified will be moved immediately. This is because the Desktop Central server can contact the agent in the computer, that you have requested to move, immediately. However, if the office you are moving to is a remote office (WAN), the computers that you have specified will be moved only when the agent (in the specified computers) contacts the Desktop Central server agent during the two-minute communication interval. If the agent does not contact the Desktop Central server within the time interval, the request will be removed from the Desktop Central server. You will then have to create a new request. 68 Zoho Corp. Adding an IP Scope Desktop Central has different agents for different locations, for example a local office agent will not be the same as the remote office agent. Similarly every remote office has different agents as well. When you are managing computers one or more remote locations, you can have a defined set of IP ranges for different offices. This enables the Desktop Central Server to identify the agents with respect to the IP range. So whenever a computer is moved from a local office to a remote location, IP scope is used to automatically detect and deploy the respective WAN agent. Desktop Central will check for the change in the IP address periodically and will deploy the appropriate agents whenever a change is detected. If there is no movement or a rare chance of moving computers between remote offices, you do not need to define an IP Scope for your remote offices. In this case, you can move your computers, if required, by using the Move to list in the Computers tab in the Scope of Management page. For more information, click here. When a computer (or a laptop) is transferred to a new remote office, a new IP address is automatically assigned to that computer (or laptop) by the DHCP server in the remote office network. The Desktop Central agent then determines whether the new IP address, that was assigned, is within the IP range of the new remote office. You can add an IP Scope for remote offices as well as local offices. If you are moving computers only between specific remote offices, you should assign an IP Scope only for those remote offices. To add an IP Scope, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Admin tab 2. In the Global Settings section, click Scope of Management 3. Click the IP Scope tab 4. Click Add Scope 5. In the Select Remote Office list, click the required remote office name 6. Select either of the following types of IP Scope: 1. IP Address Range: Enter the start and end IP addresses 2. Subnet: Enter the subnet mask and subnet IP address 7. Click Save 69 Zoho Corp. You have added an IP Scope. You can add more than one IP Scope to a remote office. To add more than one IP Scope, follow the steps from step number 4. 70 Zoho Corp. Managing computers with Mac OS Desktop Central can be used to manage computers with Mac operating Systems. Desktop Central has separate agents to manage Mac computers. Supporting Mac OS Desktop Central currently supports the following Mac versions:   10.6 Snow Leopard 10.7 Lion Note: Desktop Central currently supports managing Mac OS with Intel Processor Configuring Mac Agent Settings Desktop Central has different agents for windows and Mac computers. Mac agents will not be created by default. You can create Mac agents by configuring the settings in the scope of management. This will help you automatically create Mac agents for the local office and the remote offices. To Configure the Mac agent settings follow the steps mentioned below. 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click the Agent Settings link available under Global Settings. 3. Select Mac Agent Settings tab 4. Click on the check box to automatically create agents for managing Mac computers. Enabling the option to create Mac agents automatically will create agents for all the existing remote offices as well the any new remote office that is created subsequently. 5. Select the domain or the workgroup to group Mac computers (this is virtual grouping and will not impact on its functions). 6. Click Save to create Mac agents. Mac agents can be download from the SoM page. Installing Mac Agents Mac agents can be installed manually in the computers that need to be managed. Agents can be installed manually in every computer or through SSH. To install the agent, log-in into the computer as an administrator and follow the steps mentioned below. 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click on Scope of Management link under Global Settings. 71 Zoho Corp. 3. Click on Download Agent link You will have a drop down list, from which you can choose and download the appropriate agent. If the managed computers are in the same LAN, download Mac local agent. If the managed computers are in remote locations, download agents appropriately. Follow the steps mentioned below to install the agents manually, 1. Login into the Mac computer as administrator and navigate to the location where the agent is downloaded. 2. Extract the zip file and locate DesktopCentral_MacAgent.pkg and serverinfo.plist file. 3. Double click to install the agent. 4. Enter administrators password when prompted to complete installation. Installing Mac Agents Using SSH Installing Mac agents in computers can be done easily through SSH. Using a Mac computer you can remotely connect to other computers and install the Mac agents. To know about installing agents follow the steps mentioned below. 1. Login into the Mac computer as administrator 2. Download the Mac agent. 3. Copy the downloaded Mac agent  Open the terminal   Navigate to the location where the agent is downloaded. Type scp DCMacAgent.zip adminusername@hostname: to copy the agent to the target computer.   Where adminusername - administrator user name of the remote computer hostname - local host name of the remote computer  Agent is copied in the location ~/Users/adminusername in target computer 4. Install the agent in the remote computer  To login into the target computer using SSH type ssh adminusername@hostname  Navigate to the location where the agent is copied, Unzip the agent zip file by typing unzip oq DCMacAgent.zip  Install the agent using the command sudo installer pkg DesktopCentral_MacAgent.pkg -target /  Enter the administrator password when prompted to complete agent installation. Once the agents are installed successfully, the Mac computers will be listed in the SoM page in the Desktop Central web console. 72 Zoho Corp. Uninstall Mac agents To uninstall the agents from the computers, follow the steps mentioned below. 1. Login into the computer as administrator and open the terminal. 2. Navigate to the directory /Library/DesktopCentral_Agent/uninstall 3. Type sudo chmod 744 uninstall.sh, and enter administrator password when 4. prompted. Type the command sudo ./uninstall.sh, this command removes all the files except logs. Supported Features Desktop Central currently supports the following features for Mac computers. Features supported in the Inventory Module   Hardware and software inventory reports Managing software License   Managing Software Category Alerting by email for every hardware or software changes. 73 Zoho Corp. Configuring Agent Settings Desktop Central installs an light-weight non-intrusive agent on the computers that have to be managed using Desktop Central. You have an option to configure the settings for these agents. Agent General Settings 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click the Agent Settings link available under Global Settings. 3. The General Settings tab is selected by default. You can specify the following from here: 1. Server IP Address - The IP Address of the computer where Desktop Central server is installed is displayed here. The agents residing in the client computers communicate to the Desktop Central server using this IP Address. Desktop Central automatically detects the server IP Address whenever Desktop Central Server is started. If you wish to automatically detect and save the IP Address, select the Automatically detect and save the IP Address change option. You can also enter the DNS name of the Server. 2. Enable Secured Communication - Select this option, if the communication between the Agent and the Desktop Central Server should be secured (HTTPS) 3. Disable Uninstallation Option in Control Panel - Selecting this option will ensure that users do not uninstall the Desktop Central Agents from their computer. 4. Perform Patch Scanning - Select this option if Patch Scanning has to be initiated immediately after the agent installation. If this option is not selected, Patch Scanning will only happen when it is scheduled or when On Demand scanning is initiated. 5. Perform Inventory Scanning - Select this option if Inventory Scanning has to be initiated immediately after the agent installation. If this option is not selected, Inventory Scanning will only happen when it is scheduled or when On Demand scanning is initiated. 6. Enable Firewall Settings - Desktop Central requires the Windows Firewall running in the client computers to be configured for using all its features. Select this option to configure the firewall for enabling Remote Administration, DCOM, File and Printer Sharing, and Simple File Sharing in Windows XP. 4. Click Save Changes. Agent Tray Icon Settings Desktop Central provides an option to display the Agent Icon in the System Tray of all the managed computers. The users can perform the following actions using the system tray: 1. Initiate Patch Scanning 2. Initiate Inventory Scanning 3. Pull and apply configurations that are available to them 74 Zoho Corp. 4. Send requests to Help Desk for specific needs. 5. When User Logon Reports is enabled, the user will be able to view his/her login history. Follow the steps below to configure the Tray icon settings: 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click the Agent Settings link available under Global Settings. 3. Select the Agent Tray Icon tab and specify whether to display the icon in the system tray of the managed computers. When choosing this option, you can choose the following: 1. Show Patch, Inventory, and Configuration Menus 2. Show Last Logon Details 3. Show Information Balloons While Processing Configurations, Patch Scanning and Inventory Scanning 4. Click Save Changes Configuration Settings When a computer is added to the OU / Active Directory, all configurations that were deployed to the group will automatically get applied to the newly added computers. Configuration settings will help you to specify the time when and how often should Desktop Central look for the newly added computers and deploy the configuration. This can be customized as per the options mentioned below. 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click Configuration Settings 3. Under Auto-detect OU/Group changes and Apply Configuration, click the checkbox to configure the settings. 1. Enable "Detect and Apply Configurations at every System Startup or User Logon" to apply configurations to computers during user logon and system startup. 2. If you choose to enable the configurations at scheduled time, then the change detection will happen at the nearest refresh cycle and the configurations will be applied after the specified time subsequently . 4. Click Save Changes. Note : If the configurations are applied to a Custom Group/OU/Active Directory, the newly added computers will have all the configurations applied to it automatically. Whereas, if any computer is removed from the Active Directory / OU/ Custom Group, the applied configurations will not be removed automatically. 75 Zoho Corp. Configuring Mail Server Desktop Central has an option to send a notification by email when the patches are downloaded and are ready to be installed. Email Alerts are also sent for notifying the Inventory related events. To send email, the mail server has to be configured. Follow the steps given below to specify the mail server details: 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click the Mail Server Configuration link. This opens the Configure Mail Server Settings page. 3. Specify the name and port of the mail server. 4. Email Type : Indicates the type of mail email despatching (For example: SMTP, SMTPS). 5. TSL Enabled : Option to enable Transport Layer Security (TLS). 6. If it requires authentication, select the Requires Authentication check box and specify the user name and password. 7. Click Save to save the configuration. 76 Zoho Corp. Configuring Help Desk Integration Desktop Central provides an option to integrate with Help Desk. With this, users will be able to send their help desk queries and requirements so that they are attended by help desk professionals. Steps to Integrate with Help Desk 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click the Help Desk Settings link available under Global Settings. 3. The Help Desk Settings tab is selected by default. 4. Specify the "To Email addresses" of the help desk. 5. Specify the "From Email domain" if the windows network domain is different from the email domain name. (for example if the Windows domain is mycompany.com and your email domain is myemaildomain.com) 6. Enter the email subject prefix which will be prefixed to all the tickets that has been created from the help desk ticket. 7. Specify the file format type, so that the end user will be notified to attach the screen shot in the correct format. 8. Click OK to save the changes. When you integrate with Help Desk, the users will have an additional menu as "Send Help Desk Requests" in the Agent icon that is shown in the system tray of the managed computers. It may be noted that the Agent Tray icon should have been configured to be shown to get this working. Customizing the Ticket Subjects and Messages Desktop Central has a set of pre-defined request templates that will be available under the Tickets tab. The administrators has an option to modify the subject and messages to suit their need. This helps them to automate the Help Desk Ticketing system based on the mail subject. To add or modify a ticket, follow the steps below: 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click the Help Desk Settings link available under Global Settings. 3. Select the Tickets tab. This will list all the pre-defined ticket templates. 4. Click Add Ticket to add a new template or select a template and click Edit to modify. 5. Specify the Subject and the Message and click OK The templates specified here will appear in the users' desktop when they click the Desktop Central icon from the system tray. 77 Zoho Corp. Integrating Desktop Central with ServiceDesk Plus ServiceDesk Plus is a Web-based help desk and asset-management software. It enables you to integrate your help-desk requests and assets to help you manage your IT infrastructure effectively. You can integrate the following features of Desktop Central with ServiceDesk Plus: 1. Data related to hardware and software assets 2. Help-desk requests 3. Deploying software packages 4. Complete UI Integration - This makes you access all the features of Desktop Central from the ServiceDesk Plus console. Benefits Integrating the features mentioned above with ServiceDesk Plus enables you to do the following: 1. Get comprehensive information about IT assets like hardware and software assets installed in the computers in your network 2. Log service and configuration requests, made by users as tickets automatically 3. Install software packages from the ServiceDesk Plus console Steps to Integrate The pre-requisites and the steps for integration vary for every feature that you wish to integrate. The links below will guide you through the integration: 1. Integrating Asset Data with ServiceDesk Plus 2. Automatically Log Help Desk Requests as Tickets in ServiceDesk Plus 3. Include Software Install / Uninstall option under the Actions menu of a Help Desk request in ServiceDesk Plus 4. Make a complete UI integration between ServiceDesk and Desktop Central 78 Zoho Corp. Configuring Service Desk Plus Desktop and MDM plug-in can be installed in the same computer where Service DeskPlus has been installed. Desktop and MDM plug-in should be installed in the same computer where Service DeskPlus is running. Follow the steps mentioned below to install Desktop and MDM plug-in: 1. Double click to install the Desktop and MDM plug-in exe to start installation . 2. Click Next in the installation shield 3. Click Yes to accept the license agreement 4. The storage will be located under ManageEngine > Service Desk by default. 5. Click Next to continue or Browse to change the storage location. 6. Specify the port number as 8020 7. Click Next to complete installation. This will take a few minutes for the files get extracted. 8. Once the installation has completed, you can also enter your name and email address to register for technical assistance. You can now see Desktop and MDM menu available in the Service DeskPlus window. All you need to do now is configure the Service DeskPlus settings. To configure the Service DeskPlus settings follow the steps mentioned below: 1. Click Desktop Central menu on the Service DeskPlus 2. Click Admin Settings and Choose General Settings 3. Select Service DeskPlus Settings 4. Server Name and Port Number will be pre filled 5. Select the Communication type as HTTP or HTTPS 6. Click and Generate Authentication Key. Refer to this, to know about generating authentication key. 7. Click to enable the features that you wanted to be integrated 8. Click Save to save the changes. Desktop Central and MDM plug-in is ready to be used. See also: Integrating ServiceDesk Plus with Desktop Central, Deploying Software Applications, Sending HelpDesk Requests as Tickets 79 Zoho Corp. Integrating Asset Data Desktop Central scans the computers in your network periodically and collects data related to hardware and software assets that are installed. Information related to hardware and software applications is updated by Desktop Central. This data is synchronized with ServiceDesk Plus. If both Desktop Central and ServiceDesk Plus scan the computers in your network for data related to hardware and software assets the existing information will be overwritten with the latest information. Prerequisites Before you integrate details about assets with ServiceDesk Plus, you must ensure the following: 1. Ensure that the build numbers conform to the details given below: 1. Desktop Central: Professional Edition, Build number 70017 or later versions 2. ServiceDesk Plus: Professional Edition, Build number 7601 or later versions 2. Run both Desktop Central and ServiceDesk Plus in your network 3. Manage all the computers in your network using Desktop Central Integrating Desktop Central with ServiceDesk Plus To integrate ServiceDesk Plus with Desktop Central, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Admin tab 2. In the Global Settings section, click ServiceDesk Plus Settings 3. In the ServiceDesk Plus Settings section, check the Enable ServiceDesk Plus Integration checkbox 4. In the Service Desk Server Plus Details section, specify the following details about the ServiceDesk Plus Server: 1. IP address/DNS name 2. Port number 3. Required communication protocol 1. In the Features to Integrate section, select IT Asset Data checkbox 2. Click Save If you select HTTPS mode of communication, Select the Product Type :If you are using an standalone installation of ServiceDesk Plus product, select the ServiceDesk Plus option. If you wish to integrate with the ServiceDesk module within IT360 product, select IT360 option. 80 Zoho Corp. you must provide the SSL certificate of ServiceDesk Plus. copy the file "sdp.keystore" located in <ServiceDesk Plus Installation Home>/server/default/conf directory to your local computer and Browse to select this file here. If you are using IT360 product with HTTPS communication enabled, copy the file "it360.keystore" located in <IT360 Installation Home>/servicedesk/server/default/conf directory to your local computer and Browse to select this file here. If you are using a third-party SSL certificate, like GoDaddy, you need to provide the keystore file that you have generated. If you are using a third-party SSL certificate, you must also provide information regarding the alias name you provided when generating the keystore file and the password for the keystore. Checking the third party SSL keystore alias name and password Ensure that the keystore alias name and the keystore file password are correct when using a third-party SSL certificate in your ServiceDesk Plus installation. Determining the password required to access the keystore file To determine the password required to access the keystore file, follow the steps given below: 1. Navigate to the server.xml file. The path is<ServiceDesk_Home>\server\default\deploy\jbossweb-tomcat50.sar 2. Determine the value of the parameter keystorepass You have determined the password required to access the keystore file. You can use this password to determine the alias name of the keystore. Determining the alias name of the keystore file To determine the alias name of the keystore file, follow the steps given below: 1. Using the command prompt, navigate to <ServiceDesk_Home>\jre\bin 2. Execute keytool -list -v -keystore <ServiceDesk_Home>\server\default\conf\sdp.keystore -storepass <ServiceDesk KeyStore File Password> You will find the alias name of the keystore file here. Note : If you are using a PFX Certificate File, then Specify the "asc" as ServiceDesk Keystore Alias Name 81 Zoho Corp. See also: Integrating ServiceDesk Plus with Desktop Central, Deploying Software Applications, Sending HelpDesk Requests as Tickets 82 Zoho Corp. Logging Help Desk Requests as Tickets Desktop Central enables you to contact their support team by logging help desk requests. This feature can be integrated with ServiceDesk Plus. Integrating this feature with ServiceDesk Plus enables you to log helpdesk-related requests in ServiceDesk Plus as tickets using Desktop Central. You can also use predefined templates available in the Tickets tab to send requests. These templates comprise of predefined messages. You can modify the subject and content of these messages as required and send the tickets as requests using the tray icon of Desktop Central. You can also add tickets if required. Benefits The benefits include the following: 1. Submit requests without logging in 2. Send requests using predefined templates and can even attach screenshots automatically. 3. Use customizable subject lines to configure the HelpDesk application and enable automatic assignment of tickets 4. Configure settings in Desktop Central to log the following asset-related alerts as tickets in ServiceDesk Plus. These include alerts related to: 1. Recently added hardware 2. Commercial software applications that have recently been installed or uninstalled 3. Prohibited software applications that have recently been installed 4. Software compliance issues related to expired licenses or under licensed software applications Prerequisites Before you begin logging helpdesk-related requests as tickets or sending them using e-mail, you must ensure the following: 1. Ensure that the build numbers conform to the details given below: 2. 1. Desktop Central: Professional Edition, Build number 70133 or later versions 2. ServiceDesk Plus: Version 8.0 or later versions 3. Run both Desktop Central and ServiceDesk Plus in your network 4. Manage all the computers in your network using Desktop Central 83 Zoho Corp. Logging Help Desk Requests & Alerts as Tickets in ServiceDesk Plus To log help desk requests and alerts from Desktop Central as tickets in ServiceDesk Plus, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Admin tab 2. In the Global Settings section, click ServiceDesk Plus Settings 3. In the ServiceDesk Plus Settings section, check the Enable ServiceDesk Plus Integration checkbox 4. In the Service Desk Server Plus Details section, specify the following details about the ServiceDesk Plus Server: 1. 1. IP address/DNS name 2. Port number 3. Required communication protocol 5. In the Features to Integrate section, select Log Help Desk Requests as Tickets checkbox 6. Click Save If you select HTTPS mode of communication, Select the Product Type :If you are using an standalone installation of ServiceDesk Plus product, select the ServiceDesk Plus option. If you wish to integrate with the ServiceDesk module within IT360 product, select IT360 option. you must provide the SSL certificate of ServiceDesk Plus. copy the file "sdp.keystore" located in <ServiceDesk Plus Installation Home>/server/default/conf directory to your local computer and Browse to select this file here. If you are using IT360 product with HTTPS communication enabled, copy the file "it360.keystore" located in <IT360 Installation Home>/servicedesk/server/default/conf directory to your local computer and Browse to select this file here. If you are using a third-party SSL certificate, like GoDaddy, you need to provide the keystore file that you have generated. If you are using a third-party SSL certificate, you must also provide information regarding the alias name you provided when generating the keystore file and the password for the keystore. Checking the third party SSL keystore alias name and password Ensure that the keystore alias name and the keystore file password are correct when using a thirdparty SSL certificate in your ServiceDesk Plus installation. 84 Zoho Corp. Determining the password required to access the keystore file To determine the password required to access the keystore file, follow the steps given below: 1. Navigate to the server.xml file. The path is<ServiceDesk_Home>\server\default\deploy\jbossweb-tomcat50.sar 2. Determine the value of the parameter keystorepass You have determined the password required to access the keystore file. You can use this password to determine the alias name of the keystore. Determining the alias name of the keystore file To determine the alias name of the keystore file, follow the steps given below: 1. Using the command prompt, navigate to <ServiceDesk_Home>\jre\bin 2. Execute keytool -list -v -keystore <ServiceDesk_Home>\server\default\conf\sdp.keystore -storepass <ServiceDesk KeyStore File Password> You will find the alias name of the keystore file here. Note : If you are using a PFX Certificate File, then Specify the "asc" as ServiceDesk Keystore Alias Name See also: Integrating ServiceDesk Plus with Desktop Central, Integrating Asset Data, Deploying Software Applications 85 Zoho Corp. Deploying Software Applications You can integrate the Software Deployment feature in Desktop Central with ServiceDesk Plus. This allows you to create or use existing packages in the Desktop Central server to deploy software applications. The ServiceDesk Plus server and the Desktop Central server are synchronized automatically. Prerequisites Before you integrate details about assets with ServiceDesk Plus, you must complete the following tasks: 1. Ensure that the build numbers conform to the details given below: 1. Desktop Central: Professional Edition, Build number 70133 or later versions 2. ServiceDesk Plus: Enterprise Edition, version number 8.0 or later versions 2. Run both Desktop Central and ServiceDesk Plus in your network 3. Manage all the computers in your network using Desktop Central Enabling Software Deployment from ServiceDesk Plus 4. To enable software deployment from ServiceDesk Plus, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Admin tab 2. In the Global Settings section, click ServiceDesk Plus Settings 3. In the ServiceDesk Plus Settings section, check the Enable ServiceDesk Plus Integration checkbox 4. In the Service Desk Server Plus Details section, specify the following details about the ServiceDesk Plus Server: 1. IP address/DNS name 2. Port number 3. Required communication protocol 5. In the Features to Integrate section, select Software Deployment checkbox 6. Generate and authentication key and provide it here. 7. Click Save 8. If you select HTTPS mode of communication, Select the Product Type :If you are using an standalone installation of ServiceDesk Plus product, select the ServiceDesk Plus option. If you wish to integrate with the ServiceDesk module within IT360 product, select IT360 option. you must provide the SSL certificate of ServiceDesk Plus. copy the file "sdp.keystore" located in <ServiceDesk Plus Installation Home>/server/default/conf directory to your local computer and Browse to select this file here. 86 Zoho Corp. If you are using IT360 product with HTTPS communication enabled, copy the file "it360.keystore" located in <IT360 Installation Home>/servicedesk/server/default/conf directory to your local computer and Browse to select this file here. If you are using a third-party SSL certificate, like GoDaddy, you need to provide the keystore file that you have generated. If you are using a third-party SSL certificate, you must also provide information regarding the alias name you provided when generating the keystore file and the password for the keystore. Checking the third party SSL keystore alias name and password Ensure that the keystore alias name and the keystore file password are correct when using a third-party SSL certificate in your ServiceDesk Plus installation. Determining the password required to access the keystore file To determine the password required to access the keystore file, follow the steps given below: 1. Navigate to the server.xml file. The path is<ServiceDesk_Home>\server\default\deploy\jbossweb-tomcat50.sar 2. Determine the value of the parameter keystorepass You have determined the password required to access the keystore file. You can use this password to determine the alias name of the keystore. Determining the alias name of the keystore file To determine the alias name of the keystore file, follow the steps given below: 1. Using the command prompt, navigate to <ServiceDesk_Home>\jre\bin 2. Execute keytool -list -v -keystore <ServiceDesk_Home>\server\default\conf\sdp.keystore -storepass <ServiceDesk KeyStore File Password> You will find the alias name of the keystore file here. Note : If you are using a PFX Certificate File, then Specify the "asc" as ServiceDesk Keystore Alias Name 1. Configure Desktop Central Settings in ServiceDesk Plus: • Click Admin --> Desktop Central Server Settings 87 Zoho Corp. • Specify the details of the Desktop Central installation like Server Name/IP, Port and the communication details. • Click Save 2. Enable the option to display the install or uninstall software applications option in the Actions menu option in ServiceDesk Plus. You can enable this option in the Service Catalog in the Help Desk section in ServiceDesk Plus. See also: Integrating ServiceDesk Plus with Desktop Central, Generating an Authentication Key 88 Zoho Corp. Complete UI Integration with ServiceDesk Plus • Pre-requisites • Steps to Integrate Desktop Central UI with ServiceDesk Plus • Enabling Desktop Management Menu for ServiceDesk Plus Users • Steps to Integrate Desktop Central MDM UI with ServiceDesk Plus • Enabling Desktop Central MDM Menu for ServiceDesk Plus Users Desktop Central UI can be completely integrated with ServiceDesk Plus giving ServiceDesk Plus users complete access to desktop management functions. Prerequisites 1. Ensure that the build numbers conform to the details given below: 2. 1. Desktop Central: Professional Edition, Build number 70242 or later versions 2. ServiceDesk Plus: Build Number 8017 or later versions 3. Run both Desktop Central and ServiceDesk Plus in your network 4. Manage all the computers in your network using Desktop Central Steps to Integrate Desktop Central UI with ServiceDesk Plus To integrate Desktop Central UI with ServiceDesk Plus, configure Desktop Central Server Settings in ServiceDesk Plus 1. Click Admin --> Desktop Central Server Settings 2. Specify the details of the Desktop Central installation like Server Name/IP, Port and the communication details. 3. Select the Enable Desktop Management Menu option. 4. Click Save After configuring the Desktop Central Settings, ServiceDesk Plus users, will be able to see a Desktop Management Menu in the ServiceDesk Plus UI 89 Zoho Corp. Whenever a user is created in ServiceDesk Plus who has access to Desktop Management menu, the same user will get created in Desktop Central as well. Enabling Desktop Management Menu for ServiceDesk Plus Users Having integrated the UI of Desktop Central with ServiceDesk Plus, the next thing you do is to enable this menu for ServiceDesk Plus users. The Desktop Management menu, by default, will be visible to all users with administrative privileges in ServiceDesk Plus (Build #8020 and above). However, when you configure the Desktop Central Server settings, it will be visible only for whom the menu has been enabled. To enable the Desktop Management menu for users, follow the steps below: You should login to ServiceDesk Plus as a user who has Administrator privileges in ServiceDesk Plus. 1. From the ServiceDesk Plus Web console, select Admin --> Technicians 2. Click the user to whom you should enable Desktop Management menu. 3. Under the Login Details of the user, select "Enable to access Desktop Management Functionality" option 4. Choose what privileges should the user have in Desktop Central: 1. Admin privilege will have access to all the features 2. Guest privilege will only have read-only access to Desktop Management functions. 5. Select the required privilege and click Save. 6. Repeat the above steps for every user to whom the Desktop Management menu has to be enabled. 90 Zoho Corp. You cannot enable the Desktop Management menu for yourself. You should ask a fellow administrator to enable it for you. Steps to Integrate Desktop Central MDM UI with ServiceDesk Plus To integrate Desktop Central MDM UI with ServiceDesk Plus, follow the steps mentioned below; 1. Click Admin --> and select Desktop Central Server Settings 2. Click Enable MDM Menu. 3. Click Save After enabling the MDM menu, ServiceDesk Plus users, will be able to see a MDM Menu in the ServiceDesk Plus UI 91 Zoho Corp. Generating an Authentication Key When you want to install or uninstall software applications and log help desk requests as tickets using ServiceDesk Plus, you are required to generate and enter an authentication key while integrating Desktop Central with ServiceDesk Plus. You must make the following settings to generate an authentication key: 1. Create a role in ServiceDesk Plus with permission to do the following: 1. Install or uninstall software applications using Desktop Central 2. Log help desk requests 2. Assign the role, you created, to a technician 3. Generate an API key Steps to generate an Authentication Key To generate an authentication key, follow the steps given below: 1. Creating a role with required permission a. Login to the ServiceDesk Plus console b. Click the Admin tab c. In the Users section, click Roles d. Click Add New Role e. Enter the name of the role f. Enter a description about the role g. In the Advance Permission section, you have to enable required permissions a. To enable auto-ticketing, select the Add checkbox available under Requests. b. To enable Software Deployment, select the Install/Uninstall Software checkbox available under Assets h. Click Save 2. Assigning the role that was created to a technician and generating the Authentication Key . a. Login to the ServiceDesk Plus console b. Click the Admin tab c. In the Users section, click Technicians d. Click Add New Technician 92 Zoho Corp. e. Enter the following information about the technician: f. • Personal details • Contact information • Cost details • Department details Assign the required groups for the technician The groups that you assign to the technician should have ticket-creation permission in ServiceDesk Plus. g. Select the required permissions h. Check the Enable login for this technician checkbox. Enter the following details for the technician: • Login name • Password • Domain name i. Select Enable Custom Privileges j. k. Assign the role you created In the API key details section, click Generate l. Enter the date on which you want the key to expire m. Click Generate This key is entered when a technician key is required for Web service API requests. n. Click Save You can also edit an existing technician's role and enable login. 4. Pasting the API key in Desktop Central a. Login to the Desktop Central server b. Click the Admin tab 93 Zoho Corp. c. In the Global Settings section, click ServiceDesk Plus Settings d. In the Authentication Details section, enter the API key you generated in the ServiceDesk Plus console e. Click Save You have generated the API key using the ServiceDesk Plus console and entered it in the ServiceDesk Plus settings in the Desktop Central server. See also: 1. Sending HelpDesk Requests 2. Deploying Software Applications 94 Zoho Corp. Managing Custom Scripts 1. Adding the Script Details 2. Modifying the Script Details 3. Removing the Script Details Custom script files are used to configure the software settings, trigger events, etc in the computer of a network. The custom script files can be batch (.bat), command (.cmd), Windows Script Host (WSH) files. The WSH files includes the VBScript (.vbs), Java Script (.js), Perl (.php), REXX, and Python files. The important custom Script files can be stored in Inventory so that they can be used in future. The custom scripts used in the Custom Script configuration are automatically added to the inventory. The custom scripts available in the inventory can also be used while adding the Custom Script Configuration. Adding the Script Details To add the script details to Desktop Central, follow these steps: 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click the Script Repository link in the Admin Links pane. This invokes the Script Repository page. 3. Click the Add Script button to invoke the Add Script page. 4. Select the script from local disk of the computer or from the shared network location using one of the following options. This field is mandatory. 5. Click Browse to select the script either from the local machine or from the network based on your choice above. 6. Enter the description for the script in the Description field. 7. Enter the arguments for the script in the Script Arguments field. 8. Click the Add button. You can find the script added to the table in the Script Details page. 9. Repeat steps 3 to 8 for adding more scripts. Modifying the Script Details To modify the Script details, follow these steps: 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 95 Zoho Corp. 2. Click the Script Repository link in the Admin Links pane. This invokes the Script Repository page. 3. Click the icon under the Actions column next to corresponding Script Name. 4. Follow the step 4 to step 6 of the Adding the Script Details procedure. 5. Click the Modify button. Removing the Script Details To remove the Script details, follow these steps: 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click the Script Repository link in the Admin Links pane. The Script Repository page is invoked. 3. Click the icon under the Actions column next to corresponding Script name. Click OK to confirm deletion. The script will be removed from the Script Repository table. 96 Zoho Corp. Configuring Server Settings Server settings like, Web server port, logging level, and other properties can be configured from here. These settings are common to all the users using Desktop Central and not user-specific. To configure server settings To configure the server settings, select the Admin tab --> Server Settings link. 1. Click on the check box to enable the below listed features: 1. Select the "Start 'Desktop Central' automatically on machine bootup" check box if you wish to start Desktop Central whenever the system is started. 2. Select the "Launch the client upon successful server startup" check box if you wish to open the client whenever the Desktop Central Server is started. 3. Select the "Send Desktop Central Usage Statistics" check box if you wish to allow Desktop Central to collect and share information about the usage of the product. This will used as a feedback to enhance the product. 4. Select the "Share Commercial Software details to the community" check box if you wish to update Desktop Central the list of software that you have marked as commercial. 5. Select the "Automatically mark software as commercial with shared community details" check box if you wish to share the commercial software details to the Desktop Central Community. 6. Select the "Enable Secure Login (Https)" option to enable https in the client. 7. Select the "Trim Column Values in Report" check box if you wish to trim the unwanted space in the column values of report. 2. Specify the Notification server port number 3. From the Drop down select the current level for Log Settings as normal and debug. 4. Click the Save Changes button. 97 Zoho Corp. Creating Custom Groups Desktop Central provides an option to create custom group of computers and users, which can be used to as targets for applying the configurations. The advantages of custom groups are: 1. You can have any number of custom groups to group computers and users of a specific department. You can create this once and can use these groups as targets for deploying the configurations. 2. You can add or remove users/computers from groups at any point of time. 3. Groups once created can be used in any number of configurations. To create a custom group, follow the steps below: 1. Select the Admin tab 2. Click the Custom Groups link available under the Global Settings. This will list all the Custom Groups that have been created. 3. Click the Create New Group button and specify the following values: 1. Specify a name for the custom group. This should be unique. 2. Select the Domain or the Workgroup from the list. 3. Select the Group Type as Computers or Users. This will list the available computers/users in the selected domain. Tip: By default, the users/computers will get displayed in Tree View. Use List View link to view users/computers as a list. Manual entry of computers/users is possible using Manual Input option. 4. Select the computers/users and move them to the Added list. 4. Click Submit to create the group. 1. Repeat step 3 & 4 for creating more groups. List View 1. Click on the List View link for the users/computers to be displayed as a list. 2. Click on a particular alphabet to view the users/computers with names that begin with alphabet specified. Use All link to list all the users/computers. 3. Click on the Sort link to sort the listed user/computer names. 98 Zoho Corp. Ignore Prefix You can use the "Ignore-Prefix" option in combination with your choice of alphabet. This will list all users/computers that have the specified prefix and whose names begin with selected alphabet. For example, the figure below shows a case where DC is specified in Ignore-Prefix and the alphabet chosen is W. The resultant list therefore shows all the computers who have 'DC' as their prefix but whose names begin with alphabet 'W'. Manual Input Option 1. Click on the Manual Input tab for the users/computers to be manually added. 2. Specify a valid User/Computer in the text field. 3. Click on >> button to add the user/computer in the custom group. Note: Incorrect User/Computer will not be added and the application will throw an error. In that case, specify the correct User/Computer name and add it again. 4. Click on Create Group button to complete custom group creation. 99 Zoho Corp. Configuring Deployment Templates When you deploy a software or a patch using Desktop Central, you can specify multiple Deployment Settings like when to install, whether the user can skip deployments, reboot policies, etc. These deployment settings can be created as a template, which can then be used while defining the configuration. There are several ways to create a deployment template: 1. While defining a configuration using the "Save as Template" link by providing a name for the template 2. Create templates manually from Deployment Template page. You can reach the Deployment Template page from the following places: 1. Admin --> Deployment Templates 2. Patch Mgmt --> Deployment Templates 3. Software Deployment --> Deployment Templates Follow the steps below to create a template manually: 1. Navigate to the Deployment Template page from the Desktop Central client 2. Click Create Template 3. Specify a name for the template 4. Choose the required Install Option: 1. Install during computer startup: Select this option if the patches have to be deployed during computer startup. 2. Install during 90 minutes refresh interval: Select this option if the patches have to be installed after the computer startup when the next update happens (within 90 minutes) 3. Either of the above, whichever is earlier 4. when some configuration is deployed to a targeted computer, which is turned off and comes back live to the network only after few days, still the patches will be deployed, as per the install option, during the start up or during the refresh interval. 5. If you want the installation to happen only between a specified time of a day, you can specify the Start and End time within which the deployment should begin. The Start Time can also be greater than the End time - in such cases the End time is assumed to be on the following day. For example, if you wish the deployment should happen between 10.00 PM and 4.00 AM, you can specify the Start Time as 22:00:00 and End Time as 04:00:00 6. Specify whether the use can skip the deployment at a later time by selecting the "Allow Users to Skip Deployment". When you do not select this option, the deployment will be forced and the user will not have any control on the deployment. 7. If the deployment progress has to be shown to the users, select "Show deployment progress in the client computers" option. 100 Zoho Corp. 8. Select the required Reboot Policy: 1. Do not reboot: Select this option if the client computers should not be rebooted after installing the patches. 2. Force Reboot when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user to reboot the computer. Specify the time within which the client machines will be rebooted and the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. This option is applicable if the computer is turned on and even if there is no logged on user, the computer will get restarted after the specified time. 3. Force Shutdown when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user to shutdown the computer. Specify the time within which the client machines will be shutdown and the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. 4. Allow user to skip Reboot: Select this option to allow users to reboot later. Specify the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. 5. Allow user to skip Shutdown:Select this option to allow users to shutdown later. Specify the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. 9. Click Save to save the template The templates thus created can be used to pre-fill the Deployment Settings while you define a Software and Patch Configurations by choosing the required template from the list. You can also change any specific settings after loading the data from the template (and also can save it as a new template using the Save as Template link) When you define the Software or Patch configuration, you will also have an additional option under "Allow Users to Skip Deployment" as to whether they can skip it as long as they wish or the installation should be forced beyond a specific date. When you specify a date and save it as a Template, this date is not saved on the template. 101 Zoho Corp. Configuring Remote Access to the Database in Desktop Central Desktop Central stores all the information in a database. For example, it comprises information about computers, software applications that are installed, hardware that is installed and details about patches. You can access this database remotely to get certain information. For example, assume that you require information from the database to help you to generate specific reports that are not readily available and cannot be generated using the Custom Reports feature. You can access the database used by Desktop Central to get this information. The database is located in the Desktop Central server. You can access this database remotely. However, not everyone has permission to access the database. Only administrators can grant access to computers to connect to the database remotely. When you are granted permission you can only read the information that is available in the database. Granting or Revoking Access This section applies only to administrators. As an administrator, you may grant or revoke access for computers to access the database, in Desktop Central, remotely. You should grant Read-only access. The user should not be given permission to make changes to the database. This access may be granted only to allow a user to gather information required to create reports that are not readily available and cannot be created using the Custom Reports feature. It is highly recommended that you check the usage status periodically and revoke the access to the database from users who: 1. Do not require to access the database 2. Have access to the database but are not using it 102 Zoho Corp. Steps To grant or revoke remote access to the database in the Desktop Central server, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Admin tab 2. In the Global Settings section, click Remote DB Access 3. In the Remote Computer Name field, enter the name of the computer to which you want to grant remote access If the computer, from which a user is accessing the database remotely, is in a domain that is different from that of the database, specify the computer name along with its DNS suffix. For example, john.desktopcentral.com 4. In the Access Type section, select Grant or Revoke, as required 5. Click Save You have granted or revoked remote access to the database in the Desktop Central server. Connecting Remotely to the Database You can use any ODBC tool like sqlyog to connect remotely to the database in the Desktop Central server. Ensure that the computer from which you are trying to establish a remote connection has been granted access before you try to connect to the database Checking for Computers With Access To view the list of the computers which have been granted access to connect remotely to the database in the Desktop Central server, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Admin tab 2. In the Global Settings section, click Remote DB Access 3. Click the Computers that have been granted remote access link You can now see a list of computers which have been granted access by the administrator to connect remotely to the database in the Desktop Central server. Details Required to Connect Remotely You require the following details to connect remotely to the database in the Desktop Central server: 1. MYSQL / PGSQL Host Address: This refers to the name of the computer where the database server is running. Unless the database server is running in another computer, the host 103 Zoho Corp. address will be the same as that of the computer where the Desktop Central server is installed and running. 2. Username: This refers to the username that you are required to enter to connect remotely to the database. The username to connect to the MYSQL database is root. The username to connect to the PGSQL database is medc. 3. Password for MYSQL database : You do not have to enter a password. Password for PGSQL database : enter medc as the password. 4. Port for : This refers to the port number that is required to connect to the database. MYSQL port details- By default, the port number is 23306. If you have changed the number of the port, specify it before trying to establish the connection to the database. PGSQL port details - This refers to the port number that is required to connect to the database. By default, the port number is 8028. If you have changed the number of the port, specify it before trying to establish the connection to the database. 5. Database(s): This refers to the name of the database that you want to connect to remotely. You should enter desktopcentral in this field. 104 Zoho Corp. Personalizing the Client Desktop Central provides users with the functionality to configure user accounts based on personal priorities and requirements. The settings option enables you to change an existing password, set the session time, select a theme etc. These settings are user-specific and each user can have their own settings. To personalize, select the Admin tab --> Personalize link. To change the password 1. Enter the existing password in the Old Password field. 2. Enter the new password in the New Password field. 3. Enter the new password again for confirmation in the Confirm Password field. 4. Click the Save Changes button. The new password get updated. Subsequently, you have to use the new password to login to the client. To set the session time 1. Select the session expiry time in hours from the Session Expiry Time combo box to the desired value. 2. Click the Save Changes button. The session expiry time gets updated. To set the page refresh time 1. Specify the time in minutes at which the pages should get refreshed automatically. 2. Click Save Changes button. To configure general settings 1. Select the "Show help card after deploying the configuration" check box if you wish to view the help card after successful deployment of configurations. 2. Select the "Show help card throughout the product" option if you wish to view the help card where ever applicable. 3. Select the "Save view settings" to retain the view per page settings in the reports. 105 Zoho Corp. 4. Click the Save Changes button. To change the theme 1. Select the theme from the available options 2. Click Save Changes button. Authenticating Users via Active Directory Desktop Central Web Console is the management interface for performing various activities like installing patches, installing/uninstalling software, imposing security restrictions and much more. If an unauthorized person or a hacker gets access to this interface, it allows them to perform some undesirable actions to the extent of taking control of remote computers/servers. While it is possible to restrict users based on specific roles, it does not have any stringent password plocies in place to make users change their passwords more frequently. If you have an Active Directory based Windows Domain setup, you can make use of the Active Directory's password policy work for you. You can set stringent password policy for your domain users and make them login to Desktop Central using their domain username and password. Making users authenticated via Active Directory is very simple. You just have to add your domain and specify a domain user. The user will have to use their domain Logon name and Password to login to Desktop Central. Note: The user should have privileges to login to the domain from the computer where Desktop Central Server is installed. 106 Zoho Corp. Migrating Desktop Central Server Migrating Desktop Central refers to moving the existing installation from one computer to another without losing the data and configuration. There may be may situations where you would need to migrate, like: 1. You have been evaluating the product in some test computer and you would like to move this to a dedicated computer or server after you have decided to purchase it. 2. The disk space is running low and you wish to move this to a different computer. 3. You are upgrading the hardware. The following are the sequence of operations that have to be performed when migrating Desktop Central Server: 1. Copy the installation directory from the existing installation to the new set up 2. Register the Service in the new set up 3. Change the IP Address and DNS name of the Server in all the agents. This is not required if there is no change in IP Address and DNS name. 4. If you are running database server separately, you should configure it to accept connections from the new IP Address. For step 3 above, you will provide the details of the new installation in the user interface here. For a step-by-step instructions on migrating the installation, refer to this How To document in our website. Do's 1. It is recommended that you provide the details of the new server in the user interface after you have started the server in the new installation. This is to ensure that agents will be able to contact the new server after picking up the information. 2. You should be running the Desktop Central Server in both the installations till all the agents start reporting to the new server 3. The database server, if running remotely, should be configured to accept connections from the new IP Address. Dont's 1. You should not download and install the latest executable from our website and just replace the database files. You should copy the entire installation from the old and move it to new. 2. You should not provide the details of the new server in the user interface, if you have not copied the installation and started. This is because that the agents will not be communicating 107 Zoho Corp. with the server at the old installation once it picks up this information. If you do not have the Desktop Central server running at the IP Address specified here, the computers cannot be managed. 108 Zoho Corp. User & Role Management 1. Overview 2. Role Management 1. User-defined Role 2. Pre-defined Roles 3. User Management 1. Creating a User & Associating a Role 2. Modifying User details 3. Deleting a User Overview As an administrator, many a time you would have felt mundane routines spill over crucial attentionseeking jobs of your network. Desktop Central answers this concern through its User & Role Management module; delegating routine activities to chosen users with well-defined permission levels. You can easily administer these users that need access to Desktop Central Product web client. 1. Role Management Some of the most commonly used Roles are specified under Pre-defined Roles. However, you also have the flexibility to define roles that best suit your requirements under the User-defined Roles and grant appropriate permissions. Here's a brief on the Pre-defined and User-defined roles respectively: User-defined Role You can tailor-make any number of roles using Desktop Central and give them permissions of your choice based on your personalized needs. These customized roles fall under the User-defined category. For a better understanding let us quickly see how to create a User-defined Role in the following section. Defining a new Role Follow the steps mentioned below to create a new User-defined role: 1. Select the Admin tab and click on User Administration. This opens the User Administration page. 2. Select the Role tab and click the Add Role button. 3. Specify the Role Name and a small description about it in the Define Role Section. 109 Zoho Corp. 4. You can define module-wise permission level for the Role in the Select Control Section. The permission levels are broadly classified into: Full Control - To perform all operations akin to Administrator role, for the specific module Read Only - To only view the details in that module No Access - To hide the module from the User 5. Click on Add button. Note: The role you have just created will now be available in the Roles list of the user creation module. Role deletion cannot be performed if that role is associated even with a single User. However you can modify the permission levels for all User-defined roles. Pre-defined Roles You will find the following roles in the Pre-defined category: 1. Administrator 2. Guest 3. Technician 4. Auditor 5. Remote Desktop Viewer 6. IT Asset Manager 7. Patch Manager 8. Mobile Device Manager Administrator Role: The Administrator role signifies the Super Admin who exercises full control, on all modules. The operations that are listed under the Admin tab include: 1. Defining or modifying Scope of Management 2. Adding Inactive Users 3. 4. Changing mail server settings Changing proxy settings 5. 6. Personalizing options like changing themes, setting session expiry, etc. Scheduling vulnerability database update 7. 8. Scheduling scan settings for Patch Management Editing MSI or Script repository 9. Viewing Actions Logs of Desktop Central 10. Has write permission for the following, Inventory, Reports, Profiles and Apps in Mobile Device Management. Guest Role: The Guest Role retains the Read Only permission to all modules. A user who is associated to the Guest Role will have the privileges to scan and view various information about different modules, although making changes is strictly prohibited. Guest Role also has Read Only 110 Zoho Corp. permission for viewing, MDM inventory details, reports, profiles and Apps of the mobile devices. Technician Role: The Technician Role has a well defined set of permissions to do specific operations. Users under the Technician role are restricted from performing all the operations listed under the Admin tab. The operations that can be performed by users associated with the Technician Role include: 1. Can define and deploy all types of configurations and collections. 2. 3. Can view all the configurations including those created by other users, reports, etc. Can suspend, modify, or re-deploy the configurations defined by them. 4. 5. Can update the Vulnerability Database. Can perform Scan operations on all modules. 6. Has write permission for the following, Inventory, Reports, Profiles and Apps in Mobile Device Management. Auditor: The Auditor role is specially crafted for Auditing Purposes. This role will help you grant permissions to auditors view the details of software inventory, check for license compliance, etc. Users with "Auditor Role" can also have read permission for MDM Reports. Remote Desktop Viewer: The Remote Desktop Viewer Role will allow the users associated with it to Invoke a Remote desktop connection and view details of users who had connected to a particular system. IT Asset Manager: The IT Asset Manager has complete access to the Asset Management module and all the other features are inaccessible. IT Asset Manager can also view the Inventory details of all the Mobile Devices. Patch Manager: The Patch Manager role has complete access to the Patch Management module and all the other modules/features are inaccessible. Mobile Device Manager: Mobile Device Manager role has write permission for the following, Inventory, Reports, Profiles and Apps in Mobile Device Management. Privilege Guideline Action Read Permission Write Permission Configuration Create Configuration ** Patch Mgmt. 111 Zoho Corp. Action Read Permission Write Permission Decline Patches Automate Patch Deployment System Health Policy Install Patch / Service Pack On Demand Scanning Software Deployment Add Package Network Share Install / Uninstall Software for Users / Computers Inventory Group Software Manage Licenses Configure Prohibited Software Configure E-Mail Alerts On Demand Scanning Tools Add System Tools Task Schedule Wake on LAN Immediate Remote Shutdown Schedule Remote Shutdown Remote Control Edit Settings Remote Desktop Sharing Reports Enable User Logon Reports Settings AD Report - On Demand Synchronization ** Exceptions: 1. Install Patch / Service Pack Configurations can be defined only if Patch Write permissions are available for both Configuration and Patch modules. 2. Install / Uninstall Software Configurations can be defined only if Write Permissions are available for both Configuration and Software Deployment modules. 112 Zoho Corp. 2. User Management Creating a User and Associating a Role You can associate a User with a Role while creating a New User. To create a user follow the steps mentioned below: 1. 2. 3. Login to Desktop Central client as an Administrator Click the User Management link available under the Global Settings category. This will list all the users that have been created. By default, it has admin and guest users in Administrator and Technician roles respectively. 4. Click the Create New User link. 5. You have two modes of authenticating users into Desktop Central: From Active Directory or Locally. 1. When you choose to authenticate a user via Active Directory, you should select the domain and specify a user of that domain and their role. These users should use their domain Logon Name and Password to login to Desktop Central Client. 2. When you choose the local authentication, specify the User Name, Password, and Role 6. Optionally, you can also specify the Email Address and Phone Number of the user. 7. When you have specified the required details, click Create User. 8. The created user gets added to the User table. Note: When you opt to authenticate a user via Active Directory, the user should have privileges to login to the domain from the computer where Desktop Central Server is installed. Modifying User details Desktop Central offers the flexibility to modify the role of users, to best suit your changing requirements. You can do operations like Changing the User Role and Reset User Password at point of time you feel you should. Deleting a User At times when you find a user's contribution obsolete, you can go ahead and delete the user from the User List. The user so removed will no more exercise Module Permissions. 113 Zoho Corp. Setting Up Software Deployment The Software Deployment feature in Desktop Central enables you to deploy software remotely as well as distribute software applications to users and computers in a Windows network. The settings that you must make to use this feature are as follows: 1. Configure a software repository for a network share 2. Configure a software repository for an HTTP upload 3. Add and deploy software packages 114 Zoho Corp. Configuring Software Repositories A software repository is a storage location where you can store software packages. You can access these software packages when required and install them on computers in your network. In Desktop Central, there are two types of software repositories: 1. Network-share repository 2. HTTP repository Network-share Repository A network-share repository is used when you want to deploy a software application to multiple computers in a network. It is recommended that you store the software package that you want to deploy in a network share that is accessible from all the computers in the network. The software application will be installed directly in the computers that you specify. Most software applications have a single installation file like <setup>.exe or the <softwarename>.exe. Other applications have more than one installable file, however, these files are located in the same directory. Some complex applications, like Microsoft Office, have multiple installable files. Here each installable file is located in a different directory. It is recommended that you deploy such applications from a network share that is accessible from all the computers in your network. Advantages Using a network-share repository enables you to do the following: 1. Ensure that you do not have multiple copies of the same software application in your network 2. Fill the details of your network-share repository automatically whenever you add a package 3. Save your network bandwidth as executable files are not copied into the computers Required Permissions The network-share repository should have the Read and Execute permission for all the users and computers in the network. You should set the permissions mentioned above for the group Everyone. This ensures that the network-share repository is accessible from all the computers in the network. However, ensure that you do not set the permissions to Read and Execute for all the users and computers in the network when you want to do the following: 1. Restrict certain users from accessing the network-share repository directly 115 Zoho Corp. 2. Deploy a software application to users or computers across multiple domains or workgroups. For example, assume that your network-share repository is in domain A and you deploy a software application from this repository to a computer in domain B. You should ensure that you do not set the permissions to Read and Execute for all the users and computers in the network. In such cases, you can provide user credentials that have the Read and Execute access to the network-share repository in which the software package is stored. Desktop Central will use these credentials to access the repository and deploy the software. Creating a Network-share Repository To create a network-share repository, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Software Deployment tab 2. In the Settings section, click Software Repository 3. Click the Create a Network Share option 4. Enter the path for the network share If you do not enter a path for the network share, it will automatically be created in the computer where Desktop Central server is installed. 5. Check the Accessing the Share using Credentials checkbox 6. Enter a username and password 1. If you are creating the network share on a domain computer, prefix the domain name to the username. For example, ZohoCorp\Administrator. 2. If you are creating the network share on a workgroup computer, prefix the computer name to the username. For example, <machinename>\DCAdmin. 7. Click Save You have created a network-share repository. HTTP Repository 116 Zoho Corp. An HTTP repository is used to store executable files before you install them in computers in your network. You can use this repository when you want to deploy software packages to computers using the HTTP path. You can also change the location of the HTTP repository if required. The HTTP repository is created automatically when you install Desktop Central. It is located in the same folder as the Desktop Central server. For example, <Desktop Central server>\webapps\DesktopCentral\swrepository. You can change the location of the repository if required. Advantages Using an HTTP repository enables you to do the following: 1. Install software applications in computers that do not have access to a network-share repository 2. Access computers when the computers are unable to access a network-share repository because the required number of connections have been reached 3. Do not have to set any permissions when using an HTTP repository Changing the Location of the HTTP Repository To change the location of the HTTP repository, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Software Deployment tab 2. In the Settings section, click Software Repository 3. Click the HTTP Repository tab 4. Enter the path of the new location 5. Click Save You have changed the location of the HTTP repository. If you are unable to change the location of the HTTP repository, see Cannot Change the Location of the HTTP Repository Network Share VS. HTTP Upload While it is recommended that you have a common software repository, it is not mandatory. You also have an option to upload the executable files in the Desktop Central server from where they are copied into the computers before being deployed. Using this approach will increase your bandwidth overhead as the executable files are copied into each of the computers. Therefore, it is recommended that you use this approach when you are deploying software applications to computers in a remote location. This is because, in most cases, when you deploy software applications to computers in remote locations you do not have access to the respective network-share repository. 117 Zoho Corp. When you want to deploy software packages to computers in a LAN and WAN, create two packages for the same software application. Store one set of packages in the network-share repository. These will be deployed and installed in the computers in the LAN. Store the other set of packages in the HTTP repository. These will be uploaded and deployed to the computers in the WAN. When you want to install multiple packages you can zip them and upload. For more information, see How to use the HTTP Path option to deploy software packages that have multiple executable files in different directory structures? There are a few exceptional scenarios where executable files are copied to computers in your network when using network-share repository. This can happen when you do the following: 1. Choose the Copy Files/Folders option while defining a configuration to install software applications 2. Are required to use user credentials to access the network-share repository 3. Use the Run As option while installing software packages as a user, other than the administrator 118 Zoho Corp. Managing Software Packages • Adding MSI/EXE Packages • Executing Scripts in Software installation • Modifying MSI/EXE Packages • Removing MSI/EXE Packages Desktop Central enables you store the commonly used applications, which can be installed on to the client machines as required. The common applications, which includes both MSI and EXE files, are stored under the Software Packages Repository. The software packages that are added to the repository can then be used while defining the Software Installation Configuration. Adding MSI/EXE Packages Desktop Central allows you to add separate packages for MSI and EXE based software applications: 1. Adding an MSI Package 2. Adding an EXE Package Adding an MSI Package 1. Click the Software Deployment tab. This invokes the Software Package Repository page listing the details of the packages that have been added. 2. Click the Add Package button. 3. Select the Package type as MSI and specify the following details: Parameter Description Package Package Name Name of the Software Package Select the path Select any of the following: type Network Path: If the software has to be installed in computers in the same LAN, select this option HTTP Path: If the software has to be installed in computers in branch 119 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description offices over the VPN tunnel or internet, select this option Add Files to Upload When you select the HTTP Mode, you need to browse and select the installables, which will be uploaded to the Desktop Central Server MSI File Name When you select the Network Path option, specify the name of the MSI with network path file with its complete network path. This path should have all the related files and should have necessary read & execute permissions. Example: \\MyServer\MSIApps\Skype\skype.msi. Advanced Options (optional) Installer / Uninstaller Settings MSI Root Path When you choose to copy the installables to individual computers before installing the software, you need to specify the directory to be copied. MST file name For applications that supports customizations prior to installation, you can with Network path customize the installation and specify it here. For example, you can customize the MS Office 2003 installation by specifying the license keys, choosing the components to install, etc., using the Microsoft Office Resource Kit Tools. After customization an .MST file gets created. The MST file should also be placed in the network share where all the other installation files are present. Specify the location of the MST file with the network path here. If you are using the copy option while deploying the application, the location of the MST file specified here should be relative to the MSI Root Path. If the MSI Root Path is displayed as \\MyServer\Shares\MSIApps and your MST File is in \\MyServer\Shares\MSIApps\Office2003\Custom.mst, specify the location as Office2003\Custom.mst. Multiple mst files can be specified as semi-colon separated. Please note that the relative path is required only if you choose to copy the files to the individual computers before installing the software. Else, you can specify the complete network path. Install Arguments Application specific installation parameters can be specified here. For to MSI example, for skype, you can specify parameters like installlevel=10. This field can be left blank, if you do not have any application specific arguments. Uninstall Arguments to Application specific installation parameters can be specified here. For example, REBOOT=ReallySuppress MSI Enable Logging for Select this option to enhance the logging to troubleshooting the deployment errors. 120 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description troubleshooting Disable Uninstall Select this option, if you do not want the users to remove the software option in Add/Remove from Add/Remove Programs. Programs Package Properties Manufacturer Name of the software vendor Version The software version Language The software language version Package Description Description of the software package Run Script before Installing Software Script / Command Name Specify the commands or scripts that has to be executed before installing the software. Refer to Executing Scripts in Software installation for more details. Arguments Specify the arguments for the pre-installation script, if any Continue Select this option and specify the exit code to check for successful pre- installation if the exit code is installation process before proceeding with the software installation. If the pre-installation fails, the installation will abort. Script / Command Name Specify the commands or scripts that has to be executed after installing the software. Refer to Executing Scripts in Software installation for more Run Script after Installing Software details. Arguments Specify the arguments for the post-installation script, if any. Successful if the Select this option and specify the exit code to verify whether post Exit Code is installation has been successful. If post-installation is not successful, the software will not be uninstalled. Run Script before Uninstalling Software Script / Specify the commands or scripts that has to be executed before Command Name uninstalling the software. Refer to Executing Scripts in Software installation for more details. Arguments Specify the arguments for the pre-uninstallation script, if any Continue uninstallation if Select this option and specify the exit code to check for successful preuninstallation process before uninstalling of the software. If the pre- the exit code is installation fails, the uninstallation will abort. Run Script after Uninstalling Software Script / Specify the commands or scripts that has to be executed after uninstalling Command Name the software. Refer to Executing Scripts in Software installation for more details. Arguments Specify the arguments for the post-uninstallation script, if any. Successful if the Select this option and specify the exit code to verify whether post 121 Zoho Corp. Parameter Exit Code is Description uninstallation has been successful. If post-installation is not successful, the software will not be re-installed. 3. Click Add Package. The package gets added to the table below. 4. Repeat steps 3 to 5 for adding more packages. Adding an MSIEXEC/EXE/ISS/Command Package 1. Click the Software Deployment tab. This invokes the Software Package Repository page listing the details of the packages that have been added. 2. Click the Add Package button. 3. Select the Package type as MSIEXEC /EXE/ISS/Command and specify the following details: Parameter Description Package Software Name Name of the Software Application. Click on the Select from Pre-Defined Application link. This opens the Select Application dialog. You can make your selection from the pre-defined packages that are listed. Alternatively, you can also select from the prompted list, while typing the application name in the text field. Select the path type Select any of the following: Network Path: If the software has to be installed in computers in the same LAN, select this option HTTP Path: If the software has to be installed in computers in branch offices over the VPN tunnel or internet, select this option Add Files to Upload When you select the HTTP Mode, you need to browse and select the installables, which will be uploaded to the Desktop Central Server Installation Command with switches/arguments Specify the command to be executed in the client computers for installing the application. The command specified here will be "as such" executed in all the client computers. Make sure that the path to the executables specified in the command is relative to the EXE Root Directory specified above. 122 Zoho Corp. Examples: 1. msiexec.exe \Skype\skype.msi /qn 2. googlesetup.exe /S Uninstallation Command Specify the command to be executed in the client computers with switches/arguments for uninstalling the application. The command specified here will be "as such" executed in all the client computers. Make sure that the path to the executables specified in the command is relative to the EXE Root Directory specified above. Example:Skype\uninstall.exe If the uninstaller in the individual computers has to be invoked, you can specify the complete path to the uninstaller. please note that the uninstaller has to be in the same location in all the client computers. You can use environment variables in the path. Examples: C:\WINDOWS\ie7\spuninst\spuninst.exe /q %SystemRoot%\ie7\spuninst\spuninst.exe /q Advanced Options (optional) Installer / Uninstaller Settings EXE Root Path When you select the Network Path option, specify the shared directory from where all the commands will be executed. This directory should have access to all the executables that are required to install the application. Package Properties Manufacturer Name of the software vendor Version The software version Language The software language version Package Description Description of the software package Run Script before Installing the Software Script / Command Name Specify the commands or scripts that has to be executed before installing the software. Refer to Executing Scripts in Software installation for more details. Arguments Specify the arguments for the script, if any Continue installation if the exit code is Select this option and specify the exit code to check for successful pre-installation process before proceeding with the software installation. If the pre-installation fails, the installation 123 Zoho Corp. will abort. Run Script after Installing the Software Script / Command Name Specify the commands or scripts that has to be executed after installing the software. Refer to Executing Scripts in Software installation for more details. Arguments Specify the arguments for the script, if any Successful if the Exit Code is Select this option and specify the exit code to verify whether post installation has been successful. If post-installation is not successful, the software will not be uninstalled. Run Script before Uninstalling the Software Script / Command Name Specify the commands or scripts that has to be executed before uninstalling the software. Refer to Executing Scripts in Software installation for more details. Arguments Specify the arguments for the script, if any Continue uninstallation if the exit code is Select this option and specify the exit code to check for successful pre-uninstallation process before uninstalling of the software. If the pre-installation fails, the uninstallation will abort. Run Script after Uninstalling the Software Script / Command Name Specify the commands or scripts that has to be executed after uninstalling the software. Refer to Executing Scripts in Software installation for more details. Arguments Specify the arguments for the script, if any Successful if the Exit Code Select this option and specify the exit code to verify whether is post uninstallation has been successful. If post-installation is not successful, the software will not be re-installed. 3. Click Add Package. The package gets added to the table below. 4. Repeat steps 3 to 5 for adding more packages. Executing Scripts in Software Installation Desktop Central allows you to execute scripts in the following cases: • Prior to installing the software • After installing the software • Prior to uninstalling the software • After uninstalling the software. 124 Zoho Corp. The following needs to be ensured while you specify a script to be executed in any of the above cases: 1. The scripting engine should also be specified in the Script/Command field. For example, if you are specifying a vb script, say test.vbs, you should specify like this: %SystemDrive%\Windows\cscript \\dc-win2k1\scripts\test.vbs. In this case the cscript should be in the same location in all the client computers. Alternatively, you can also specify the engine path in a network share like: \\dc-win2k1\Windows\cscript \\dc-win2k1\scripts\test.vbs 2. When you select the Copy option while defining the Install Software Configuration, the following needs to be taken care: 1. When selecting None: the script file should be in the network share. 2. When selecting Copy file to client machines: the script should be in the network share. 3. When selecting Copy folder to client machines: The script should be in the same directory or sub-directory as that of the installation file and the path specified should be relative path from that directory. 3. When using absolute path, use the environment variables instead of specifying the path directly. For example, for c: use %SystemDrive%. Modifying MSI/EXE Packages To modify the MSI/EXE packages, follow these steps: 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click the Software Repository link in the Admin Links pane. 3. Click the icon under the Actions column next to corresponding package. 4. Follow the step 4 and step 5 of the Adding MSI/EXE Packages procedure. 5. Click the Modify Package button. Removing MSI/EXE Packages To remove the MSI/EXE packages, follow these steps: 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click the Software Repository link in the Admin Links pane. 3. Click the icon under the Actions column next to corresponding package. Click OK to confirm deletion. The package details will be deleted from the table. 125 Zoho Corp. Software Deployment Templates A template is a predefined format that can be applied. The Templates tab in the Software Deployment section comprises of predefined applications that you can use to create packages automatically. This functionality downloads binaries from the respective vendors' Web sites to create packages automatically. Prerequisites Ensure that you complete the following tasks before automating the package-creation process using the Templates tab: 1. Define valid proxy credentials 2. Provide access rights Creating a package You can create a single package or multiple packages from the Templates tab. To create a package, follow the steps given below: 1. Click Software Deployment>Templates 2. Select the required application Note: Select multiple applications to create multiple packages. 3. Click the Create Package button Note: You can also use the Create Package link available against the package, under the Action column. If the package creation type is manual, click learn more to know the steps on how to create the package manually. 4. Enter the required proxy information 5. Click OK You are required to confirm if you want to download the binaries related to the package you have chosen. If you do not want to download the binaries, click Cancel. 126 Zoho Corp. 6. Click Yes The download process of the respective binaries will begin. The download-process status will be updated once the package creation is completed. 7. Click View packages Note: You can click Close if you do not want to view the packages. You can cancel the package-creation process. However, you can do this only while creating multiple packages. Packages that have the Yet to Start status will be canceled. You have successfully created a package. The package can now be modified or deployed like manually created packages. Accessing the location of a package When you create a package, you are required to download the package from the vendor's Web site. You can access the executable link for each package location through the application details. To access the executable links for the location of a package, follow the steps given below: 1. Click Software Deployment>Templates 2. Click the required application 3. In the Application Details window, click on the link against Location Note: You must ensure that the URL of the executable link is added to the exception list in the proxy server. You can now re-create the package and deploy it. These links will redirect you to the location from which the package is being downloaded. The possibility of getting a download error reduces if the link is accessible. However, if you get an error while trying to access the link, then you will get an error while trying to download the required binaries, from the Desktop Central server. You should verify the functionality of the executable links for packages only from the system on which the Desktop Central server is installed. See also: Error While Downloading Binaries 127 Zoho Corp. Setting Up Patch Management This section will guide you through the configurations that have to be performed for managing patches of Windows OS, MaC OS and other applications. 1. Configuring Proxy Server 2. Configuring Vulnerability DB Synchronization Interval 3. Configuring Automated Patch Deployment 4. Configuring System Health Policy 5. Declining Patches for Scan 6. Setting Up Patch Management in a closed network 128 Zoho Corp. Patch Management for Closed Network If the Desktop Central Server is installed in a closed network, like Demilitarized Zone (DMZ), where the Server has no internet connection, the patch synchronization and automatic update is not possible. The following steps will help you to manually download all the missing patches and update them to the required computers. 1. Download and setup the Tool 2. Configure Proxy Settings 3. Update the Patch Database 4. Download the Required Patches Download and setup the Tool 1. Download this zip and extract it on to a computer with an internet connection 2. Open the downloadMgr.prop file available within the extracted location and provide the details of the proxy server, port and authentication details. You can ignore this step, if the computer has a direct internet connection. 3. Specify the data base as mysql, mssql or pgsql. 4. Specify the value as "isPrivate= true" Configure Proxy Settings 1. Click Admin Tab and select Proxy Settings 2. Choose No connection to Internet 3. Click OK to save changes. Update the Patch Database 1. Go to the machine where you have extracted the downloadMgr.prop, Open a command prompt and navigate to the extracted directory. 2. Execute the command: patchsync.bat -c updatedb. 3. This will update the latest patch information available at Zohocorp website to the local computer. The update will take some time and after completion, the necessary information will be updated in the updatedb directory. 4. Copy the updatedb directory to the Desktop Central Server to <Install Directory>/conf/CRSData directory. 5. From the Desktop Central Web Console, click the Patch Mgmt tab and click Update Now button. This will copy the necessary information from the updatedbdirectory to the database. Now, the local database will have the latest patch information. 6. Now, scan the computers in the network to identify the missing patches. 129 Zoho Corp. The next step is to download the missing patches from the computer with internet connection and copy it back to this computer. Download the Required Patches 1. To download the patches, you would first require the details of the missing patches. To get this, go the Missing Patches view and click Export Missing Patches button. This will export the details of the missing patches as downloadUrlJson.txt 2. Copy this file to the directory in the computer where you had extracted the zip. 3. Open a command prompt and execute the command: patchsync.bat -c dwnpatch -f downloadUrlJson.txt 4. This will download all the missing patches to the store directory. Once all the files are downloaded, copy the contents of the store directory and copy it to the Desktop Central Server to <Install_Dir>/webapps/DesktopCentral/Store directory (this is the default location; if this has been changed copy it o the appropriate location) 5. You should then update this information to the database so that all these patches are shown in the Downloaded Patches view. To do this, open the Downloaded Patches view and click Update Downloaded Patches button 6. All the manually downloaded patches will appear in the view from where you can deploy them to the required computers. You have successfully configured the patch management process in a closed network. 130 Zoho Corp. Configuring Proxy Server Desktop Central periodically updates the vulnerability database with that of the Central Patch Repository that resides at Zoho Corp.'s site. Desktop Central uses this configuration to connect to the internet to update the vulnerability database. • Direct Connection to Internet • HTTP Proxy Configuration • FTP Proxy Configuration Direct Connection to Internet 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click the Proxy Configuration link. This opens the Proxy Settings page. 3. Select the "Direct Connection to the Internet" option and click OK HTTP Proxy Configuration 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click the Proxy Configuration link. This opens the Proxy Settings page. 3. Select the "Manual Proxy Configurations" option and specify the Proxy host, port, user name and password of the HTTP Proxy. 4. Click OK to save the configuration. FTP Proxy Configuration 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click the Proxy Configuration link. This opens the Proxy Settings page. 3. Select the "Manual Proxy Configurations" option. 4. Select Enable FTP option and specify the Proxy host, port, user name and password of the FTP Proxy. 5. Click OK to save the configuration. Ensure that you add the following to the exception list while you configure the Proxy. 131 Zoho Corp. Configuring Vulnerability DB Synchronization The vulnerability or the patch database is a baseline against which the available and missing patches in the machines are determined. The database is periodically refreshed with latest information and placed in the Central Patch Repository. You can specify the interval at which the local vulnerability database be updated with that of the Central Patch Repository. To configure the update interval, follow the steps below: 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click the Schedule Vulnerability Update link to invoke the Vulnerability Update page. 3. The Enable Scheduler is selected by default. To disable scheduler, clear this option. 4. The default update time is 06.00 hrs on weekdays. To modify, select the update interval from any of the following options: • Daily - to update everyday. You need to specify the starting time and starting day. • Weekly - to update on specific day(s) in a week. You need to specify the starting time and the day(s) on which the update should happen. • Monthly - to update on a specific day every month(s). You need to specify starting time, select a day and select a month/months. 5. If you wish a mail to be sent upon successful update, select the Notify when Task Finishes check box and provide the email address. You can specify multiple email addresses as comma separated values. 6. Click Save Changes to save the configuration. 132 Zoho Corp. Configuring Automated Patch Deployment Desktop Central allows automating Patch Management at various levels. For example, Administrators can: 1. Choose to scan the systems in the network to detect the missing patches. 2. Scan and download the missing patches. 3. Scan, download, and deploy the missing patches. All the above operations can be done for specific set of target computers like few systems will only be scanned, few other systems will be automatically patched and so on. Follow the steps below to create scheduled tasks for automating patch management using Desktop Central: 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click Automate Patch Deployment link available under Patch Settings 3. Click Add Scheduled Task button and specify the following: 1. Specify a name for the task 2. Select the deployment option from any of the following: 1. Scan the Systems to Identify the Missing Patches: This is the default option, which scans your network to detect the vulnerable applications. 2. Scan the Systems and Download the Missing Patches: Use this option to detect the vulnerable systems/applications in your network and download the corresponding fixes from the specific vendors website. 3. Download the Missing Patches and Draft the Patch Configuration: Use this option to automatically download the missing patches from the specific vendors website and create a draft of the Patch Configuration. Configure the deployment settings. Automatically Download and Deploy the Missing Patches: Use this option to scan the systems periodically to identify the missing patches, download the patches from the specific vendors website, and deploy the patches to the computers. Configure the deployment settings. 4. Configure the deployment settings by specifying the following; • Install Options: Time when the installation should take place, during computer start up, refresh interval, or either of the above whichever is earlier. • Install between time: The time interval when the installation should happen, install between time interval should be more than 2 hours. 133 Zoho Corp. • Deployment Policy: Whether to continue deployment even if some patches cannot be downloaded. • Skip Deployment: Allow users to skip deployment. • Show Deployment progress: Show deployment progress in client computers. • Reboot policy: Whether to reboot the computer by forcing it or allow the user to reboot later. 3. After selecting the required option, the next step is to schedule the frequency to scan the systems. You have the following options to schedule: 1. Daily - to schedule the scan to run everyday. You need to specify the starting time and starting day. 2. Weekly - to schedule the scan to run on specific day(s) in a week. You need to specify the starting time and the day(s) on which the scan has to be run. 3. Monthly - to schedule the scan to run on a specific day every month(s). You need to specify starting time, select a day and select a month/months. 4. If you wish a mail to be sent upon successful completion of the task, select the Notify when Task Finishes check box and provide the email address. You can specify multiple email addresses as comma separated values. 4. The next step is to select the target computers for which the above operations has to be performed. The target chosen can be a whole domain, site, OU, Group or specific computers. You can also exclude computers from the chosen targets based on specific criteria. 5. After adding the required target computers, click Create Task. Repeat the above steps to create more tasks. Note: It is advisable to schedule the Vulnerability Database synchronization prior to scanning the network systems so that the latest patch information will be available for comparison. Managing the Scheduled Tasks Automatic Patch Deployment can be customized, so that managing the tasks becomes more easy. Every scheduled task can now be managed by; • Modifying the task before deployment. • Suspending the scheduled tasks that has been created. • Viewing the status of the tasks. Modifying the Status of Tasks To modify the status of Automatic Patch Deployment Task, follow the steps mentioned below; 134 Zoho Corp. 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click Automate Patch Deployment link available under Patch Settings 3. Under Automate Patch Deployment view, click on the task for which you want to view the status, 4. To Modify the status of task, against the task name click the icon to modify the task and Save. You have modified the status of the scheduled automated patch deployment task. Note: Modifying a task is not recommended during the scheduled time (while scan initiated or download is initiated). If you modify the task, the current schedule will be stopped and the modified task will be executed only during the next scheduled time. Suspend the Scheduled Automatic Patch Deployment Tasks To suspend the Automatic Patch Deployment Task, follow the steps mentioned below; 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click Automate Patch Deployment link available under Patch Settings 3. Under Automate Patch Deployment view, click on the task for which you want to view the status, 4. To suspend the task, click the icon to suspend the task and Save. You have suspended the scheduled automated patch deployment task. Note: Suspending a task will suspend all the activities of the task, like scanning, downloading and deployment. So make sure whether you wanted to suspend all the activities including the scheduler, before suspending a task. Viewing the Status of Tasks To view the status of Automatic Patch Deployment Task, follow the steps mentioned below; 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click Automate Patch Deployment link available under Patch Settings 3. Under Automate Patch Deployment view, click on the task for which you want to view the status. You can view the status of the scheduled automated patch deployment task. You will find the following details; • Summary 135 Zoho Corp. • Scan Details • Download Details • System View • Patch View Summary Task details: This view lists the details of the tasks like, task name, task created time, modified time, deployment option, deployment policy etc, which are configured. Task Scan Summary: This report lists the scan details of tasks like, total number of computers scanned, list of computers where scan succeeded, list of computers where scan failed and list of computers yet to be scanned. The report displayed here is as per the results of the previous scheduler. Patch Download Summary: This report lists the detailed summary of patches that are downloaded. Patch download starts after the scanning gets completed which is ideally a couple of hours after the scheduled time. Assume a task is scheduled at 10:00 AM, then the patch scanning starts and gets the complete list of missing patches. Then the patch download starts at 12:00. Deployment Summary: This report lists the details of the deployment status. Deployment of downloaded patches happens based on the deployment policy. If the policy is defined to deploy the patches only after all the patches are downloaded, then the deployment starts only after all the scheduled patches are downloaded successfully. If the policy is defined to deploy the successfully downloaded patches, then which ever patch has been downloaded successfully, those patches will be deployed and the failed patches will be deployed during the subsequent deployment schedule. Scan Details: You can find the detailed list of computers that are scanned successfully, computers in which the scan process has failed and computers which are yet to be scanned. Download Details: All the patches that has been downloaded successfully, yet to be downloaded and download failed will be listed here. The patch download process starts two hours after the scanning is initiated. You can also set the severity for the missing patches so that patches can be deployed based as on the severity, while deployment. System View: You can view the lists of computers based on the status of the task. This view will list computers which for which scanning is completed, failed or yet to start. In case of computers scanning being completed, then you can find the status of the patches that are downloaded, download failed, and yet to download. The patch deployment status will also be listed as per computers in which the deployment has been successful, deployment failed and yet to be deployed. 136 Zoho Corp. Patch View: You can view the list of patches that has been downloaded as per the severity. Patches that are yet to be downloaded and yet to be downloaded. 1. Tips and Tricks : 1. Deployment Settings - Install between time interval should be more than 2 hours. 2. You can deploy the patches which has been downloaded and drafted by clicking on the Deploy button. So that the patch deployment is initiated from the draft mode. 3. Download Details - If you have configured your deployment policy, stating to "initiate the deployment only if all the missing patches have been downloaded successfully", then your deployment will fail even if one of the missing patch cannot be downloaded. In such cases, you can delete the download failed patches, so that the deployment process will be initiated for the patches which has been downloaded successfully. 4. Download Details - You can select the patches for which the download has failed and click in Download to retry the download process. See Also: Patch Management Architecture, Patch Management Life Cycle, Scan Systems for Vulnerability, Patch Reports 137 Zoho Corp. Configuring System Health Policy What is System Health Policy? Desktop Central periodically scans the systems in your network to identify the missing patches. The missing patches include both the operating system and application patches pertaining to that system. Generally, patches are released with varying severities ranging from Low to Critical. Based on these patch severities, Desktop Central classifies the system into three categories to quickly identify the health status of the systems in the network. How are the systems classified? Based on the severity of the missing patches, the systems are categorized as Healthy, Vulnerable, and Highly Vulnerable in Desktop Central. The default health policy is as below: 1. Healthy Systems are those that have up-to-date patches installed 2. Vulnerable Systems are those that have missing patches in "Moderate" or "Low" severity levels. 3. Highly Vulnerable Systems are those that have missing patches in "Critical" or "Important" severity levels. Note: The patches that are declined will not be considered for arriving at the system health status. Customizing the Health Policy Desktop Central allows you to customize this categorization by selecting the patch severity levels for various health states as below: 1. Select the Admin tab. 2. Click the System Health Policy link available under Patch Settings. 3. Select the patch severity levels that are allowed for each states and click Save Changes. Note: It may be noted that you will not be allowed to select the same patch severity in different health states, i.e, if you select Low for Healthy Systems, you will not be allowed to select Low option for Vulnerable and Highly Vulnerable states. 138 Zoho Corp. Enabling Patch Approval Process Desktop Central allows you to automate patch deployment from identifying the missing patches and to deploy them on to the required computers. The automation is done irrespective of the patches and applications. There might be cases where you would like to test a critical patch in few computers before rolling it out to the entire network. In such cases, the Patch Approval Process comes handy. When you enable the patch approval process, no patch will be deployed via Automated Patch Deployment task unless the patches are approved for deployment. You can however deploy them manually to test. To enable Patch Approval Process, 1. Select Admin --> General Settings (available under Patch Settings) 2. Select the "Deploy patches only when they are approved" option and click Save You can approve the patches from any of the patch views like Applicable Patches, Missing Patches, or Installed Patches. To approve patches, select the required patches and click Mark As --> Approve option. 139 Zoho Corp. Decline Patches Desktop Central allows administrators to configure the applications and patches that has to be declined from scanning. The patches declined here will not be shown under the missing patches. Administrators can choose to decline: 1. Specific missing patches for individual applications. (or) 2. Missing patches of an application as a whole. To Decline Applications: 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click Decline Patch link available under Patch Settings 3. Click on Declined Applications tab. 1. Select the Applications listed under Available Applications 2. Click on "Add App to Decline" button to move them under Declined Applications list. Note : You can also revoke the declined patches by selecting the patches and clicking Remove Declined App button. 3. Click Update. The patches of the Applications listed under Declined Applications will not be scanned for, by Desktop Central. To Decline Specific Patches: 1. Click the Admin tab to invoke the Admin page. 2. Click Decline Patch link available under Patch Settings 3. Click on Declined Patches tab. 1. Select patches listed under Available Patches. You can use the "Filter by product" to view product wise patches. 2. Click on "Add Patch to Decline" button to move them under Declined Patches list. Note : You can also revoke the declined patches by selecting the patches and clicking Remove Declined Patch button. 3. Click Update. The patches listed under Declined Patches will not be scanned for, by Desktop Central. 140 Zoho Corp. See Also: Patch Management Architecture, Patch Management Life Cycle, Scan Systems for Vulnerability, Patch Reports 141 Zoho Corp. Setting Up Asset Management This section will guide you through the configurations that have to be performed to manage the software and hardware assets. 1. Scan System for Inventory 2. Manage Software Licenses 3. Create Software Groups 4. Manage Software Category 5. Configure Prohibited Software 6. Configure E-Mail Alerts 7. Schedule Inventory Scanning 142 Zoho Corp. Scan Systems for Inventory To get the inventory details of the systems, the following conditions have to be met: 1. The systems should be added in the Scope of Management 2. The systems have to be scanned at least once. You can also configure periodic scanning of systems to get an updated information. 3. The systems to be scanned should have WMI Service running and DCOM enabled. Steps to Enable DCOM To Enable DCOM in Windows 2000 Computers 1. Select Start > Run 2. Type DCOMCNFG in the text field 3. Click OK. 4. Select Default Properties tab 5. Check the box "Enable Distributed COM in this machine" 6. Press OK To Enable DCOM in Windows XP Computers 1. Select Start > Run 2. Type DCOMCNFG in the text field 3. Click OK 4. Expand Component Services > Computers > My Computer 5. Righe-click My Computer and select Properties 6. Select Default Properties tab 7. Check the box "Enable Distributed COM in this machine" 8. Press OK Scan Systems Manually To Scan the systems manually, follow the steps below: 1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary 2. Click the Scan Systems link from the left pane available under Actions / Settings. 3. This will list all the systems that are available under the Scope of Management. Select the systems to be scanned for inventory and click San System. To scan all the systems, click Scan All. 143 Zoho Corp. The systems will be scanned and the status of the scanning gets updated under the Scan Status column. Troubleshooting Tips 1. If you do not find the system here, check whether you have added the system under the Scope of Management 2. Check the Agent Status of all the systems; it should be "Agent Installed". For systems with the status as "Not Installed" or "Agent Installation Failed", inventory scanning cannot be performed. You need to reinstall the agents in these systems before scanning them for getting the inventory details. 3. If you get an error as WMI Service is not running, start the WMI Service in the system and try scanning again. 4. If you get an error as Asset Scanning is locked, contact [email protected] 5. If you get an error as DCOM not enabled, enable DCOM and try scanning again. 144 Zoho Corp. Manage Software Licenses Managing Software Licenses is one of the important aspect of asset management that helps enterprises in being compliant and in planning for additional purchases or during license renewals. In managing the software licenses, you would expect to achieve the following: 1. Able to get their software compliant status 2. Add the details of their software purchases - both one time and additional purchases of the same software 3. Should know the computers using those licenses. 4. Should be able to reallocate a license, if it is not used/required, to a different resource that require them 5. Help them decide on software renewals and purchases. 6. Group different versions of the same software and manage their licenses as a single entity. Add Software License Details To Add/Edit Software License details for commercial software, follow the steps below: 1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary 2. Click the Manage Licenses link from the left pane available under Actions / Settings. This will list the details of all the licenses that have been added. To add or edit the license detail, click the Add License button. 3. Select the software from the list. You should have scanned the Windows systems at least once to have the details of the software here. However you can also specify software that is not in the list. 4. The manufacturer and the software version details are pre-filled and cannot be modified. 5. Specify the number of licenses purchased. 6. Specify the details to whom the software is licensed to (optional). 7. Specify the purchase and expiry date in the respective fields (optional). 8. Add the License file and the Invoice related to the license purchase, if required 9. Add comments, if required. 10. The next steps is to associate these licenses to the computers. This step is optional and is used only for a logical reference. 1. Select the Installed Computers option to view only the computers that have this software installed or Managed Computers to list all the computers that you are managing using Desktop Central 2. Select the computer to which you wish to associate the license and move them to the Associated computers list. 11. Click Save to update the license details. 145 Zoho Corp. The details gets updated in the table below. It includes the following details: 1. Software Name: Name of the commercial software. 2. Manufacturer: The software manufacturer (vendor) 3. Licensed To: To whom the software is licensed. 4. Purchased: No. of licenses purchased 5. Installed: No. of licensed software copies that are installed in the network. 6. Purchased Date: The date of purchase. 7. Expiry Date: The date of expiry. 8. License Key: The Purchase license Key details. 9. License File: The file containing the license particulars for a particular software. 10. Invoice File: The file containing the Purchase information for a particular software. You can filter the view based on the compliant status of the software like Under License, Over license, Expired Software, etc. Adding Additional Licenses If you have purchased additional licenses for the same software and if you wish to update the information, follow the steps below: 1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary 2. Click the Manage Licenses link from the left pane available under Actions / Settings. This will list the details of all the licenses that have been added. 3. Click the Add More link from the Actions column of the software for which you want to add additional licenses. 4. Specify the Number of licenses you have purchased along with the other details and click Save. 146 Zoho Corp. Create Software Groups Desktop Central allows administrators to group software that have to be seen as a single group. For example, if you have different versions of Microsoft Office installed in your network and you wish to view all the Microsoft Office installations as a single software, you can group all the Microsoft Office versions and create a group. This way it is very easy to manage your software licenses. You may have to move all the paid software in your network to Commercial category prior to grouping them. To create a new Software Group: 1. Click Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary. 2. Click Manage License under Actions / Settings 3. Click Group Software to list all the software groups that have been created. Click Add Software Group to create a software group. 4. This opens the Add/Modify Software Groups dialog listing all the commercial software installed in your network. 5. Specify a name for this group. 6. Select the software that you wish to group and move them to the Grouped Software list. The software category and the prohibited status of the first software in the selected list will apply to all the software of that group. You can change the position of the software in the selected list by selecting the software and clicking the arrow button on the right. 7. After selecting the required software, click Save. To modify a Software Group: 1. Click Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary. 2. Click Manage License under Actions / Settings 3. Click Group Software to list all the software groups that have been created. 4. Click the Edit icon from the Actions column of the group that you want to edit. 5. Add or remove the software from the group and click Save. To delete a Software Group: 1. Click Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary. 2. Click Manage License under Actions / Settings 3. Click Group Software. This will list all the software groups that have been created. 4. Click the Delete icon from the Actions column of the group that you want to delete. 147 Zoho Corp. Manage Software Category Desktop Central allows you to categorize the software installed in your network in any of the predefined categories. You also have an option to create your own categories and add software to it. Desktop Central comes with the following pre-defined software categories: Accounting, Database, Development, Driver, Game, Graphics, Internet, Multimedia, and Others. You can modify/delete or assign software to these categories. You can also create your own category. To add a new software category: 1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary 2. Click the Manage Software Category link from the left pane available under Actions / Settings. This will list all the software categories that have been added, including the predefined categories. Click the Create New Category to add a new category. 3. Specify a name for the category. 4. The details of the software available in your network is listed below. Select the software that have to assigned to this new category and click >> button. This is optional. When you do not select any software, an empty category gets created and you can assign software to this category later. 5. Click Update. The new category gets added to the table below. To modify a software category: 1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary 2. Click the Manage Software Category link from the left pane available under Actions / Settings. This will list all the software categories that have been added, including the predefined categories. Click the Edit icon from the Actions column of the category that you want to edit. 3. Rename the category and/or add/remove software to/from this category and click Update. To delete a software category: 1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary 2. Click the Manage Software Category link from the left pane available under Actions / Settings. This will list all the software categories that have been added, including the predefined categories. 3. Click the delete icon from the Actions column to delete individually or select the categories that you wish to delete and click Delete Category. 148 Zoho Corp. Configure Prohibited Software 1. Adding Prohibited Software 2. Removing Prohibited Software 3. Configuring Auto-Uninstalling Policy 4. Exclude Computers from Auto-Uninstallation of Software 5. Configuring Global Exclusion Every organization prohibits employees from using certain software. Desktop Central helps prohibit, usage of certain software in accordance to your company policies. Detecting such prohibited software will help tackle compliance issues that might otherwise pop-up. Desktop Central provides an option to add the list of software that are prohibited in the company. You can also configure and receive notification through email and take the necessary action. The auto-uninstall feature allows you to automatically remove the software within a specified time frame, once it is detected in the client machine. However, you can also exempt certain computers from the auto-uninstallation routine. Adding prohibited software You can simply add the list of software that is prohibited in the company to be detected during the regular scan cycles. Follow the steps given below to add a prohibited software to the list. 1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary 2. Click the Configure Prohibited Software link from the left pane available under Actions / Settings. This will list the details of all the software that are already prohibited. 3. Click Add Prohibited Software. This is open the Add Prohibited Software dialog listing all the software detected in the managed computers. You should have scanned the Windows systems at least once to have the details of the software here. 4. Select the software that you wish to prohibit and move them to Prohibited List. Note: In case you have grouped certain software and you are adding that Software Group under the Prohibited Software List, then all the software in that group will be added. 5. After adding all the software, click Update. The software gets added to the prohibited list. Removing prohibited software To remove prohibited software, select the software and click Remove Prohibited Software. You can select the software that you wish to remove from the prohibited list and click Remove Prohibited Software to eliminate the selected software from the prohibited software list. 149 Zoho Corp. Configuring the Auto-Uninstall Policy Desktop Central's Auto-Uninstall Policy helps you to automatically uninstall the detected prohibited software from the client machines. The uninstallation will happen during the subsequent refresh-cycle. Follow the steps given below to configure the Auto-Uninstall Policy: 1. Select the Auto-Uninstall Policy tab. 2. Select Enable Automatic Uninstallation check box. 3. Specify the Maximum number of Software that can be uninstalled from a computer during the subsequent refresh cycle. Note: Increasing this number will cause high CPU usage during Uninstallation. If the detected prohibited software count exceeds the limit (maximum number of software to be uninstalled) in a computer, it exceeding numbers of software will be uninstalled during the subsequent refresh cycle. 4. Select Notify User before Uninstalling check box and specify any custom message in case you want to prompt to the user before the software uninstallation. Note: The user will be notified with an Alert message during logon and whenever the agent detects prohibited software. This functionality will be applicable only if the Notify User Settings is configured. 5. Specify the wait-window for the software uninstallation. Say if you want to remove the software three days after it has been detected, then mention 3 in the text box provided. 6. Click on Save to save changes. Auto-Uninstallation option is available by default for .msi applications and for .exe applications we would require Silent Switches. The following steps will guide you through the Auto-Uninstallation of .exe based software applications. 1. Select the Prohibited SW tab. 2. Click on Not Configured link under Uninstall command against the .exe application that needs to be uninstalled. 3. Add/Edit Uninstall Command window pops up 4. Choose Pre-fill Uninstall Command or I will specify myself Pre-fill Uninstall Command - Selecting this option will fetch the uninstall command of the application from the Add/Remove programs and will be displayed here. Only the silent witch needs to be specified. I will specify Myself - Uninstall command and the Silent switch should be entered manually. It is recommended to test the Uninstall command manually to verify its correctness. 5. Click Save to save the settings. 6. Verify the status in Auto Uninstallation Status Tab (This uninstallion will happen based on Auto-Uninstall Policy configured) 7. Under Auto Unistallation Status select Detailed View to see the status and remarks. 150 Zoho Corp. Excluding Computers from Software Uninstallation In certain occasions, you will need to allow the usage of prohibited software for certain users. One classic example is the usage of chat based applications. Many organizations will upfront prohibit such software. However top-level executives at these organizations might need such applications to communicate with clients, etc. Desktop Central allows you to exempt Auto-Uninstallation on computers in these specific custom groups. You can create a custom group comprising specific computers or can add individual computers to the Exclude list. The following steps will help you exclude groups: 1. Click the Configure Prohibited Software link from the left pane available under Actions / Settings of Inventory tab. This will list the details of all the software that are already prohibited. 2. Select the checkbox corresponding to the specified software and click the link under Exclusions column. This opens the Add Exclusions dialog. 3. Select whether to exclude custom groups or computers. 4. Select the groups/computers and move it to the Excluded list. 5. Click on Save to save changes. Configuring Global Exclusion Similar to excluding computers and custom groups for individual software, you can create a global exclusion list of computers. Computers that are added to the Global Exclusion list, either manually or via custom groups, applies to all the software. This means all these computers can have any of the software that have been marked as prohibited. To configure global exclusion, click the Configure Global Exclusion button and select the required computers/custom group of computers and save. 151 Zoho Corp. Configure E-Mail Alerts Desktop Central generates Email Alerts to notify the following events: 1. When a new hardware is detected in the network 2. When a new software is detected in the network 3. Non Compliance of software licensing policy, i.e., the license is inadequate and have to purchase more licenses to be compliant 4. When a software is being used after its license has expired. 5. When a prohibited software is detected in the network. To configure email alerts, follow the steps below: 1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary 2. Click the Configure Email Alerts link from the left pane available under Actions / Settings. 3. Select the alert criteria; select all that apply. 4. Specify the email addresses as comma separated. 5. Click Update Alert Settings Note: For email alerts to be sent, you should have configured your mail server settings. 152 Zoho Corp. Schedule Inventory Scanning To schedule scanning of systems periodically, 1. Click the Inventory tab to view the Inventory Summary 2. Click the Schedule Inventory Scan link from the left pane available under Actions / Settings. 3. Select the Enable Inventory Scan Scheduler check box and specify the frequency at which the scanning has to be performed. You have the following options to choose the interval: 1. Daily - to update everyday. You need to specify the starting time and starting day. 2. Weekly - to update on specific day(s) in a week. You need to specify the starting time and the day(s) on which the update should happen. 3. Monthly - to update on a specific day every month(s). You need to specify starting time, select a day and select a month/months. 4. Click Save Changes to save the configuration. 153 Zoho Corp. Setting Up User Logon Reports As a first step, define the Scope of Management. You should only be able to track the user login details for the users logging in from the computers that are within the defined scope. After adding the computers in SoM, you can enable User Logon Reports. To Maintain User Logon History: 1. Select Admin --> User Logon Settings to open the report settings page. 2. Select the Enable User Logon Reports and specify the number of days the history has to be maintained. 3. Click Save Changes 154 Zoho Corp. Setting Up Active Directory Reports Desktop Central retrieves the information about the Active Directory infrastructure components and provides 100+ out-of-the-box reports. You can schedule the report update interval to get an up-to-date details. To configure the AD report update interval: 1. Select Admin --> AD Reports Settings to open the report settings page. 2. Select the Enable AD Report Scheduler option. 3. Select the Domains for which the reports needs to be generated. If no domains are selected, the scheduler will be disabled. 4. Select the Scan Mode to specify whether to update all the objects or only the modified objects 5. Specify the update interval as below: 1. Daily - to update everyday. You need to specify the starting time and starting day. 2. Weekly - to update on specific day(s) in a week. You need to specify the starting time and the day(s) on which the update should happen. 3. Monthly - to update on a specific day every month(s). You need to specify starting time, select a day and select a month/months. 6. Click Save Changes To send the reports by Email Desktop Central provides an option to send the Active Directory reports by email whenever it gets updated. You have an option to select the reports to be e-mailed and the email addresses. 1. Select Admin --> AD Reports Settings to open the report settings page. 2. Select the Enable AD Report Scheduler option. 3. Select the Send Reports by Email option 4. Specify the From, To Address and Email Subject. 5. Click the Select Reports button to select the reports to be sent by email. 6. Click Save Changes. After the completion of every scheduled update, the selected reports will be e-mailed to specified email addresses. 155 Zoho Corp. User Guide This section guides you in using Desktop Central to perform the Desktop Management activities. Follow the links to learn more: 1. Software Installation 2. Patch Management 3. Hardware and Software Inventory 4. Windows Tools 5. Windows Configurations 6. User Logon Reports 7. Active Directory Reports 8. Making Help Desk Requests 156 Zoho Corp. Software Installation Desktop Central enables remote software deployment and distribution to the users and computers of the Windows network. This web-based software deployment configuration helps administrators to install software from a central point. It supports deploying both MSI and EXE based applications that can be installed in a silent mode. Software Distribution Features 1. Supports installing both MSI and EXE based applications. • Supports Install, Uninstall, Assign and Redeploy options for MSI based applications. • Supports Install and Uninstall options for EXE based applications. 2. Ability to schedule software installations. • Install Software at a specified time • Install Software either during or after startup of the computer. 3. Option to install the application as a specific-user using the Run As option. 4. Supports executing pre-installation scripts/commands prior to installation and abort if not successful. 5. Option to copy the installables to the client computers before installing the software. 6. Ability to create package repository. The packages created once can be reused any number of times to install or uninstall the software. The following links guides you to install software from remote using Desktop Central: 1. Managing Software Packages 2. Installing MSI-based Applications for Users 3. Installing EXE-based Applications for Users 4. Installing MSI-based Applications for Computers 5. Installing EXE-based Applications for Computers 6. Uninstalling MSI-based Applications for Users 7. Uninstalling EXE-based Applications for Users 8. Uninstalling MSI-based Applications for Computers 9. Uninstalling EXE-based Applications for Computers 157 Zoho Corp. Installing MSI-based Applications for Users To install an MSI application to the users, follow the steps below: 1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs. 2. Click the Install Software link available under the User Configurations. 3. Provide a name and description for the configuration 4. Select the Installer Type as MSI. 5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required. 6. Select the Operation Type as Install Completely, Assign, or Redeploy as the case may be. If you select the Assign option, the application will be installed only when the user tries to open the application for the first time. 7. Select the Copy options as required. 8. Specify the time at which the software has to be installed. 9. Select the users to whom the software has to be installed. 10. Click Deploy. 158 Zoho Corp. Installing EXE-based Applications for Users To install an EXE application to the users, follow the steps below: 1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs. 2. Click the Install Software link available under the User Configurations. 3. Provide a name and description for the configuration 4. Select the Installer Type as EXE. 5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required. 6. Select the Operation Type as Install. 7. Select the Copy options as required. 8. Specify the time at which the software has to be installed. 9. Select the users to whom the software has to be installed. 10. Click Deploy. 159 Zoho Corp. Installing MSI-based Applications for Computers To install an MSI application to the computers, follow the steps below: 1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs. 2. Click the Install Software link available under the Computer Configurations. 3. Provide a name and description for the configuration 4. Select the Installer Type as MSI. 5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required. 6. Select the Operation Type as Install Completely, Assign, or Redeploy as the case may be. If you select the Assign option, the application will be installed only when the user tries to open the application for the first time. 7. Select the Copy options as required. 8. Specify the time at which the software has to be installed. 9. Select the computers in which the software has to be installed. 10. Click Deploy. 160 Zoho Corp. Installing EXE-based Applications for Computers To install an EXE application to the computers, follow the steps below: 1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs. 2. Click the Install Software link available under the Computer Configurations. 3. Provide a name and description for the configuration 4. Select the Installer Type as EXE. 5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required. 6. Select the Operation Type as Install. 7. Select the Copy options as required. 8. Specify the time at which the software has to be installed. 9. Select the computers in which the software has to be installed. 10. Click Deploy. 161 Zoho Corp. Uninstalling MSI-based Applications for Users To uninstall an MSI application for users, follow the steps below: 1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs. 2. Click the Install Software link available under the User Configurations. 3. Provide a name and description for the configuration 4. Select the Installer Type as MSI. 5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required. 6. Select the Operation Type as Remove. 7. Select the Copy options as required. 8. Specify the time at which the software has to be uninstalled. 9. Select the user objects from which the software has to be uninstalled. 10. Click Deploy. 162 Zoho Corp. Uninstalling EXE-based Applications for Users To uninstall an EXE application for the user objects, follow the steps below: 1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs. 2. Click the Install Software link available under the User Configurations. 3. Provide a name and description for the configuration 4. Select the Installer Type as EXE. 5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required. 6. Select the Operation Type as Remove. 7. Select the Copy options as required. 8. Specify the time at which the software has to be uninstalled. 9. Select the user objects from which the software has to be uninstalled. 10. Click Deploy. 163 Zoho Corp. Uninstalling MSI-based Applications for Computers To uninstall an MSI application from the computer objects, follow the steps below: 1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs. 2. Click the Install Software link available under the Computer Configurations. 3. Provide a name and description for the configuration 4. Select the Installer Type as MSI. 5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required. 6. Select the Operation Type as Remove. 7. Select the Copy options as required. 8. Specify the time at which the software has to be uninstalled. 9. Select the computer objects from which the software has to be uninstalled. 10. Click Deploy. 164 Zoho Corp. Uninstalling EXE-based Applications for Computers To uninstall an EXE application from the computer objects, follow the steps below: 1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links available below the tabs. 2. Click the Install Software link available under the Computer Configurations. 3. Provide a name and description for the configuration 4. Select the Installer Type as EXE. 5. Select the required package and specify the Run As option, if required. 6. Select the Operation Type as Remove. 7. Select the Copy options as required. 8. Specify the time at which the software has to be uninstalled. 9. Select the computer objects from which the software has to be removed. 10. Click Deploy. 165 Zoho Corp. Patch Management The steady increase in network vulnerabilities and the sheer volume of software patches that fix these threats, over the years; has created a need for strict and efficient patch management in enterprises to avoid business downtime and to secure themselves against mishaps due to attacks. The best way to address this problem, is to have a systematic, automated and affordable solution that is robust and manages patches effectively. Desktop Central with its Patch Management module provides the system administrators the ability to respond to computer threats in quick time. All this in compliance to the patch management life cycle and with a fresh perspective to network security. Administrators can use Desktop Central to scan the network, identify the missing patches, download the missing patches and deploy them to computers using Windows and MaC operating systems. Patch Management Features 1. Uses a hosted Patch Database at Zoho Corp. site to assess the vulnerability status of the network. 2. Complete automated Patch Management Solution from detecting the vulnerabilities to deploying the patches. 3. Patch based deployment - Deploy a patch to all the affected systems 4. System based patch deployment - Deploy all the applicable patches for a system 5. Automatic handling of patch interdependencies and patch sequencing 6. Reports on System vulnerabilities, Patches,OS, etc. 7. Provides an update of the patch deployment status Follow the links to learn more, 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Patch Management Architecture Patch Management Life Cycle Setting up Patch Management Module Scan Systems for Vulnerability Viewing Applicable Patches Viewing Latest Patches Viewing Missing Patches Installing Missing Patches Viewing Installed Patches Viewing Supported Patches Viewing Healthy Systems Viewing Vulnerable Systems Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems Viewing Patch Reports 166 Zoho Corp. Patch Management Architecture 1. The Patch Management Architecture 2. How it Works The Patch Management Architecture The Patch Management consists of the following components: 1. External Patch Crawler 2. Central Patch Repository 3. Desktop Central Server Fig: Patch Management Architecture 167 Zoho Corp. The External Patch Crawler resides at the Zoho Corp. site and repeatedly probes the internet to draw vulnerability information from the Microsoft website and Apple website. Patch download, assessment for patch authenticity and testing for functional correctness is also carried out at this site. The final analysis and data are correlated to obtain a consolidated vulnerability database which serves as a baseline for vulnerability assessment in the enterprise. The modified vulnerability database is then published to the Central Patch Repository for further use. The whole process of information gathering, patch analysis and publishing the latest vulnerability database occurs periodically. The Central Patch Repository is a portal in the Zoho Corp. site, which hosts the latest vulnerability database that has been published after a thorough analysis. This database is exposed for download by the Desktop Central server situated in the customer site, and provides information required for patch scanning and installation. The Desktop Central Server is located at the enterprise (customer site) and subscribes to the Central Patch repository, to periodically download the vulnerability database. It scans the systems in the enterprise network, checks for missing and available patches against the comprehensive vulnerability database, downloads and deploys missing patches and service packs, generates reports to effectively manage the patch management process in your enterprise. How it Works? Patch Management using Desktop Central is a simple two-stage process: 1. Patch Assessment or Scanning 2. Patch Download and Deployment Patch Assessment or Scanning Desktop Central periodically scans the systems in your network to assess the patch needs. Using a comprehensive database consolidated from Microsoft's and other bulletins, the scanning mechanism checks for the existence and state of the patches by performing file version checks, registry checks and checksums. The vulnerability database is periodically updated with the latest information on patches, from the Central Patch Repository. The scanning logic automatically determines which updates are needed on each client system, taking into account the operating system, application, and update dependencies. 168 Zoho Corp. On successful completion of an assessment, the results of each assessment are returned and stored in the server database. The scan results can be viewed from the web-console. Patch download and deployment On selecting the patches to be deployed, you can a trigger a download or a deploy request. At first the selected patches are downloaded from the internet and stored in a particular location in the Desktop Central server. Then they are pushed to the target machines remotely, after which they are installed sequentially. See Also: Patch Management Life Cycle, Setting Up Patch Management Module, Scan Systems for Vulnerability, Patch Reports 169 Zoho Corp. Patch Management Life Cycle Desktop Central Patch Management module consists to the following five stages: 1. Update Vulnerability Details from Vendors 2. Scan the Network 3. Identify Patches for Vulnerabilities 4. Download and Deploy Patches 5. Generate Status Reports Fig: Patch Management Life Cycle Update Vulnerability Details from Vendors • Be up-to-date with the latest patch related information from the various sources. • Download patches and run extensive tests to validate the authenticity and accuracy of patches Scan the Network • Discover and identify the systems in the network based on the defined Scope of Management. Identify Patches for Vulnerabilities • Assess the vulnerabilities in the systems periodically. • Analyze what patches are missing and what are installed. 170 Zoho Corp. Download and Deploy Patches • Download the required patches from the vendor site. • Deploy patches in the missing systems. • Verify and validate the accuracy of patch installation Generate Status Reports • Generate reports of various patch management tasks. • Monitor the patching progress in the enterprise. See Also: Patch Management Architecture, Setting Up Patch Management Module, Scan Systems for Vulnerability, Patch Reports 171 Zoho Corp. Scan Systems for Vulnerability Desktop Central periodically scans the systems in your Windows network, to determine the vulnerable systems/applications. The latest status of the scan and the scan reports can be accessed by clicking the Scan Status link available under the Patch Mgmt tab. The following details are shown here: 1. Computer Name: The DNS name of the computer being scanned. 2. OS Name: The operating system of the computer being scanned. 3. Agent Status: Specifies whether the agent is installed in the system or not. 4. Agent Version: Specifies the agent version. 5. Last Scan Status: The status of the previous scan. 6. Last Scan Time: Time at which the scan was performed. Clicking this link will open the Vulnerable Systems Report for that system. It also provides a graphical representation of the scanned systems. You can initiate the scan for any specific system by selecting the system and clicking the Scan Now button or can initiate the scan for all the systems by clicking the Scan All button. To reschedule the scan, refer to the Configure Patch Scan Mode and Scan Interval See Also: Patch Management Architecture, Patch Management Life Cycle, Setting Up Patch Management Module, Patch Reports 172 Zoho Corp. Installing Missing Patches After identifying the missing patches in your network, the next step is to install the patches to fix the vulnerability. You can install the patches using Desktop Central by any of the following ways: From the Applicable and Missing Patches Views • By clicking the • By selecting the patches and clicking the Install Patches button. icon from the action column of the patches. Both the above options will open the Installing Patches Configuration with the selected patches added. You can then select the targets and deploy the patches. From the Latest and All Supported Patches Views By selecting the patches and clicking the Install Patches button, you can find the option to choose from Windows and MaC patches. Selecting one of them, opens the Installing Patches Configuration with the selected patches added. You can then select the targets and deploy the patches. From the All Managed, Vulnerable, and Highly Vulnerable Systems Views 1. Click the Missing Patches link to view the missing patches of that system. 2. Select the patches and click the Install Patches button. This opens the Installing Patches Configuration with the selected patches added. You can then select the targets and deploy the patches. From the Install Patches Configuration Like any other configuration, you can manually define a configuration for installing patches in computers. See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Latest Patches, Viewing Missing Patches, Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing Healthy Systems, Viewing Vulnerable Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems 173 Zoho Corp. Patch Views 1. Viewing Applicable Patches 2. Viewing Latest Patches 3. Viewing Missing Patches 4. Viewing Installed Patches 5. Viewing Supported Patches 6. Viewing Healthy Systems 7. Viewing Vulnerable Systems 8. Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems 174 Zoho Corp. Viewing Applicable Patches The Applicable Patches view provides the details of the patches that affects the applications/systems in your network. The patch list also include the patches that are already installed in your network. To view the list of the applicable patches, click the Patch Mgmt tab. You can filter the view based on the application and service pack by selecting the appropriate product and service pack. The network snapshot depicts the health and patch status of the systems in the network. The details of the applicable patches shown in the tabular form include: • Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch • Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains information about the vulnerability and patch availability. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Bulletin Details view, which provides more info about the Bulletin and the vulnerability • Patch Name: The name of the patch. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Patch Details view, which provides more details about the patch. • Patch Description: A brief description about the patch. • Patch Type: Refers to whether this patch applies to Microsoft OS/Applications or Non-Microsoft Applications like Adobe, Java, etc. • Severity: Determines the importance of the patch. These severity ratings are as per the bulletin or advisory information. • Approve Status: This refers to whether the patch has been approved for bulk deployment via Automated Patch Deployment. This is significant only if you have enabled Patch Approval prior to buld deployment. You can also approve or decline a patch by selecting the appropriate option from the "Mark As" menu. • Release Date: Refers to the date of release of the patch by the vendor. • Download Status: Refers to the status of the patch download on the Desktop Central Server. • Affected Systems: Refers to the total count of the systems that require this patch to be installed. This also includes the systems where the patch has already been installed. • Installed Systems: Refers to the count of the systems where the patch has been installed. • Missing Systems: Refers to the count of the systems that do not have the patches installed yet. • Failed Systems: Refers to the number of systems on which the patch deployment has failed. Clicking the count will list the details of the failed computers, from where you can redeploy. 175 Zoho Corp. Installing Patches You can install the patches by selecting the patches to be installed and by clicking the Install Patches button. Administrators can view the missing p[atches based on the Windows or MaC operating system. So that clicking on the patches will open the Installing Patches Configuration, with the selected patches added. Select the targets and deploy the configuration. You can also click the Missing Systems count from where you can select the required systems and select Install Patches to deploy. Bulletin Details Bulletin details includes the following: • Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains information about the vulnerability and patch availability. • Posted On: The date of release of this bulletin. • Updated On: The date of last update to this bulletin. • FAQ Page: Links to the FAQ section in the Microsoft site for this bulletin. • Q Number: Links to the knowledge base article available in the Microsoft web site. • Issue: Details of the related issue. • Bulletin Summary: A brief summary of the bulletin. • Patch Details: The name of the patch and the affected products. Patch Details The following patch details are shown: • Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch • Patch Name: The name of the patch • Bulletin ID: The Bulletin ID pertaining to this patch • MS Knowledge Base: The knowledge base article corresponding to this patch. • Severity: The severity of the patch. • Reboot: Specifies whether a system reboot is required on installing the patch. • Download Status: Determines whether the patch is downloaded from the net (vendor site) and is made available in the Desktop Central's Patch Repository for deployment. • Location Path: The complete download URL of the patch. • Superseding Bulletin ID: Refers to the Bulletin ID pertaining to the patch that has taken its place. • CVEID: • BugTraq ID: 176 Zoho Corp. It also provides the details of the changes made to the files and registries on installing this patch. See Also: Viewing Latest Patches, Viewing Missing Patches, Installing Missing Patches, Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing Healthy Systems, Viewing Vulnerable Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems 177 Zoho Corp. Viewing Latest Patches The Latest Patches view lists the details of the patches pertaining to the recently released Microsoft Bulletins. To view the Latest Patches, select the Latest Patches link under the Patch Mgmt tab. You can filter the view based on the application and service pack by selecting the appropriate product and service pack. The following details of the patches are displayed: • Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch • Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains information about the vulnerability and patch availability. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Bulletin Details view, which provides more info about the Bulletin and the vulnerability • Download Status: Determines whether the patch is downloaded from the net (vendor site) and is made available in the Desktop Central's Patch Repository for deployment. • Patch Name: The name of the patch. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Patch Details view, which provides more details about the patch. • Patch Description: A brief description about the patch. • Patch Type: Refers to whether this patch applies to Microsoft OS/Applications or Non-Microsoft Applications like Adobe, Java, etc. • Reboot: Specifies whether the patch installation requires a system reboot or not. • Severity: Determines the importance of the patch. These severity ratings are as per the bulletin or advisory information. • Approve Status: This refers to whether the patch has been approved for bulk deployment via Automated Patch Deployment. This is significant only if you have enabled Patch Approval prior to buld deployment. You can also approve or decline a patch by selecting the appropriate option from the "Mark As" menu. • Release Date: Refers to the date of release of the patch by the vendor. You can initiate the following actions from here: • Download: Selecting the required patches and clicking Download will download the patch from the vendor site and make it available in the Desktop Central's Patch Repository for deployment. • Install Patches: Selecting the required patches and clicking Install Patch, will open the Install Patch Configuration page from where you can select the targets and deploy. The selected patches will be applied only to the target computers with the corresponding operating system. If the selected patches were applicable for Windows Operating System, then the patches will be distributed only to computers using Windows Operating System and vice versa. 178 Zoho Corp. See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Missing Patches, Installing Missing Patches, Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing Healthy Systems, Viewing Vulnerable Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems 179 Zoho Corp. Viewing Missing Patches The Missing Patches view provides the details of the patches that affects the applications/ systems in your network, which are not installed. To view the list of the missing patches, click the Missing Patches link under the Patch Mgmt tab. You can filter the view based on the application and service pack by selecting the appropriate product and service pack. The severity of the missing patches are depicted in a graph. The details of the missing patches shown in the tabular format include: 1. Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch 2. Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains information about the vulnerability and patch availability. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Bulletin Details view, which provides more info about the Bulletin and the vulnerability 3. Patch Name: The name of the patch. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Patch Details view, which provides more details about the patch. 4. Patch Description: A brief description about the patch. 5. Patch Type: Refers to whether this patch applies to Microsoft OS/Applications or NonMicrosoft Applications like Adobe, Java, etc. 6. Severity: Determines the importance of the patch. These severity ratings are as per the bulletin or advisory information. 7. Approve Status: This refers to whether the patch has been approved for bulk deployment via Automated Patch Deployment. This is significant only if you have enabled Patch Approval prior to buld deployment. You can also approve or decline a patch by selecting the appropriate option from the "Mark As" menu. 8. Release Date: Refers to the date of release of the patch by the vendor. 9. Download Status: Refers to the status of the patch download on the Desktop Central Server. 10. Affected Systems: Refers to the total count of the systems that require this patch to be installed. This also includes the systems where the patch has already been installed. 11. Installed Systems: Refers to the count of the systems where the patch has been installed. 12. Missing Systems: Refers to the count of the systems that do not have the patches installed yet. 13. Failed Systems: Refers to the number of systems on which the patch deployment has failed. Clicking the count will list the details of the failed computers, from where you can redeploy. 14. Platform : Refers to the Operating System used by the computers. You can choose to filter the patch management based on the Operating System such as Windows and Mac. 15. Vendor : Refers to the vendor of the software applications. 180 Zoho Corp. 16. Reboot : Refers whether rebooting is required or not after installation of patches. Installing Patches You can install the patches by selecting the patches to be installed and by clicking the Install Patches button. This will open the Installing Patches Configuration, with the selected patches added. Select the targets and deploy the configuration. The selected patches will be applied only to the target computers with the corresponding operating system. If the selected patches were applicable for Windows Operating System, then the patches will be distributed only to computers using Windows Operating System and vice versa. You can also click the Missing Systems count from where you can select the required systems and select Install Patches to deploy. See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Latest Patches, Installing Missing Patches, Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing Healthy Systems, Viewing Vulnerable Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems 181 Zoho Corp. Viewing Installed Patches The Installed Patches view provides the details of the patches that are installed in your network. To view the list of the installed patches, click the Installed Patches link under the Patch Mgmt tab. You can filter the view based on the application and service pack by selecting the appropriate product and service pack. The severity of the installed patches are depicted in a graph. The details of the missing patches shown in the tabular format include: • Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch • Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains information about the vulnerability and patch availability. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Bulletin Details view, which provides more info about the Bulletin and the vulnerability • Patch Name: The name of the patch. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Patch Details view, which provides more details about the patch. • Patch Description: A brief description about the patch. • Patch Type: Refers to whether this patch applies to Microsoft OS/Applications or Non-Microsoft Applications like Adobe, Java, etc. • Severity: Determines the importance of the patch. These severity ratings are as per the bulletin or advisory information. • Approve Status: This refers to whether the patch has been approved for bulk deployment via Automated Patch Deployment. This is significant only if you have enabled Patch Approval prior to bulk deployment. You can also approve or decline a patch by selecting the appropriate option from the "Mark As" menu. • Release Date: Refers to the date of release of the patch by the vendor. • Download Status: Refers to the status of the patch download on the Desktop Central Server. • Affected Systems: Refers to the total count of the systems that require this patch to be installed. This also includes the systems where the patch has already been installed. To install multiple patches, select the patches and click Install Patches, which will open the Patch Configuration from where you can select the targets and deploy. The target will be listed based on the selected patches, if the selected patches were applicable for windows operating system, then the target will be computers using Windows operating system. See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Latest Patches, Viewing Missing Patches, Installing Missing Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing Healthy Systems, Viewing Vulnerable Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems 182 Zoho Corp. Viewing Supported Patches The All Supported Patches view provides the details of all the patches released by Microsoft Corporation that are supported by Desktop Central. To view the supported patches, click the All Supported Patches link under the Patch Mgmt tab. You can filter the view based on the application and service pack by selecting the appropriate product and service pack. The following details are shown: 1. Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch 2. Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains information about the vulnerability and patch availability. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Bulletin Details view, which provides more info about the Bulletin and the vulnerability 3. Download Status: Determines whether the patch is downloaded from the vendor's website and is made available in the Desktop Central's Patch Repository for deployment. 4. Patch Name: The name of the patch. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Patch Details view, which provides more details about the patch. 5. Patch Description: A brief description about the patch. 6. Patch Type: Refers to whether this patch applies to Microsoft OS/Applications or NonMicrosoft Applications like Adobe, Java, etc. 7. Severity: Determines the importance of the patch. These severity ratings are as per the bulletin or advisory information. 8. Approve Status: This refers to whether the patch has been approved for bulk deployment via Automated Patch Deployment. This is significant only if you have enabled Patch Approval prior to buld deployment. You can also approve or decline a patch by selecting the appropriate option from the "Mark As" menu. 9. Release Date: Refers to the date of release of the patch by the vendor. 10. Reboot: Specifies whether the patch installation requires a system reboot or not. 11. Superceded By: Indicates that the patch is outdated and have another patch that is more recently released and has taken its place. This information is retrieved from the Central Patch Repository that resides at the Zoho Corp.'s site periodically. See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Latest Patches, Viewing Missing Patches, Installing Missing Patches, Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Healthy Systems, Viewing Vulnerable Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems 183 Zoho Corp. Viewing Healthy Systems Healthy systems are those that have all the security patches installed. To view the healthy systems in your network, click the Healthy Systems link under the Patch Mgmt tab. The following details about the healthy systems are shown here: 1. Computer Name: The name of the system. 2. OS Name: The operating system of the computer. 3. Total Patches: Total count of the patches applicable to this system. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 4. Installed Patches: Total count of the patches that are installed. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 5. Missing Patches: Count of the patches that are missing in the system. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 6. Informational Patches: Total count of informational patches. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 7. Obsolete Patches: Total count of obsolete patches. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 8. Health: The health of the system. See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Latest Patches, Viewing Missing Patches, Installing Missing Patches, Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing Vulnerable Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems 184 Zoho Corp. Viewing Vulnerable Systems Vulnerable systems are those that do not have one or more Moderate/Low rated patches installed. To view the Vulnerable systems in your network, click the Vulnerable Systems link under the Patch Mgmt tab. The following details about the vulnerable systems are shown here: 1. Computer Name: The name of the system. 2. OS Name: The operating system of the computer. 3. Total Patches: Total count of the patches applicable to this system. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 4. Installed Patches: Total count of the patches that are installed. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 5. Missing Patches: Count of the patches that are missing in the system. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 6. Informational Patches: Total count of informational patches. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 7. Obsolete Patches: Total count of obsolete patches. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 8. Health: The health of the system. See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Latest Patches, Viewing Missing Patches, Installing Missing Patches, Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing Healthy Systems, Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems 185 Zoho Corp. Viewing Highly Vulnerable Systems Highly Vulnerable systems are those that do not have one or more Critical/Important rated patches installed. To view the highly vulnerable systems in your network, click the Highly Vulnerable link under the Patch Mgmt tab. The following details about the highly vulnerable systems are shown here: 1. Computer Name: The name of the system. 2. OS Name: The operating system of the computer. 3. Total Patches: Total count of the patches applicable to this system. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 4. Installed Patches: Total count of the patches that are installed. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 5. Missing Patches: Count of the patches that are missing in the system. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 6. Informational Patches: Total count of informational patches. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 7. Obsolete Patches: Total count of obsolete patches. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 8. Health: The health of the system. See Also: Viewing Applicable Patches, Viewing Latest Patches, Viewing Missing Patches, Installing Missing Patches, Viewing Installed Patches, Viewing Supported Patches, Viewing Healthy Systems, Viewing Vulnerable Systems 186 Zoho Corp. Viewing Patch Reports The Patch Reports provides you with detailed information about the vulnerable systems in your network and the patch details to fix the vulnerability. Desktop Central determines the vulnerability of the systems by periodic scanning to check whether the applicable patches have been installed. The following reports helps you to check your network vulnerability: 1. Vulnerable Systems Report 2. Vulnerable Patches Report 3. Supported Patches Report 187 Zoho Corp. Viewing Vulnerable Systems Report The Vulnerable Systems Report provides you a snapshot of the healthy and vulnerable systems in your network. To view the report, click the Vulnerable Systems Report link available under the Reports tab. The details of the managed systems and their related patches are shown here: 1. Computer Name: The name of the system. 2. OS Name: The operating system of the computer. 3. Total Patches: Total count of the patches applicable to this system. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 4. Installed Patches: Total count of the patches that are installed. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 5. Missing Patches: Count of the patches that are missing in the system. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 6. Informational Patches: Total count of informational patches. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 7. Obsolete Patches: Total count of obsolete patches. Click this link to view the details of the patches. 8. Health: The health of the system. Application and Patch Summary Report Clicking the system count from the Vulnerable Systems Report, provides you the application-wise patch details for that system with their state like installed, missing, informational, obsolete, etc. See Also: Viewing Vulnerable Patches Report, Viewing Supported Patches Report, Viewing Task Status Report 188 Zoho Corp. Viewing Vulnerable Patches Report The Vulnerable Patches Report provides you the details of the patches that are applicable to your network and the affected systems. By default, it lists the details of the patches released in the current month. You have an option to select a different period or to specify a custom period and generate the report. To view the report, click the Vulnerable Patches Report link available under the Reports tab. The following details are shown here: 1. Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch 2. Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains information about the vulnerability and patch availability. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Bulletin Details view, which provides more info about the Bulletin and the vulnerability 3. Patch Name: The name of the patch. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Patch Details view, which provides more details about the patch. 4. Severity: Determines the importance of the patch. These severity ratings are as per the bulletin or advisory information. 5. Affected Systems: Refers to the total count of the systems that require this patch to be installed. This also includes the systems where the patch has already been installed. Click this link to view the details. 6. Installed Systems: Refers to the count of the systems where the patch has been installed. Click this link to view the details. 7. Missing Systems: Refers to the count of the systems that do not have the patches installed yet. Click this link to view the details. See Also: Viewing Vulnerable Systems Report, Viewing Supported Patches Report, Viewing Task Status Report 189 Zoho Corp. Viewing Supported Patches Report The Supported Patches Report provides the details of all the patches released by Microsoft Corporation irrespective of whether it is related to your network or not. When you plan to upgrade the systems in your network by installing the latest applications, you can sneak through this report to check whether any updates are available for the application. By default, it lists the details of the patches released in the current month. You have an option to select a different period or to specify a custom period and generate the report. You can also filter the reports based on Operating system, Applications, Severity, Language, Approval status, Download Status, Patch type and time. To view the report, click the Supported Patches Report link available under the Reports tab. The following details of the patches are shown here: • Patch ID: A unique reference ID in Desktop Central for every patch. • Bulletin ID: The advisory article provided by the vendor which contains information about the vulnerability and patch availability. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Bulletin Details view, which provides more info about the Bulletin and the vulnerability • Patch Name:The name of the patch. Clicking this link, will lead you to the Patch Details view, which provides more details about the patch. • Severity: Determines the importance of the patch. These severity ratings are as per the bulletin or advisory information. • Reboot: Specifies whether the patch installation requires a system reboot or not. See Also: Viewing Vulnerable Systems Report, Viewing Vulnerable Patches Report, Viewing Task Status Report 190 Zoho Corp. Hardware and Software Inventory Hardware / Software Inventory and Asset Management The Inventory module provides comprehensive details about the hardware and software details of the Windows systems in the network that helps in Asset Management. Desktop Central periodically scans the network to collect the hardware and software asset details from each Windows desktop. The Hardware inventory details include information like, memory, operating system, manufacturer, device types, peripherals, etc. The Software inventory provides details of the software detected in the network grouped by volume and software vendors. It also provides the license compliance details of the software and software metering. Scanning the Windows systems for inventory assets can be scheduled to have an up-to-date information. Alerts are generated to notify any specific events like a new hardware/software detected, license not compliant, etc. The comprehensive reports helps you to view the details in few clicks. Inventory Management Features 1. Complete Hardware and Software Inventory. 2. Scan the systems periodically to collect the hardware and software details. 3. Manage Software Licenses. 4. Detect Prohibited Software in the network. 5. Provides software usage statistics. 6. Alert on specific events. 7. Comprehensive reports on hardware, software inventory and license compliance. Follow the links to learn more, 1. Software Metering 2. Viewing Computer Details 3. Viewing Hardware Details 4. Viewing Software Details 5. Viewing Inventory Alerts 6. Viewing Inventory Reports 191 Zoho Corp. Software Metering Software metering allows you to monitor software usage in your enterprise. The Software Metering feature in Desktop Central, enables you to get the following information: 1. Statistics of software applications used in computers in your network 2. List of prohibited software applications in your network 3. Details of usage of software applications that help you plan your software application-related purchases 4. Status of the license compliance of software that helps you to plan for additional license purchases or cancel unused licenses Features The features include the following: Software Metering Reports There are two types of software metering reports that help you make an informed decision about buying software applications and renewing licenses for existing software applications. The reports are as follows: 1. Software Inventory reports 2. Software Compliance reports Software Metering Rules Software metering rules are rules that you can define to enable easy collection of software usage data for the computers in your network. Prerequisites You must know the following information before you add rules: 1. File name 2. Original file name 3. Product name 4. File version 192 Zoho Corp. To find out the information mentioned above, follow the steps given below: Assume that you have to find the file name, original file name, product name and version of Adobe Media Player. 1. Click start 2. Point to Programs>Adobe 3. Right-click Adobe Device Central CS5 and click Properties 4. In the Shortcut tab, click Find Target The name of the target is the file name. Refer to Figure 1: Target .exe file for Adobe Device Central CS5. If the Find Target option is not available, locate where the .exe file of the application is stored and follow the steps given below. Figure 1: File Name 5. Right-click on the target .exe file and click Properties 6. Click the Version tab 7. In the Item name list, click each of the following names to get information about them: 193 Zoho Corp. 1. Original file name 2. Product name 3. File version Figure 2: Original file name, Product name and Version 8. Click OK You now have the required information to add rules. Adding Rules You are required to add rules to monitor the usage details of specific software applications. To add rules, follow the steps given below: 1. Click Inventory 2. In the Actions/Settings section, click Software Metering 3. Click Add Rules 4. Click Select Software 5. Select the required software application 6. Click Select 7. Enter a name for the rule The name you enter for the rule should be unique and descriptive. For example, if you have selected Adobe Flash Player, you can enter Monitoring Adobe Flash Player Usage as the name of the rule. Once you have used this name, you cannot use it as a name for any other rule. 194 Zoho Corp. 9. Enter the following: 10. File name 11. Original file name 12. Product name 13. Version Refer to the section about prerequisites for more information. 10. Enter comments (if required) 11. Click Save You have added a rule for a software application. By default, the software metering rule is enabled. You can disable, edit or delete the rule by using the icons in the Action column. You can also disable, edit or delete more than one software metering rule simultaneously by using the respective buttons provided. You cannot add software metering rules for groups of software. Predefined Rules In Software Metering there are certain predefined rules available. These rules are used to automatically assign rules to software applications that are commonly monitored. For example, if you monitor the Microsoft Office Suite in all the computers in your network to keep a track of license information, it will be added automatically to the list of software metering rules. Rules will be created for all the software applications that comprise the Microsoft Office Suite. Software Usage Statistics It is important to monitor software usage statistics and record them. This information will help you make an informed decision when you want to buy new software applications or renew licenses for existing software applications. Desktop Central provides information about all the software applications installed in your network. The software usage information is gathered from the metering rules that you create for software applications. 195 Zoho Corp. Viewing software usage information To view software usage information gathered from software metering rules, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Reports tab 2. In the Reports Category, click Inventory Reports 3. In the Software Reports section, click Application Metering Rules Summary 4. You can see the following information: 5. Name of the software metering rule 6. Name of the file 7. Discovered count: This refers to the number of computers that the agent finds the software application installed in. For example, if you have installed Adobe Dreamweaver on 500 computers, but 300 computers are not available (because they are shut down) when the agent is scanning the network. The agent will detect the Adobe Dreamweaver software application only in 200 computers. Hence, the discovered count is 200. This information gets updated everyday at 12:00 a.m. 8. Usage count: This refers to the number of times a software application is used (opened and closed) in all the computers that are being monitored for software usage in your network. For example, if Mozilla Firefox is installed in 300 computers and each of the 300 users uses Mozilla Firefox 10 times a day for 5 working days, the usage count of Mozilla Firefox, for all the computers, will be 15000. You can view the usage details for individual computers and individual software applications which belong to a group, in the Software Details page. To view the details, click on either the name of the software or the discovered count. 1. Duration of usage: This refers to information about how long a software application has been used. This is measured in hours. 5. Click on the discovered count number to view the details of a software metering rule for specific computers. Use this report instead of the report Software Usage by Computer for detailed information about software usage in the computers in your network. You can now view software usage information gathered from software metering rules. 196 Zoho Corp. Viewing Computer Details The Computers view provides the details of the computers and their operating systems. To view the computers, select the Inventory tab and click the Computers link. It also provides a graphical representation of the computers by their operating systems. The table below provides the following details of the computers: 1. Computer Name: The DNS name of the computer 2. Operating system: The operating system of the computer 3. Service Pack: The service pack version of the operating system 4. Version: The operating system version. 5. Virtual Memory: Total virtual memory in kilobytes. 6. Free Virtual Memory:Total virtual memory in kilobytes that is currently unused and available. 7. Visible Virtual Memory:Total physical memory that is available to the operating system. 8. Free Visible Memory: Total physical memory that is currently unused and available. You can use the Column Chooser to select the columns to view. 197 Zoho Corp. Viewing Hardware Details The Hardware view provides the details of the hardware detected in the scanned systems. To view the hardware details, select the Inventory tab and click the Hardware link. It provides the following details: 1. Hardware Name: Name of the hardware device. 2. Hardware Type: Type of the hardware like processor, keyboard, port, etc. 3. Manufacturer: Name of the manufacturer of that hardware device. 4. Number of Items: Total number of items available in the scanned system. To get the details of number of copies available in each system, click the number of items. You can use the Column Chooser to select the columns to view. 198 Zoho Corp. Viewing Software Details The Software Inventory view provides the details of the software detected in the scanned systems. To view the software inventory details, select the Inventory tab and click the Software link. You can filter the view by Software Type, Access Type, or License Compliance status using the Filter option. It provides the following details: 1. Software Name: Name of the software. 2. Version: The version of the software. 3. Software Type: Can be either commercial or non-commercial. Use the Move To option to specify the software type. 4. Purchased: Number of copies purchased. This information has to be provided by clicking the Add / Modify License button or from Manage Software Licenses. 5. Installed: Number of copies installed. 6. Remaining: Number of licenses remaining. 7. Compliant Status: The license compliance status of the software. The status is arrived based on the license count specified using the Add / Modify License button or from Manage Software Licenses and is not applicable for non-commercial software. 8. Access Type: Can be either Allowed or Prohibited. To add/remove software to the prohibited links, use the Move To option or from Configure Prohibited Software. 9. Vendor: The software vendor. 10. Licensed To: Refers to the person or the company to whom the software is licensed. 11. Purchased Date: Date of purchase of license. 12. License Expiry Date: Date of license expiry. 13. Remarks: Remarks, if any. You can use the Column Chooser to select the columns to view. To Add License Details 1. Select the software from the table and click Add/Modify License. This opens the Add / Modify License view. 2. The manufacturer and the software version details are pre-filled and cannot be modified. 3. Specify the number of licenses purchased. 4. Specify the purchase and expiry date in the respective fields (optional). 5. Click Add License. 199 Zoho Corp. To Specify Software and Access Type 1. Select the software from the table and choose the access or the software type from the Move To combo box. You can select multiple software and choose the required option. 2. Click OK to confirm. To Assign Software to a specific Category 1. Select the software from the table and choose a category from the Assign To Category combo box. You can select multiple software and assign them to a category. 2. Click OK to confirm. Note: When you assign a software that was earlier assigned to a different category to a new category, it gets automatically disassociated from the previous category. This means that you cannot have the same software in two different categories simultaneously. 200 Zoho Corp. Viewing Inventory Alerts Desktop Central generates Email Alerts to notify the following: 1. When a new hardware is detected in the network 2. When a new software is detected in the network 3. Non Compliance of software licensing policy, i.e., the license is inadequate and have to purchase more licenses to be compliant 4. When a prohibited software is detected in the network. Based on the alert configuration, alerts are generated. You can view the alerts selecting the Inventory tab and clicking the Alerts link from the left pane. You can filter the view based on the Alert Type, which can be any of the following: 1. Hardware Added 2. Hardware Removed 3. Allowed Software Installed 4. Allowed Software Uninstalled 5. Prohibited Software Installed 6. Prohibited Software uninstalled 7. Software Under-Licensed 8. License Expired 9. Prohibited Software Identified 10. New Computer Identified 201 Zoho Corp. Viewing Inventory Reports Desktop Central provides various out-of-the-box inventory reports to view the software and hardware inventory details of the systems in the network. It also provides reports for verifying the license compliance and software metering. • Hardware Inventory Reports • Software Inventory Reports • Software Compliance Reports • System Details Reports • Warranty Reports 202 Zoho Corp. Hardware Inventory Reports 1. Computers by OS 2. Computers by Manufacturer 3. Computers by Memory 4. Computers by Age 5. Computers by Device Type 6. Computer by Disk Usage Computers by OS Provides the details of the computers by their operating system. A graphical representation of the computers summary is also provided. Clicking a specific computer from the report provides more detailed information about the hardware and software details along with their usage metrics. From the computer details view, you can also establish a remote connection to the computer by clicking the Connect button To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Computers by OS link available under Hardware Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports Computers by Manufacturer Provides the details of the computers by their manufacturer. A graphical representation of the computers summary is also provided. Clicking a specific computer from the report provides more detailed information about the hardware and software details along with their usage metrics. From the computer details view, you can also establish a remote connection to the computer by clicking the Connect button To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Computers by Manufacturer link available under Hardware Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports Computers by Memory Provides the details of the computers by their RAM size. A graphical representation of the computers summary is also provided. Clicking a specific computer from the report provides more detailed information about the hardware and software details along with their usage metrics. From the computer details view, you can also establish a remote connection to the computer by clicking the Connect button 203 Zoho Corp. To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Computers by Memory link available under Hardware Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports Computers by Age Provides the details of the computers by their year of manufacturing. A graphical representation of the computers summary is also provided. Clicking a specific computer from the report provides more detailed information about the hardware and software details along with their usage metrics. From the computer details view, you can also establish a remote connection to the computer by clicking the Connect button To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Computers by Age link available under Hardware Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports Computers by Device Type Provides the details of the computers based on their type like, Laptop, Portable, Desktop etc. Clicking a specific computer from the report provides more detailed information about the hardware and software details along with their usage metrics. From the computer details view, you can also establish a remote connection to the computer by clicking the Connect button To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Computers by Device Type link available under Hardware Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports Computer by Disk Usage Provides the details of the computers along with their total and free hard disk space. You can filter the view by domain ot by specifying the disk usage criteria. Clicking a specific computer from the report provides more detailed information about the hardware and software details along with their usage metrics. From the computer details view, you can also establish a remote connection to the computer by clicking the Connect button To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Computer by Disk Usage link available under Hardware Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports 204 Zoho Corp. Software Inventory Reports • Software by Manufacturer • Recently Installed Software • Prohibited Software • Software Usage by Computer • Software Product Keys • Computers with/without a specific Software • Software Metering Software by Manufacturer Provides the details of the software installed in the scanned systems based on their vendors along with the total number of copies installed. Clicking the copies count will show the computers that have the software installed. You can filter the view by selecting a vendor from the combo box. To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Software by Manufacturer link available under Software Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports Recently Installed Software Provides the list of software installed recently. You can choose to select a pre defined period or provide a custom period to get the software list. To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Recently Installed Software link available under Software Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports Prohibited Software Provides the list of prohibited software detected in the network. To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Prohibited Software link available under Software Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports 205 Zoho Corp. Software Usage by Computer Provides the list of software and their usage statistics in individual computers. To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Software Usage by Computer link available under Software Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports Software Product Keys Provides the list of Product Keys that were used for installing the software. The Product Keys can be identified for the following software: 1. Adobe Photoshop 2. Macromedia Dreamweaver 3. Macromedia Flash 4. Microsoft Office 5. Microsoft SQL Server 6. Microsoft Visual Studio To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Software Product Keys link available under Software Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports Computers with/without a specific Software Displays the list of Computers that have/do not have a particular software installed on them. You have the flexibility to extract the list based on inputs like, Exact Match of the Software Name specified (or) just a part of the Software Name, etc. Say for example: For an exact match, you specify MS Word and select "Equal" in the Software Name filter. And if you want to identify all the computers that have any of the Microsoft Products, you can simply select the "Like" filter and specify Microsoft in the Software Name field. To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Computers with/without a specific Software link available under Software Reports category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports Software Metering For every Software Metering Rule that you have defined, the Software Metering report will provide the summary of the usage statistics like the number of computers which have this software installed, the usage count of this software and the total usage in hours. You can click on the computers count to get the usage statistics on the individual computers where this software is installed. To view the report, select Inventory --> Inventory Reports --> Software Metering 206 Zoho Corp. License Compliance Reports 1. License Compliance Report 2. Licenses to be Renewed License Compliance Report Provides the details of the commercial software with their license compliance status. The license compliance status id determined based on the input provided in the Manage Software Licenses. To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the License Compliance Report link by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports Licenses to be Renewed Provides the list of software whose licenses have to be renewed shortly. You can choose the time period from the combo box. You can also view the licenses that has already expired by selecting the appropriate option. To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Licenses to be Renewed link by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports Viewing System Details Reports • Local Group Members • Computers by Services Local Group Members This reports will give you the list of local user accounts available in the computers of the selected domain. By default, this will list the all the computers with group name as Administrator. You can filter the view by selecting the domain or a custom group and choose the group to view their details. To view the report, select the Inventory tab and choose the Local Group Members link available under System Details category by hovering the mouse over the Inventory Reports 207 Zoho Corp. Computers by Services This report provides you with the list of computers that has a particular Windows Service running. You can choose the service, its start mode and state and click Generate Report to get the list of computers running that particular service. To view the report, select Inventory tab --> Inventory Reports --> Computers by Services. Viewing Warranty Reports Desktop Central automatically retrieves the warranty information of Dell, HP, Toshiba and Lenova computers and provides you the details of the computers whose warranty is about to expire or whose warranty has already expired, etc. While Dell, Toshiba and Lenova computers require no additional information other than their service tag, HP computers require the Product Number to retrieve the warranty information from the vendor. To specify the Product Number of HP computers, follow the steps below: 1. Select Admin --> Feed Custom Data for Computers 2. Choose the HP computers from this list and click the edit link available beside it. 3. Specify the Product Number of the computer in the respective field and save. 1. Do not specify the Shipping and Expiry date yourself. Specifying this will stop automatic warranty check and all the warranty reports will be based on this expiry date you specify here. 2. You can also import the product numbers in bulk using the Import from CSV option For computers other than HP, Toshiba, Dell and Lenova, you can specify the shipping and expiry information manually here to get warranty information in reports. Soon-to-expire Warranty Provides you the details of the computers whose warranty is about to expire soon. You can filter the view to choose the Domain, Custom Group and expiry period. Expired Warranty Provides the list of computers whose warranty has already expired 208 Zoho Corp. Unidentified Computers Computers whose warranty information could not be retrieved or for those whose expiry information has not been specified manually will be listed here. 209 Zoho Corp. Windows Tools Desktop Central provides various windows tools that can be run on the network system simultaneously. This section guides you through the purpose and the process of accessing these tools. The Windows Tools include the following: • System Tools • Remote Desktop Sharing • Wake on LAN Tool • Remote Shutdown Tool • Chat To access these tools, select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central Client and click on the respective tool. 210 Zoho Corp. System Tools Windows System Tools Desktop Central provides various system tools, such as Disk Cleaner, Disk Checker, and Disk Defragmenter, that can be run on the multiple computers simultaneously. This section guides you through the process of creating and scheduling tasks to run these tools and to view the status history of the tasks that are executed. Follow the links to learn more: 1. Creating and Scheduling Tasks 2. Viewing and Modifying the Tasks 3. Viewing the Task History 211 Zoho Corp. Creating and Scheduling Tasks To create and schedule a task to run the Windows system tools in multiple computers, follow the steps below: 1. Select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central client. This opens the list of tools that can be run on the network machines. 2. Click on any of the tools under the System Tools category to open the Task Details page. This lists all the tasks that are already created and scheduled. Click the Add Task button to create a new task. This opens the Add Task Wizard and follow the instructions as explained below: Step 1: Define Task 1. Provide a name and description for the task. 2. Select the tools that you wish to run and click Next. 3. Based on the tool selection, specify the options for executing the task as below: 1. Check Disk: Select the drive that has to be checked and the required options and click Next. You can select from any of the following options: 1. Verbose - Displays the name of each file in every directory as the disk is checked. 2. Quick Check - This option is only available for NTFS file system. This skips the checking of cycles within the folder structure and performs a less vigorous check of index entries to reduce the time. 2. Disk Cleanup: Select the files and folders to be cleaned and click Next. The following actions can be performed ** 1. Compress old files - Windows can compress files that you have not used in a while. Compressing the files saves disk space while still enabling you to use them. No files are deleted. Because files are compressed at different rates, the displayed amount of disk space you will gain is approximate. 2. Remove content indexer - The Indexing service speeds up and improves file searches by maintaining an index of the files on the disk. These files are left over from a previous indexing operation and can be deleted safely. 3. Remove downloaded Program Files - Downloaded program files are ActiveX controls and Java programs that are downloaded automatically from the Internet when you view certain pages. They are temporarily stored in the Downloaded Program Files folder on your hard disk. 4. Remove internet cache files - The Temporary Internet Files folder contains Web pages that are stored on your hard disk for quick viewing. Your personalized settings for Web pages are left intact. 212 Zoho Corp. 5. Remove Office setup files - Installation files used by office. If these files are removed from your computer, you may be prompted for original installation media or source during Reinstall, Repair, or Patch operation. It is recommended that you not remove these files unless you always have ready access to your installation media 6. Remove offline files - Temporary files are local copies of network files that you specifically made available offline so that you can use them when you are disconnected from the network. 7. Remove old check disk files - When Chkdsk checks your disk for errors, it might save lost file fragments as files in your disk's root folder. These files are unnecessary and can be removed. 8. Empty recycle bin - The Recycle Bin contains files you have deleted from your computer. These files are not permanently removed until you empty the Recycle Bin. 9. Remove Temporary files - Programs sometimes store temporary information in a Temp folder. Before a program quits, it usually deletes this information. You can safely delete temporary files that have not been modified in over a week. 10. Remove temporary offline files - Temporary offline files are local copies of recently used network files that are automatically cached for you so that you can use them when you are disconnected from the network. 11. Remove Active Setup Temp Folders 12. Remove memory dump files 13. Remove remote desktop cache files 14. Remove setup log files 15. Remove old system restore positions. 16. Remove web pages 17. Remove uninstall backup images 18. Remove webclient and web publisher cache files 3. Disk Defragmenter: Select the drive that has to be defragmented and the required options and click Next. Seelct from the following options: 1. Verbose: Displays the complete analysis and defragmentation reports 2. Analyze: Analyzes the volume and displays a summary of the analysis report. 3. Force Defragmentation: Forces defragmentation of the drive regardless of whether it needs to be defragmented. Step 2: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the tasks. Step 3: Define Scheduler 213 Zoho Corp. Specify the following scheduling options: Parameter Run As* Description The name of the user as whom the task will be run. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter, for example, $DomainName\$DomainUserName or $ComputerName\$DomainUserName. Password The password of the user. Confirm Password Confirm the password again. Perform this task* Specify the time to perform the task. You can select from the following options: 1. Daily: To run the task daily. Specify the time and duration to run the task. 2. Weekly: To run the task on specific day(s) in a week. Specify the time, start date, and days on which the task has to be run. 3. Monthly: To run the task specific day every month(s). You need to specify starting time, select a day and select a month/months. 4. Once: To run the task only once. You need to specify the date and time. 5. At System Startup: To run the task when the system is started. 6. At Logon: To run the task during the user logon. 7. When Idle: To run the task when the system is idle for the specified time. Advanced Settings General 1. Enabled: Select this option to run the task at the specified time. 2. Run only when logged on: Select this option to run the task only when the user has logged on. Scheduled Task Completed 1. Delete the task if it is not scheduled to run again: Select this option to delete the task when it is no longer scheduled. 2. Stop Task: Select this option and specify the 214 Zoho Corp. duration after which the task will be stopped. Idle Time Select the required options: 1. Specify the duration,the system has to be idle before starting a task. 2. Stop the task if the computer ceases to be idle Power Management Select the required options: 1. Don't start the task if the computer is running on batteries 2. Stop the task if battery mode begins 3. Wake the computer to run this task Step 4: Deploy the Task Click the Deploy button to deploy the task in the defined targets. The tasks will be run at the scheduled time and interval. The status of the tasks and its execution history can be verified from the Task Details page. Refer to the Viewing the Task History topic for details. See Also: Viewing and Modifying the Tasks, Viewing Task History, Disk Defragmenter, Check Disk, Disk Cleanup **The descriptions of various file types in Disk Cleanup are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation 215 Zoho Corp. Viewing and Modifying the Tasks Desktop Central allows creating multiple tasks that can be created to run various actions on different target computers at different intervals. You can view the tasks that are created by following the steps below: 1. Select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central client. This opens the list of tools that can be run on the computers. 2. Click on any of the tools under the System Tools category to open the Task Details page. This lists all the tasks that are already created and scheduled. 3. To modify a task, 1. Click the icon from the Actions column of the corresponding task. 2. This opens the Modify Configuration Wizard. You can add/remove tools, change the tool options, the target systems, and the scheduled time as required. 3. Click Deploy to effect the changes. 4. To Delete a task, click the icon from the Actions column of the corresponding task. See Also: Creating and Scheduling Tasks, Viewing Task History, Disk Defragmenter, Check Disk, Disk Cleanup 216 Zoho Corp. Viewing Task History Desktop Central provides the details of the tasks executed on the target devices and the access logs of the tool execution. Viewing Last Execution Status 1. Select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central client. This opens the list of tools that can be run on the network machines. 2. Click on any of the tools under the System Tools category to open the Task Details page. This lists all the tasks that are already created and scheduled. 3. Click on a task to view the details, such as the systems in which the task is executed, the last execution time, and the status of the task execution. Clicking the status will provide the access log of the performed task. Viewing Task Execution History 1. Select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central client. This opens the list of tools that can be run on the network machines. 2. Click on any of the tools under the System Tools category to open the Task Details page. This lists all the tasks that are already created and scheduled. 3. To view the history of the task executed on a specific system, click the computer name. This will provide the history of the task execution on that computer along with the status on each execution. Clicking the status will provide the access log pertaining to that execution. See Also: Creating and Scheduling Tasks, Viewing and Modifying the Tasks, Disk Defragmenter, Check Disk, Disk Cleanup 217 Zoho Corp. Remote Desktop Sharing The Remote Desktop Sharing feature in Desktop Central enables administrators to access remote computers in a network. This Web-based feature enables you to access computers in both Local Area Networks (LAN) and Wide Area Networks (WAN). Read the following sections to learn more about the Remote Desktop Sharing feature: 1. Prerequisites 2. Making required settings 3. Connecting to remote computers 4. Transferring files 5. Troubleshooting tips Advantages The advantages of using the Remote Desktop Sharing feature are as follows: 1. Does not require authentication to gain access to a remote computer 2. Supports viewing and accessing remote computers using Active X and Java Plug-ins 3. Enables administrators to prompt users for confirmation before providing access to a remote desktop 218 Zoho Corp. Prerequisites for Sharing Computers Remotely You can access computers of remote computers, in a Local Area Network (LAN) or in a Wide Area Network (WAN), to complete various tasks. For example, you can remotely access a computer to Ensure that the following prerequisites are met before you access computers remotely. You must do the following: 1. Configure controls in the browser you are using 2. Open the required ports 3. Configure settings to share computers remotely Configuring Controls in Your Browser You are required to configure certain controls in your browser before connecting remotely to a computer. For example, if you are using an ActiveX viewer, in Mozilla Firefox, to view the remote computer, you must install Java Plug-ins in the browser you are using. Ensure that you configure controls only in the browser from where a remote connection is being established. Configuring ActiveX Controls in Internet Explorer You must configure ActiveX controls when using Internet Explorer to connect to computers remotely. To configure ActiveX controls in Internet Explorer, you must make the following settings for your Web content zone: 1. Specify custom security settings 2. Set the security level Specifying Custom Security Settings To specify custom security settings for your local intranet, follow the steps given below: 1. Open Internet Explorer 2. On the Tools menu, click Internet Options 3. Click the Security tab 219 Zoho Corp. 4. In the required Web content zone icon For example, if the remote computer and the Desktop Central server are both in the local intranet, you must configure the following settings for the local intranet. 5. Click Custom Level 6. In the Settings section, under ActiveX controls and plug-ins, click Enable or Prompt in the following sections: 1. Download signed ActiveX controls 2. Download unsigned ActiveX controls 3. Run ActiveX controls and plug-ins 4. Script ActiveX controls marked safe for scripting 7. Click OK to save the security settings you made 8. Click OK to close the Internet Options property sheet You have enabled ActiveX controls in Internet Explorer Setting Security Levels To set the security level, follow the steps given below: 1. Open Internet Explorer 2. On the Tools menu, click Internet Options 3. Click the Security tab 4. Select Local intranet 5. Click Default Level 6. Set the security level to either one of the following: 1. Medium 2. Medium-Low 3. Low 7. Click to enable the following 1. ActiveX controls marked safe for scripting 2. Run ActiveX controls and plug-ins 3. Download signed ActiveX controls 4. Download unsigned ActiveX controls 8. Click Apply to apply the option you have set the security level to 9. Click OK to close the Internet Options property sheet You have set the security level for your local intranet. 220 Zoho Corp. Configuring Mozilla Firefox or Flock to Install Desktop Central Add-ons Before you use either Mozilla Firefox or Flock to establish a connection with a computer remotely, you must configure the browser settings to allow you to install Desktop Central addons in it. To configure Mozilla Firefox or Flock to enable you to install Desktop Central add-ons in it, follow the steps given below: 1. On the Tools menu, click Options 2. Click the Security tab 3. Enable the Warn me when sites try to install add-ons option 4. Click Exceptions 5. In the Allowed Sites section, add the name or the IP Address of the machine where the Desktop Central server is installed 6. Click Allow 7. Click Close 8. Click OK to close the Options property sheet You have configured Mozilla Firefox or Flock to enable installation of Desktop Central add-ons. Now you can install the required Desktop Central add-on. When you've installed the required add-ons, you can connect remotely to computers. Installing Java Plug-ins in Browsers You must install Java plug-ins when you want to: 1. Use the Java viewer to connect remotely to a computer from a browser 2. Use the ActiveX viewer in Mozilla Firefox or Flock to connect to a remote computer If Java plug-ins are already installed, the connection is automatically established. However, if the required Java plug-ins are not installed, you will be prompted to download and install them to connect to a remote computer. You can download and install Java plug-ins from http://java.sun.com/products/plugin. You may have to restart the browser after installing the plug-ins. Opening Required Ports 221 Zoho Corp. You must open relevant ports in the firewall in the Desktop Central server, when you want to do the following remotely: 1. Control computers 2. Transfer files If there is a third-party firewall between the Desktop Central server and the remote computer, you must open port number 8443. Opening Ports to Control Computers Remotely You must open the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port 8443 in the computer where the Desktop Central server is installed. If you are using the Windows firewall, follow the steps below to add this port to the exception list: (If you are using Windows XP or older versions, follow the steps mentioned below) 1. Click start>Settings>Control Panel 2. Double-click Windows Firewall 3. Click the Exceptions tab 4. Click Add Port 5. 6. 7. 8. Enter a name for the port Enter 8443 in the Port number box Click TCP Click OK (If you are using Windows Vista, follow the steps mentioned below) 1. Click Start> Control Panel> Windows Firewall 2. Select Allow a program through Windows Firewall 3. Click Continue in the window that pops up which will open the Windows Firewall Settings Page 4. click on Add Port 5. Enter Port name 6. Port number as 8443 for http and 8444 for https connection 7. Specify Protocol type as TCP 8. click Ok to save the settings. (If you are using Windows 7, follow the steps mentioned below) 1. Click start> Control Panel> Windows Firewall 2. Click on Inbound Rules in the select New Rule under Actions. A new window pops up. 222 Zoho Corp. 3. Select the rule type as Port and click Next 4. Select the Protocol and Ports as TCP 5. Select Specific Local Ports Enter port # 8443 for http connection / 8444 for https connection 6. Specify the action type as Allow connection / Allow Secure Connection 7. Specify the profile type as per your requirement. 8. Enter Name and Description 9. Click Finish to Save You have opened the port required to control computers remotely. Opening Ports to Transfer Files Remotely The following list gives you the port numbers that you must open to transfer riles remotely. These are categorized as follows: For a secure mode of transfer When you want to transfer files using a secure mode of transfer you must open the following ports: 1. Gateway Port:8443 2. File Transfer Port: 8031 For a non-secure mode of transfer When you do not want to transfer files using a secure mode of transfer you must open the following ports 1. Gateway Port: 8444 2. File Transfer Port: 8032 Changing the mode of transfer The default mode of transfer is the secure mode. However, to change the mode of transfer to the non-secure mode, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Control 3. Click the Settings tab 4. In the Port Settings section, uncheck the Use Secure Connection checkbox 223 Zoho Corp. You have changed the mode of transfer from a secure connection to a non-secure connection. Configuring Remote Desktop Settings You can configure the following settings in Desktop Central before you connect and control a remote computer: 1. Port-related settings 2. Compression settings 3. Prompt settings 4. General settings Features of the Remote Desktop Settings The table given below enables you to understand when to use each of the settings given in the Settings tab for Remote Desktop Sharing: S.No. 1 Section Option Description General Settings Viewer Type This enables you to choose the viewer you want to use to view the computer that you access remotely. You can choose either an ActiveX viewer or a Java viewer. Notify users upon Use this option when you want to notify your sharing users that the administrator has connected remotely to their computer. Disable Wallpaper Use this option to disable the wallpaper (set during Remote Connection by the user) during a remote connection. Disable Aero Theme Use this option to disable the Aero theme during Remote Connection during a remote connection. This is only applicable for computers that have the Microsoft Windows Vista operating system (and later versions) installed in them. Log the reason for Use this option to ensure that the remote connection administrator enters a reason while connecting remotely to a computer. Blacken the monitor Use this option to blacken the monitor of the of the client computer during user during a remote connection. This ensures that the user does not see the remote connection changes that are made by the administrator. 224 Zoho Corp. S.No. Section Option Description Lock the keyboard Use this option when you want to take full and the mouse of the control of the user's computer to complete a client computer during remote task. administration 2 Port Settings Use secure This ensures that you use a secure connection connection when connecting to a user's computer remotely 3 Compression Fast Settings Use this option, when you want the rendering to be faster. The compression ratio will be lower and will consume higher bandwidth comparatively. Best Use this option, when you want to optimize bandwidth utilization. The compression ratio will be higher and the User Interface (UI) rendering will be comparatively slower. 4 Prompt Enable Prompt Settings This option allows you to get confirmation from a user before connecting to their computer. Only Desktop Central users with administrative privileges can configure this option. 1. If a user is logged in, Desktop Central sends a remote-connection confirmation request for the user's approval. Remote connection is established only if the user approves the request within 30 seconds. If the user does not approve the request within 30 seconds, the remote connection is not established automatically. 2. If a user is not logged in, the remote connection is established without waiting for a confirmation from the user. Time out (in seconds) Use this option to set the amount of time you want to give the user to approve the request to allow a remote connection. Prompt Message Enter the text that you want the user to see 225 Zoho Corp. S.No. Section Option Description when prompted for confirmation to allow remote control. To configure remote computer settings, follow the steps given below: You must have administrator privileges to make the settings given below. 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Control 3. Click the Settings tab 4. In the General Settings section, make the following settings: 5. Select the type of viewer The viewer you choose will be the default option for all the users and they can change it if required. 6. Check the required checkboxes 7. In the Port Settings section, check the Use Secure Connection checkbox 8. Enter 8443 and 8031 in the Gateway Port and File Transfer Port boxes, respectively The port numbers that you specify should be opened in the firewall of the computer where the Desktop Central server is installed. 9. In the Compression settings section, check the required options 10. Click Save Changes You have configured the remote computer settings as required. 226 Zoho Corp. Remote Desktop Sharing: Configuring Settings You are required to configure the following settings before you connect to a remote computer: 1. General settings 2. User-confirmation settings 3. Screen Recording Settings 4. Performance settings 5. Idle Session Settings General Settings You can make general settings using the Settings tab to enable the option to: 1. Select the type of viewer you want to use to view the computer that you will access remotely. You can choose either an ActiveX viewer or a Java viewer. 2. Notify users that you have connected remotely to their computer. 3. Disable the wallpaper set by the user during a remote connection. 4. Disable the Aero theme during a remote connection. This is only applicable for computers that have the Microsoft Windows Vista operating system, and later versions, installed in them. 5. Ensure that a reason is entered while connecting remotely to a computer. 6. Blacken the user's monitor during a remote connection. This ensures that the user does not see the changes that are made by the administrator. 7. Lock the keyboard and the mouse of the client computer during remote administration. You can use this option when you want to take full control of the user's computer to complete a task. 8. Capture alpha-blending. This enables you to capture transparent windows. 9. View-only mode. You can only view remote computers using this mode. You cannot give any inputs or make changes in the computer that you are viewing. You are required to disable the following options to use the view-only mode: 1. Notify users upon sharing 2. Blacken the monitor of the client computer during a remote connection 3. Lock the keyboard and mouse of the client computer during a remote connection 4. Capture alpha-blending 5. User confirmation Using Other Settings While Using the View-only Mode This section comprises information about how other settings will work when the viewonly mode has been enabled: 227 Zoho Corp. 1. If you want to view a computer silently, ensure that all the other options like locking a keyboard, capture alpha-blending, notifying a user and user confirmation are disabled. 2. If the Make User Confirmation Permanent option is enabled, the view-only mode option will be disabled automatically. Configuring General Settings To configure remote computer settings, follow the steps given below: You must have administrator privileges to make the settings given below. 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Control 3. Click the Settings tab 4. In the General Settings section, make the following settings: 5. Select the type of viewer The viewer you choose will be the default option for all the users and they can change it if required. 6. Check the required checkboxes 7. Click Save Changes You have configured the general settings. User-confirmation Settings You can send users a message asking for permission to connect remotely to their computers. This option allows you to get confirmation from a user before connecting to their computer. Only Desktop Central users with administrative privileges can configure this option. If a user is logged in, Desktop Central sends a remote-connection confirmation request for the user's approval. Remote connection is established only if the user approves the request within 30 seconds. If the user does not approve the request within 30 seconds, the remote connection is not established automatically. If a user is not logged in, the remote connection is established without waiting for a confirmation from the user. 228 Zoho Corp. You can also do the following: 1. Set the amount of time you want to give the user to approve the request to allow a remote connection 2. Enter the text that you want the user to see when prompted for confirmation to allow remote control 3. Check the Always Prompt checkbox to send a user-confirmation message to users even if they have logged off or in locked state 4. Exclude computers from receiving a user-confirmation message Making User Confirmation Permanent One of the prerequisites required to comply with HIPAA is to protect user privacy. Therefore, it is mandatory to get the approval of users before connecting remotely to their computers. Making user confirmation permanent will ensure that you always get the user's consent before establishing a remote connection. If you choose to make user confirmation permanent you cannot revert the settings. Using Other Settings After Making User Confirmation Permanent This section comprises information about how other settings like Always Prompt and Exclude Computers will work when user confirmation has been made permanent. 1. If you enable the Make User Confirmation Permanent option. All the computers in your network will receive a user-confirmation message before a remote connection is established. 2. If you check the Exclude Computers checkbox after you have enabled the Make User Confirmation Permanent option, the following actions will take place: 3. 1. All computers in your network will receive a user-confirmation message 2. Computers in the Exclude Computers list will not receive a user-confirmation message 4. If you check the Always Prompt checkbox after you have enabled the Make User Confirmation Permanent option, the following actions will take place: 1. All computers in your network will receive a user-confirmation message 2. Computers that are locked and users that have logged off will receive a userconfirmation message 5. If you check both the Always Prompt and Exclude Computers checkbox after you have enabled the Make User Confirmation Permanent option, the following actions will take place: 1. All computers in your network will receive a user-confirmation message 2. Computers in the Exclude Computers list will not receive a user-confirmation message 229 Zoho Corp. 3. Computers that are locked and users that have logged off will receive a userconfirmation message Steps This section comprises steps required to do the following: 1. Configure user-confirmation settings 2. Exclude computers from receiving a user-confirmation message before a remote connection is established Configuring User-confirmation Settings To configure user confirmation settings, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Control 3. Click the User Confirmation tab 4. Check the User Confirmation checkbox You can check the Always Prompt checkbox to send a user-confirmation message to users even if they have logged off or in locked state. 5. Enter the amount of time you want to give the user, to approve the request to allow a remote connection, in the Time-out box 6. Enter a customized message to display on the user's screen asking for approval for a remote connection, in the Confirmation Message box 7. Click Save Changes You have configured the user confirmation settings. Excluding Computers You can also exclude computers from receiving a user-confirmation message. When you exclude computers from receiving user-confirmation messages, you can connect to them immediately, without an approval from the user. If you have made the user-confirmation option permanent, check the Exclude Computers checkbox to ensure that the computers in the Exclude Computers list do not receive a userconfirmation message before a connection is established. 230 Zoho Corp. To exclude computers from receiving a user confirmation message requesting users to allow a remote connection, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Control 3. Click the User Confirmation tab 4. In the Exclude Computers section, click Add Computers 5. Filter computers as required. For example, you can filter the computers by domain 6. Select the computers that should not receive a confirmation message before you connect remotely to them 7. Click OK These settings will be effective only when you check the User Confirmation checkbox. Screen Recording Settings Screen recording enables you to record the entire remote control session that can be used for auditing purposes. Given below are the operation performed when you have enabled screen recording: 1. When you connect to a computer, the Desktop Central Agent on the computer to which you connect will check for the available hard disk space for saving the video. 2. If sufficient space is available, the session and recording will start and a notification will be displayed on the client computer that this session is being recorded (configurable) 3. After the session is completed, the recorded video is uploaded to the Desktop Central Server. The recorded video is available under the History tab available within the Remote Control tool. To enable and configure Screen Recording, follow the steps below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Control 3. Select the Screen Recording tab 4. Select the "Enable Screen Recording" check box and specify the following 1. Select the required Codec that have to be used for compression and decompression of the video. If the selected Codec is not available on the remote computer, the default codec will be used. 2. Chose the Frames per Second. The higher the frames per second will give you a smooth mouse movements, while it also increases the size of the video. If it is just for auditing purposes, it is better to leave it with the default value. 3. Choose the required color quality. Higher the color quality will gives broader range of color depth, but also increases the size of the video. 231 Zoho Corp. 4. Specify the maximum storage size for the recorded videos. When the storage limit exceeds, the previously recorded files are automatically deleted to free the space. 5. Specify what should be done when there is no enough space on the remote computer when the session is in progress. You can either choose to stop the recording and continue with the session or disconnect the session. 6. If you wish to notify the users that the remote control session is being recorded, select the "Enable User Notification" checkbox and specify the message and notification duration. If you want the notification be permanently displayed throughout the session, select "Always show a notification when recording is in progress" option. Performance Settings You can configure the following performance settings to increase the performance of remote connectivity: 1. Compression Settings Compression settings include the following options: 1. Fast: Use this option, when you want the rendering to be faster. The compression ratio will be lower and will consume higher bandwidth comparatively. 2. Best: Use this option, when you want to optimize bandwidth utilization. The compression ratio will be higher and the User Interface (UI) rendering will be comparatively slower. 1. Color-quality Settings Selecting an appropriate color-quality level enables you to use your bandwidth effectively during a remote session. Lowering the level of the color quality will decrease the consumption of your bandwidth. This will ensure effective bandwidth consumption. Default Settings The default settings for performance settings are as follows: 1. Compression Settings 1. For LAN (local offices): Fast 2. For WAN (remote offices):Best 2. Color Quality 1. For LAN (local offices): High (16 bit) 2. For WAN (remote offices):High (16 bit) 232 Zoho Corp. Configuring Performance Settings To configure performance settings, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Control 3. Click the Performance tab 4. Click in the Action column against the name of the required computer 5. Select the required settings for the following from the dropdown boxes: 1. Compression 2. Color Quality 6. Click Save You have configured the performance settings as required. Idle Session Settings You can enhance the security of remote control feature by using idle session time out feature. When no actions are performed on the remote computer, the session is said be 'idle'. You can specify a maximum time limit for the remote session to be idle. when the idle time limit exceeds the specified time, the session gets disconnected and remote machine will be locked automatically. To configure the idle session settings follow the steps mentioned below; 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Select Remote Control 3. Click Settings tab 4. Click the check box to enable Idle Session Settings 5. Specify the maximum time limit allowed for the remote session to be idle. 6. Specify the action that needs to be performed while the idle session exceeds the specified time. Click to enable one of the below mentioned options; • Disconnect the remote connection • Disconnect and lock the remote connection 7. Click Save Changes. You have configured the idle session settings successfully. 233 Zoho Corp. Connecting to Remote Desktop Desktop Central's Remote Control feature enables administrators to access any computer in a Local Area Network (LAN) or a Wide Area Network. Ensure that you have completed these prerequisites and made the required settings before you connect remotely to a computer. Using this feature you can do the following: 1. Connect remotely to computers 2. Transfer files between computers 3. Switch between multiple monitors during a remote session Connecting Remotely to Computers To connect remotely to computers, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Control 3. Click You have connected remotely to a computer. You can use the View Desktop link to control the user's computer. When you are connecting to a remote desktop for the first time from a specific system, you must log in to the system with local administrative privileges. Subsequent connections from the same machine do not require this, as the necessary ActiveX controls and plug-ins would have got downloaded. Transferring Files Between Computers To transfer files to remote computers, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. In the Windows Tools section, click Remote Control 3. Click Connect against the name of a computer to connect remotely to it 4. On the top of the remote-connection screen, click File Transfer 5. Select the required file from a folder from your computer 234 Zoho Corp. 6. Click to transfer it to a folder in the remote computer You have transferred files to a remote computer. Switching Between Multiple Monitors When you establish a remote connection, Desktop Central automatically detects the monitors are available and displays this information on the ActiveX tool bar. You can choose the monitor that you want to view and can switch between the available monitors whenever you want, during the session. To switch between multiple monitors during a remote session, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Control 3. On the Computers tab, in the Viewer section, select Active X. Only the Active X viewer supports viewing multiple monitors during a remote session. 4. In the Action column, against the computer that you want to connect to, click Connect 5. Click View Desktop When Desktop Central detects multiple monitors, it automatically adds an icon on the toolbar, which enables you to switch between multiple monitors. It is known as the Multi Monitor icon. The primary monitor gets displayed by default. 6. Click the Multi Monitor icon to switch between monitors You can now switch between multiple monitors during a remote session. Controlling a Remote Computer After establishing connection with a remote desktop, you can complete the same tasks that you do from any computer. For example, you can create and deploy a configuration. You can use the toolbar to complete the following tasks: Toolbar Icon Action Send a Ctrl+Alt+Delete message to a remote computer Refresh the current view. If the computer is locked or no user has logged on, you 235 Zoho Corp. Toolbar Icon Action are required to login Switch between different applications in the remote computer Black out a user's monitor so that the user cannot view the tasks that you are completing on the the remote computer Lock a user's keyboard and mouse Unlock a user's keyboard and mouse Gain control to access a user's computer Give the control back to the user Zoom in Zoom out Reset a view to its original size Reset the size of the view so that it fits onto the screen View a remote desktop in full screen mode Read about known issues and limitations related to sharing desktops remotely,here. Auditing Remote Access Details Whenever a user establishes a remote connection using Desktop Central, all the events performed on the remote computer are logged. Clicking the icon available beside the computer name will list all the remote access made to that computer with the details of the user and the start/end time. You can also view the history of all the remote connections that have been established, using Desktop Central, in the History tab. The details that you can view are as follows: 1. Date on which the connection was made 2. User name of the user who made the connection 3. Name of the computer which was accessed 4. Time at which the connection was made 5. Duration for which the connection lasted 6. IP address of the viewer 7. Name of the domain from which the viewer logged on Recording the Remote Session Desktop Central has a unique facility to record the remote sessions, administrators can configure the remote control settings like quality of the video, file format type,etc. During the video recording the files are stored in the clients computer and at the end of the session, it will be uploaded to the Desktop Central server. sessions are stored are To record the remote sessions follow the steps mentioned below. 236 Zoho Corp. 1. Click the Tools tab 2. In the Windows Tools section, click Remote Control 3. Click on Screen Recording to configure the settings 4. To enable secure recording click on the check box. 5. Select the compressor code to specify the format of the video 6. Specify the frames to be captured every second, this helps determines the quality and the size of the video. 7. Specify the colour quality and also the default storage capacity. 8. Choose the option to discontinue the recording or dis connect the remote session when the client computer run out of space. 9. Specify whether the user needs to be notified about the recording process 10. Click on the check box to always show a notification while recording or specify the time for notification. 11. Enter the notification message in the box displayed. 12. Click on save to store settings 237 Zoho Corp. File Transfer Desktop Central allows you to remotely access desktops and transfer files between them.The Remote Desktop Sharing mechanism supports remote login to any desktop in your network by any user account that has Remote Control privileges. Files can be transffered between computers via the Active-X Viewer only. Java viewer is not supported at the moment. File Transfer - Advantages 1. Files can be transferred between both the machines viz.,the one initiating the Remote Control Session and that which is getting connected with. 2. Ability to transfer files across domains and workgroup machines. 3. The entire process is Fast, Reliable, and Secure. File Transfer Ports The following are the list of ports that need to opened in the Desktop Central Server to enable File Transfer: For Secure Mode: 1. Gateway Port : 8047 2. File Transfer Port : 8053 For Non Secure Mode 1. Gateway Port: 8048 2. File Transfer Port: 8054 Note: The default mode is Secure mode. However to select non-secure mode, click on the Edit Settings link in the Remote Control page and simply uncheck the "Use Secure Connection" checkbox under the Port Settings of Remote Control Settings page. Follow the links to learn more: 1. Pre-requisites 2. Connecting to Remote Desktop 3. Troubleshooting Tips 238 Zoho Corp. Troubleshooting Tips 1. I was able to connect to a desktop from remote, but nothing is visible? 2. I am getting an "Access Denied" error when I try to connect to a remote desktop. 3. On connecting to a remote desktop, "The specified service does not exist as an installed service" error is shown. 4. When I select a desktop from the list, the status is always shown as not available, though the system is up. 5. I am getting an "The system cannot find the file specified" error when I try to connect to a remote desktop. 6. I was able to connect to a remote Desktop. But, the display is not proper. 1. I was able to connect to a desktop from remote, but nothing is visible? Please check the following: 1. Whether you have enabled ActiveX controls in the browser from where a connection is established. Refer to the Pre-requisites topic for details on configuration. 2. If you are connecting to a desktop for the first time, log in to the system as a local administrator and connect. Subsequent connections from the same machine do not require administrative privileges as the necessary ActiveX controls and plug-ins would have got downloaded. 2. I am getting an "Access Denied" error when I try to connect to a remote desktop. This error message is shown when the supplied credentials while defining the Scope of Management (SoM) is invalid or changed. 3. On connecting to a remote desktop, "The specified service does not exist as an installed service" error is shown. This error message is shown when the Desktop Central Agent is not installed properly in the client machine. To reinstall the agent, follow the steps below: 1. Click the SoM link from the Quick Links. 2. Select the machines in which the agent needs to be re-installed and click Install Agent. 239 Zoho Corp. 4. When I select a desktop from the list, the status is always shown as not available, though the system is up. This happens when the client machine has firewall enabled with the "Don't Allow Exceptions" option selected. Disable the firewall to connect to that machine from remote. 5. I am getting an "The system cannot find the file specified" error when I try to connect to a remote desktop. This error message is shown when one of the required files has been deleted from the client machine. Reinstall the agent as given below: 1. Click the SoM link from the Quick Links. 2. Select the machines in which the agent needs to be re-installed and click Install Agent. 6.I was able to connect to a remote Desktop. But, the display is not proper. Try by changing the screen resolution using the Zoom in / Zoom Out icons. 240 Zoho Corp. System Manager System Manager is a tool that helps administrators to connect the task manager of remote computers. This tool can be used only for computers running on Windows Operating System. This enables system administrators to remotely manage and explore the managed computers. You can explore any managed computer and view the tasks details and process which are running on the computer. To view the task manager of a remote computer, follow the steps mentioned below; 1. Click Tools Tab 2. Click System Manager 3. Click Manage against the computer that you wanted view the remote task manager. You can view the task manager of the remote computer which will be opened in a new window. You can also export the task manager report as .pdf, .xls or .csv files. Manage the Process of a remote computer You can manage the process of remote computer by killing the process which are not required. Follow the steps mentioned below: 1. Click Tools Tab 2. Click System Manager 3. Click Manage against the computer that you wanted view the remote task manager. You can view the task manager of the remote computer which will be opened in a new window. 4. Click Process tab and choose the process you wanted to kill 5. Under Action click button to kill the process. 6. Click OK to confirm. The process will be killed successfully. Manage the Services of a remote computer You can manage the process of remote computer by killing the process which are not required. Follow the steps mentioned below: 1. Click Tools Tab 2. Click System Manager 3. Click Manage against the computer that you wanted view the remote task manager. You can view the task manager of the remote computer which will be opened in a new window. 241 Zoho Corp. 4. Click Services tab and choose the service that you want to manage 5. Under Action choose the action that you wanted to perform like modifying the mode of the service or to modify the status of the service. 6. Click OK to confirm. The services can be managed successfully. 242 Zoho Corp. Chat The chat feature in Desktop Central enables administrators to communicate with any logged in user within the network and remote locations. You can maintain the chat history of the chat sessions. Read the following sections to learn more about the chat feature: 1. Prerequisites 2. Setting Up Chat 3. Initiate chat 4. Troubleshooting tips Prerequisites Desktop Central chat uses port # 8022 as a default port. Ensure that you follow the below mentioned prerequisites before trying to connect a chat session. • Port # 8022 should be open in the Desktop Central Server. If you want to change this port refer this. • Configure your browser to allow pop ups from Desktop Central. In case your web browser blocks the Pop Up, then you will not be able to see the chat window even if the chat session is initiated successfully. Setting Up Chat You can configure the chat history settings even before we initiate the chat session. Follow the steps mentioned below to configure the chat history settings, 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Chat 3. Select History and click Chat History Settings 4. Enter the number of days for maintaining the chat history. If you choose last 30 days, chat history will be stored only for the last 30 days and the previous chat history files will be deleted. 5. Click Save. Initiate Chat To initiate the chat session, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Chat 243 Zoho Corp. 3. Select the name of the user and Click against the specific user name under Action. Request to connect chat session will be initiated successfully. For more information refer troubleshooting tips. 'User name' lists all the users who have currently logged in the computer. This list will be refreshed every 90 minutes. In case of a user being logged on multiple computers, then both the computers will be listed against the user name from which you can choose to initiate the chat session. 244 Zoho Corp. Troubleshooting Tips Questions about Chat 1. How to change the Port numbers used by chat. 2. What do you mean by 'Agent is not reachable'? 3. What do you mean by Chat Connection Timed out? 4. I am unable to view a chat window inspite of chat session successfully initiated, why? 5. How often will the list of user names be refreshed? Changing the port numbers in the Desktop Central server To change the port number after the Desktop Central server is installed, follow the steps given below: 1. Stop the Desktop Central server. a. Click start b. Point to Programs>ManageEngine Desktop Central c. Click Stop DesktopCentral 2. Open the websettings.conf located in <Install_Dir>\DesktopCentral_Server\conf. For example, C:\Program Files\DesktopCentral_Server\conf. 3. Change the port numbers of the following key with the required values: 1. httpnio.port 4. Save the file and close it 5. Start the Desktop Central server. . Click start a. Point to Programs>ManageEngine Desktop Central b. Click Start DesktopCentral You can now connect the chat sessions, using the Desktop Central server. Agent is Not Reachable You might get this error message when you try to connect a chat session. Following are the scenarios when a agent cannot be reached.  Computer is in hibernate mode.  Computer is in standby mode.  Computer is shutdown.   Computer is disconnected from the network. Communication cannot be established between the agent and the server. 245 Zoho Corp. Connection Timed Out  You will receive the 'chat connection time out' error message if the chat request session has exceeded the maximum time limit of one minute. In such cases you can retry to initiate the chat session. Chat Session successfully initiated but unable to see a chat window  While initiating a chat session, if the chat session has been initiated successfully but you are still unable to view the chat window. In such cases your web browser might block the Pop Up, so ensure that your browser allows Pop Up from Desktop Central. How frequently will the list of Online Users be updated? The list of user names will be refreshed in three scenarios as specified below.  During 90 minutes refresh interval while the agent communicates with the server.   During every user log on if it is configured in the User Logon Settings. During every user logoff. 246 Zoho Corp. Wake on LAN 1. Creating and Scheduling Wake on LAN Tasks 2. Viewing and Modifying Wake on LAN Tasks 3. Viewing Wake on LAN Task Status 4. Configuring Wake on LAN The Wake on LAN Tool of Desktop Central helps to schedule booting of systems in the Windows Network remotely. It allows you to create different task to group the computers and specify a time to boot the machines in that task. Creating and Scheduling Wake on LAN Tasks To create a Wake on LAN task, follow the steps below: Step 1: Define Task 1. Select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central client. This opens the list of tools that can be run on the network machines. 2. Click the Wake on LAN tool listed under the Windows Tools category to open the task details page. This will list all the Wake on LAN tasks that have been created. 3. Click the Schedule Wake Up button to create a new task and specify the following: 1. Provide a name of the task 2. Choose the speed for the Wake on LAN task. Depending upon the selected speed, Desktop Central allocates more threads to complete the task. 3. Waiting time after wake up: Specify the time in minutes after which the status gets updated in the Desktop Central client. 4. Verify the computers already powered up before waking up: Select this option, if you wish to check the status before attempting to boot the machine. 5. Use broadcast to wake up computers: Desktop Central supports sending both unicast and broadcast packets to boot the machines. When this option is not selected, Desktop Central first sends an unicast WOL packet to the machine to boot and check whether the 247 Zoho Corp. machine is booted. If this fails, it broadcasts the WOL packet in the whole subnet. 6. Resolve IP Address on each schedule: Select this option to resolve the IP Addresses of the machines during every schedule. Step 2: Select Computers 1. Click Add Computers button to choose the computers for this task. The selected computers gets added to the table below. 2. Broadcasting of the WOL packtes is based on the subnet address of the computers. If the subnet address is blank of if it is incorrect, the task may fail. You can either click the icon and update the subnet address and Mac Address manually for individual computers ate select the computers in the same subnet and use the Set Subnet Address button to update the Subnet Address of multiple computers. Step 3: Define Scheduler 1. Once: To run the task only once. You need to specify the date and time. 2. Daily: To run the task daily. Specify the time and duration to run the task. 3. Weekly: To run the task on specific day(s) in a week. Specify the time, start date, and days on which the task has to be run. 4. Monthly: To run the task specific day every month(s). You need to specify starting time, select a day and select a month/months. Step 4: Deploy Task Click the Submit button to deploy this task. The tasks will be run at the scheduled time and interval. The status of the tasks and its execution history can be verified from the Task Details page. Viewing and Modifying Wake on LAN Tasks To view the Wake on LAN tasks that have been created, follow the steps below: 1. Select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central client. This opens the list of tools that can be run on the computers. 2. Click the Wake on LAN tool listed under the Windows Tools category to open the task details page. This lists all the tasks that are already created and scheduled. 3. To modify a task, 1. Click the icon from the Actions column of the corresponding task. 248 Zoho Corp. 2. This opens the Modify task page. You can add/remove computers, change the task options, and the scheduled time as required. 3. Click Submit to effect the changes. 4. To Delete a task, click the icon from the Actions column of the corresponding task. Viewing Wake on LAN Task Status To View the status of the Wake on LAN tasks that have ben created, follow the steps below: 1. Select the Tools tab from the Desktop Central client. This opens the list of tools that can be run on the computers. 2. Click the Wake on LAN tool listed under the Windows Tools category to open the task details page. This lists all the tasks that are already created and scheduled. 3. Click the Task name to view the status of the computers in that task. 4. You can filter to view the details of the computers by status like Scheduled, Processing, Success, and Failed. Configuring Wake on LAN BIOS Settings The Wake-On-LAN functionality is generally disabled by default. The option to enable Wake-On-LAN is different with each computer manufacturer. The most common method adopted across different PC's are as follows: 1. During the computer’s power-on self-test enter the BIOS setting screen by pressing the F1, INS, or DEL keys. 2. Select Power settings. Check for Power Up Control. 3. Enable settings related to Power Up on PCI card, LAN, or Network. 4. Click Save and exit the BIOS settings. Operating System (OS) Settings In some Windows OS, the drivers can enable the Wake ON LAN features of network adapters. For example in Windows 2000, click Power Management tab and under the Adapters properties, select the option Allow this device to bring the computer out of standby. Alternatively, you can also check the Advanced setting table for parameters related to Wake on LAN and Waking on "Magic Packets" and enable them. Wake-On-LAN (WOL) Cable 249 Zoho Corp. For Wake On LAN to work on computers with older PCI busses, a WOL cable must be installed between the Network Card and the Motherboard. Because this requires opening the computer case, we advice you to contact your PC manufacturer for specific instructions. Enabling Directed Broadcasts on your Network To send WOL packets from remote networks, the routers must be configured to allow directed broadcasts. To know if the IP broadcast packets have been disabled, check for the line "no ip directed-broadcast" in the interface configuration. If IP broadcasts are enabled, the line "no ip directed-broadcast" will not be present. 250 Zoho Corp. Remote Shutdown Tool The Remote Shutdown tool of Desktop Central provides options to shutdown, restart, lock and hibernate systems remotely. You can complete the following tasks, manually, using this tool: 1. Add computers to shutdown or restart 2. Understand and use various shutdown options 3. Complete the following supported operations 4. View the status of operations You can also schedule the automatic completion of the tasks mentioned above. Completing Tasks Manually You can complete the following tasks manually using Desktop Central. You can do this by using the Shutdown Now tab. Adding Computers to Shutdown or Restart You are required to add computers on the Remote Shutdown page to shutdown or restart remotely. Before adding systems to shutdown or restart, ensure that you have specified common credentials, in all systems, to complete these tasks. To specify credentials, visit the Add Computers page. To add computers to shutdown or restart, follow the steps below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Shutdown 3. Click Add Computers 4. Against Select Type, choose Computer 5. Select a domain or workgroup to view the computers in it 6. Select the required computers to add 7. Click OK Note: Repeat steps 5 and 6 to add computers from other domains or workgroups. The selected computers are listed under Computer Name in the Shutdown Now tab. To remove computers from the Shutdown Now tab, follow the steps given below: 251 Zoho Corp. 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Shutdown 3. Select the required computers 4. Click Remove Computers The selected computers are removed from the Shutdown Now tab. Shutdown Options When you want to shutdown a computer, you are required to specify the following options for shutting down: 1. Shutdown Mode Choose one of the following options: 1. Normal: Use this option to close all the applications, as they would close normally, before shutting down the computers. This would initiate the shutdown process. User will not have any option to skip or stop the shutdown process, unless it is blocked by any active application (like fire fox). In such case the process would be aborted, and the user would be prompted to shutdown or to skip the process. 2. Forced: Use this option to close all the applications forcibly, before shutting down the computers. You can also use this option when applications are running in the background and you want to shutdown the computer immediately. User will not be able to skip or stop the process. Note: If you select normal shutdown, there are chances for applications like Mozilla firefox which stop the process and prompt for user confirmation. In such scenarios the shutdown process will not be complete, using force shutdown option ensures to kill all the active process and shutdowns the computer. 2. Timeout Use this option to specify the time in seconds to display a warning message in all the client computers before shutting down. Specify zero to skip the message and shutdown immediately 1. Shutdown Message Enter a message in the field provided. This message will be displayed in all the computers before they are shutdown. 252 Zoho Corp. Supported Operations You can complete the following tasks on a remote computer: Shutting down a computer To shut down a computer, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Shutdown 3. Select the required computers 4. Click Shutdown Now 5. Specify the required settings 6. Click Shutdown You've successfully shut down the selected computers. Restarting a computer To restart a computer, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Shutdown 3. Select the required computers 4. Click Restart Now 5. Specify the required settings 6. Click Restart You've successfully restarted the selected computers. Setting a computer in Hibernate mode To set a remote computer in Hibernate mode, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Shutdown 3. Select the required computers 4. From the More Actions list, select Hibernate 5. Click Yes You have successfully set the selected computers in Hibernate mode. 253 Zoho Corp. Setting a computer to Stand by mode To set a remote computer to Stand by mode, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Shutdown 3. Select the required computers 4. From the More Actions list, select Stand by 5. Click Yes You have successfully set the selected computers to Stand by mode. Locking a computer To lock a computer, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Shutdown 3. Select the required computers 4. From the More Actions list, select Lock Computers 5. Click Yes You have successfully locked the selected computers. Scheduling Automatic Tasks You can complete the following tasks automatically using Desktop Central. You can do this by using the Schedule Shutdown tab. Creating and Scheduling Tasks You can create and schedule various tasks. To create and schedule a shutdown task, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Tools tab 2. Click Remote Shutdown 3. Click the Schedule Shutdown tab 4. Click Add Shutdown Task 5. Enter a name for the task 6. From the Operation section, select the required type of task 7. Select the Shutdown/Restart Options, if applicable 254 Zoho Corp. Note: These options are available only if you select Shutdown or Restart. 8. Select the required computers 9. Schedule when you want the task to take place: 1. Once: Use this option if you want the task to take place only once. Specify a start time and start date. 2. Daily: Use this option if you want the task to take place everyday. Specify whether the task should take place on all days or only on weekdays. 3. Weekly: Use this option if you want the task to take place on a weekly basis. Specify a start time and the required days of the week. 4. Monthly: Use this option if you want the task to take place on a monthly basis. Specify the start time, when you want this task to take place (for example, first Sunday or the day), and months in which you want this task to take place. 10. Click Save Task 11. Select the required task 12. In the Action column, select Execute Now You have created and deployed a task using the Schedule Shutdown tab 255 Zoho Corp. Windows Configurations Desktop Central enable remote configurations that can be applied to users and computers of the Windows domain-based network. The following sections guides you in configuring various Windows applications, security settings, display settings, firewall settings, and so on, to the Windows users and computers: 1. User Configurations: Explains the various configurations that can be deployed to users using Desktop Central and the steps to define them. 2. Computer Configurations: Explains the various configurations that can be deployed to computers using Desktop Central and the steps to define them. 3. Configuring Collections: Helps you to define a collection configurations that can be deployed simultaneously for several users or computers. 4. Defining Targets: Provides you the details of defining target computers and users for deploying the configuration. 5. Managing Configurations and Collections: Helps you to manage the defined configurations, such as viewing the status of the defined configurations or collections, suspending the deployment, resuming the suspended deployments, and so on. 6. Viewing Configuration Reports: Detailed report on the defined and deployed configurations using Desktop Central along with its status. 7. Viewing System Uptime Reports: Provides the details of uptime and downtime of computers in the specified period. How the Configurations gets Applied Whenever a configuration is deployed using Desktop Central, it will be made available to the Desktop Central agents to apply the configurations in the client computers. The Desktop Central Agents residing at the client computers will pull the configuration details from the Server and process them. The Desktop Central agents will contact the Server at the following intervals to pull the details: 1. For user-specific configurations - during user logon and every 90 minutes thereafter till the user logs out of the domain. 2. For computer-specific configurations - during system startup and every 90 minutes thereafter till the system is shutdown. 256 Zoho Corp. User Configurations This section details the configurations that can be applied to the users of the Windows Domain. These configurations are applied to the users during user logon or logoff. Note: Ensure that you have defined the scope of management before defining the configurations. For details, refer to Defining the Scope of Management. To reach the configuration screen, follow the steps below: 1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links. This will list all the supported configurations for users and computers. 2. Click the required configuration listed under the User Configurations. Desktop Central supports the following configurations that can be applied on users: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. Configuring Alerts Executing Custom Scrips Configuring Display Settings Mapping Network Drives Setting Environment Variables Managing Files and Folders Redirecting User-Specific Folders Configuring Internet Explorer Settings Configuring IP Printer Launching Applications Displaying Message Box Configuring MS Office Settings Configuring Outlook Settings Setting Path Managing Permissions Configuring Power Options Configuring Registry Settings Securing USB Devices Configuring Security Policies Configuring Shared Network Printer Managing Shortcuts Installing Software - MSI/EXE Format 257 Zoho Corp. Configuring Alerts 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration Alert Configuration enables you to warn the users about the password expiration, lower hard disk space, and larger temp file size. The alert configuration are user-specific and requires the user to be logged on to view the alerts. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Alert Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration The table given below lists the parameters for which alerts can be configured: Parameter Description Password Expiration The number of days before which the user has to be informed about the password expiration. The default value is 14 days. Disk Space The disk space in MB. When the disk space goes below the specified value the user will be warned. Purge Temp Files Specify whether to delete the temp files when exceeding the specified limit. You also have an option to specify the file types, size of the files, and whether to prompt the user before deleting the temp files or not. Note: The alerts will be displayed during every logon of the user as long as the alert condition is met. For example, the user will be warned about the lower disk space during every logon until the free disk space exceeds the specified value. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Alert Configuration. 258 Zoho Corp. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Alert Configuration in the targets defined. The alerts will be displayed when the defined conditions are met. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 259 Zoho Corp. Executing Custom Scripts 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration Desktop Central provides options for configuring almost all the user configurations from remote. In addition to the configurations that are supported by Desktop Central, administrators can also write their own scripts that could be run on the user machines for accomplishing specific configurations. The scripts could be any of the following: 1. Batch file (.bat or .cmd) 2. In any other language hosted by Windows Script Host (WSH), such as VB Script, JScript, Perl, REXX, and Python. Note: The script engines for languages like Perl, REXX, and Python, must be registered with Windows. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the custom script configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration The table given below lists the parameters that have to be provided for defining the configuration. Description Parameter Script Name* The script that has to be executed in the user machines. You have an option to select the script from any of the following: 1. Local: The machine from where the configuration is being defined. 2. Inventory: Refers to the Desktop Central inventory. All the scripts that have been added using Managing Scripts procedure will be available here. 260 Zoho Corp. 3. Network Share: Refers to the network share. Script Arguments The arguments that have to be provided while executing the scripts. Execute During* Refers to the script execution time. This can be either during the user logon or logoff. * - Refers to the mandatory fields. Note: The scripts specified from the local or share, will automatically be added to the Desktop Central inventory after successful deployment. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Custom Script Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Custom Script Configuration in the targets defined. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Managing Custom Scripts, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 261 Zoho Corp. Configuring Display Settings 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Display Configuration is for configuring the settings of Microsoft Windows Desktop such as welcome message, IntelliMouse tips, icons, folders and shortcuts, wallpaper, etc. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration The table below lists the display settings that can be configured using Desktop Central. Specify the values only if a change is required for a particular parameter, else, leave it blank. Parameter Wall Paper File Description The wallpaper file (image file) that has to set as the desktop background. The wallpaper can be set from either local computer or from a network share by selecting the appropriate option. For wall papers that are set locally all the target computers should have the file in the same location. When choosing a file from network share, you can click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Rename "My Computer" Icon The name you wish to configure in place of "My Computer". Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Rename "My Network Places" Icon The name you wish to have in place of "My Network Places". Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Remove "Windows Welcome Screen" Select this option if you wish to remove the welcome message displayed by Windows. Remove "Intellimouse Tips Select this option to remove the intellimouse tips. Screen" 262 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description Remove "My Documents" Select this option to remove the "My Documents" icon from the Desktop Icon desktop. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Display Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Display Configuration in the targets defined. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 263 Zoho Corp. Mapping Network Drives 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Drive Mapping configuration enables you to map a remote network resource to the user machines. The mapped resource can then be accessed from the local machine using the drive name. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Drive Mapping configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration The table given below list the parameters that have to be specified for mapping a network drive: Parameter Description Drive Name The drive letter that has to be mapped with the resource. Resource to be Shared The shared resource in the network that has to be mapped. Hide from Windows Explorer To specify whether the mapping has to be hidden in the Windows Explorer. Select this option, if you want to hide. Drive Label The label name for the mapped drive that has to displayed in Windows Explorer. Disconnect all existing Specify whether to disconnect all the existing mappings or not. network drives before mapping new Note: 1. To map more network drives, click Add More Drives and repeat Step 2. The mapped drive gets added to the List of Drives to be Mapped table. 2. To modify a mapping from this table, select the appropriate row, click icon and change the required values. 3. To delete a mapping from this table, select the appropriate row and click icon. 264 Zoho Corp. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Drive Mapping Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Drive Mapping Configuration in the targets defined. The configurations will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 265 Zoho Corp. Setting Environment Variables 1. 2. 3. 4. Name the Configuration Define Configuration Define Target Deploy Configuration Environment variables are strings that contain information about the environment for the system, and the currently logged on user. Some software programs use the information to determine where to place files (such as temp, tmp, path etc). Environment variables control the behavior of various programs. Any user can add, modify, or remove a user environment variable. However, only an administrator can add, modify, or remove a system environment variable. Using Desktop Central, the environment variables can be defined and added. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Environment Variable configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration The following table lists the parameters that have to be specified: Parameter Description Variable* The environment variable name that has to be modified or added. Value* The value that has to be stored in the environment variable. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. * - denotes mandatory fields Note: 1. To add more environment variables, click Add More Variable and repeat Step 2. The defined environment variable gets added to the List of Environment Variable table. 2. To modify a environment variable from this table, select the appropriate row, click icon and change the required values. 3. To delete a environment variable from this table, select the appropriate row and click icon. 266 Zoho Corp. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Environment Variable Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Environment Variable Configuration in the targets defined. The configurations will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Setting Path 267 Zoho Corp. Managing Files and Folders 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The File and Folder Operation allows you to copy, move, rename, delete files and folders of the users. Desktop Central File and Folder Operation Configuration enables you to copy/move/delete files for several users from central location. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the File and Folder Operation configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can perform the following actions: 1. Copy Files and Folders 2. Rename/Move Files and Folders 3. Delete Files and Folders Copy Files and Folder To copy files and folders, select the Copy tab and specify the following values: Parameter Select Action Type Description Select the Action from any of the following: 1. Copy a File - To copy a file from one location to another 2. Copy a File to a Folder - To copy a file from one location to a specified folder 3. Copy Multiple Files - To copy multiple files to a specified folder 4. Copy a Folder - To copy a folder from one location to another 268 Zoho Corp. Parameter Source File Description Specify the file that has to be copied. The file can either be in a shared location or in the specified location in the client machines. Destination File Specify the destination location with the file name. Destination Folder Specify the destination folder to copy the files/folders. Include Read Only Files Select this option, if you wish to copy the files even if it has only read-only permissions Include System Files Select this option if you wish to copy the system files. Include Hidden Files Select this option if you wish to copy the hidden files. Overwrite Existing Files Select this option to overwrite the existing files. Create Destination Directory if Select this option to create the destination directory, if it doesn't Exist does not exist. Include Sub Folders Select this option, if you wish to copy sub folders or the files within the sub folders. Continue on Error While copying multiple files or folders, specify whether to continue, if any error is encountered while copying. Choose file modification time Specify the file or folder modification time. Files that meet the specified criteria will only be copied. Connect using Credentials To copy Files/Folders across Domains or amongst Workgroup computers, you need to specify a credential that has access to the source Files/Folders. Note: If you wish to copy more files/folders, click Add More Action button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of File Actions table. Rename/Move Files and Folders To rename or move the files and folders, select the Rename/Move tab and specify the following values: Parameter Select Action Type Description Select the Action from any of the following: 1. Rename/Move a file 2. Rename/Move a folder Source File/Folder Specify the file or the folder that has to be copied Destination File/Folder Specify the destination file or the folder. 269 Zoho Corp. Note: If you wish to copy more files/folders, click Add More Action button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of File Actions table. Delete Files and Folders To delete the files and folders, select the Delete tab and specify the following values: Parameter Select Action Type Description Select the Action from any of the following: 1. Delete a File 2. Delete Multiple Files 3. Delete a Folder Source File Specify the files/folders that has to be deleted Include Read Only Files Select this option, if you wish to delete the read-only files Include System Files Select this option, if you wish to delete the system files Include Hidden Files Select this option, if you wish to delete the hidden files. Include Sub Folders Select this option, if you wish to delete the sub folders or the files within the sub folders. Continue on Error While deleting multiple files or folders, specify whether to continue, if any error is encountered while deleting. Note: If you wish to copy more files/folders, click Add More Action button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of File Actions table. To modify a file action from the List of File Actions table, select the appropriate row and click icon and change the required values. To delete a file action from the List of File Actions table, select the appropriate row and click icon. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the File and Folder Operation Configuration. 270 Zoho Corp. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined File and Folder Operation Configuration in the defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 271 Zoho Corp. Redirecting User-Specific Folders 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Folder Redirection configuration helps you to change the location of the standard user profile directories to a different location in the network. So, when the user login from a different machine in the same domain, he/she will have access to his/her profiles. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Folder Redirection configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can perform the following actions: 1. Redirect the folders and copy the existing contents - This redirects the user-specific folders from the local machine to a network share and copy the existing contents to the new location. You also have an option to exclude specific folders from being copied. 2. Redirect the folders without copying the contents - This redirects the user-specific folders from the local machine to a network share without copying the existing contents. 3. Restore to default - Will restore the settings to default (All folders will be pointed to the local machine). Select the required options and specify the values for the following fields that require change in settings. For each of the fields in the following table, click the Browse button next to the corresponding field to launch Network Browser window. Select the folder location and click OK button. If this field is left blank, the corresponding folder settings is left unchanged. The following table provides a brief description about the user-specific folders that can be redirected using Desktop Central. User-specific Folder Start Menu* Description Contains the shortcuts that appear in the start menu. 272 Zoho Corp. User-specific Folder Programs Menu* Description Contains the shortcuts that appear in the Programs group of the start menu. Startup Group* Contains the shortcuts that appear in Start --> Programs --> Startup menu. This specifies the applications that should be started during the user logon. Desktop* Contains the shortcuts and files that appear in the user's desktop. Favorites [IE Bookmarks]* Contains the Internet Explorer bookmarks. Personal [My Documents]* Contains the personal documents of that user. My Pictures* Contains the personal pictures and images of that user. Cookies* Contains the cookies used by the Web sites/applications. History* Contains the bookmarks of the previously accessed sites. Recent* Contains the shortcuts of the recently accessed documents. Temporary Internet Files* The temporary Internet files are cached by Internet Explorer in this folder. Contains the shortcuts listed in the Send To sub-menu. The Send To Send To* sub-menu is displayed in the right-click menu of a file. Exclude Folders This option is available only when you choose to copy the existing contents. Specify the folders as comma separated that should not be copied. Don't copy temporary This option is available only when you choose to copy the existing internet files contents. Select this option if you do not wish to copy the temporary internet files. * - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Folder Redirection configuration. 273 Zoho Corp. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Folder Redirection Configuration in the targets defined. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Redirecting Common Folders 274 Zoho Corp. Installing Software - MSI & EXE Packages 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Software Installation configuration helps you to install MSI and EXE packages remotely to specific users of several computers of the Windows network from a central location. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Software Installation Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You have an option to install either an EXE or an MSI package 1. Install MSI Package 2. Install EXE Package Install MSI Package Select the Installer type as MSI and specify the following values: Parameter MSI Package Name Description This will list all the MSI packages that are available in the Software Repository. Select the MSI that has to be installed. Operation Type To specify how the installation should happen. Select any of the following options: 1. Install Completely: Selecting this option will install the application automatically. 2. Advertise: Selecting this option will notify the user about the availability of the software. Thy can choose whether to install the software or not. 3. Remove: Selecting this option remove (uninstall) the 275 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description application from the system Install as The user as whom the MSI has to be installed. System User: Default system user privilege Run as User: User Account with specific privilege Target User: User privilege to whom the package is deployed Copy You have an option to copy the installables to the client machines before installing them. Select the required option: 1. None: Selecting this option will not copy the installation files. 2. Copy file to client machines: Will copy the exe or the msi file alone as specified in the software package to the client machines. 3. Copy folder to client machines: Will copy the entire directory that has the installation file to the client machines. Copy option will be mandatory, when the network share requires a user credential to access and when you opt to install the software as a different user using the Run As option. The content copied on the client machines will be removed after the software is installed successfully. If the software installation fails, the copied content will be maintained for trouble shooting purpose. Click Add More Packages to install/uninstall additional software. Note:You can also uninstall a previous version of the software either by running a pre-installation script (should be specified while creating a package) or by selecting the Operation Type as Remove. In the latter case, you need to add two packages, one to remove the older version and the other to install the new version. 276 Zoho Corp. Specify the Scheduler details for installing the software: Parameter Schedule Time to Perform the Operation Description Select his option and specify the data and time after which the installation should begin. It may be noted that the installation/uninstallation will still be based on the Operation Type & Installation / Uninstallation Option selected, but this will begin after the time specified here. Specify the Deployment Settings for the software: If you have defined Deployment Templates, you can load the Deployment Settings directly from a template by selecting the required template from the list. Parameter Description Installation / Uninstallation Specify whether the installation/uninstallation should happen Option during or after system startup: 1. During startup: Select this option if the software has to be installed/uninstalled during computer startup. 2. After startup: Select this option if the software has to be installed/uninstalled after the computer startup when the next GP update happens (within 90 minutes) 3. During or After Startup: Either of the above, whichever is earlier Install Between If you want the installation to happen only between a specified time of a day, you can specify the Start and End time within which the deployment should begin. The Start Time can also be greater than the End time - in such cases the End time is assumed to be on the following day. For example, if you wish the deployment should happen between 10.00 PM and 4.00 AM, you can specify the Start Time as 22:00:00 and End Time as 04:00:00 Allow Users to Skip Deployment Specify whether the use can skip the deployment at a later time by selecting the "Allow Users to Skip Deployment". When you do not select this option, the deployment will be forced and the user will not have any control on the deployment. When you allow users to skip deployment, you can also specify whether they can skip it as long as they wish or force deployment after a specific date. Reboot Policy 1. Do not reboot: Select this option if the client computers 277 Zoho Corp. should not be rebooted after installing the software. 2. Force Reboot when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user to reboot the computer. Specify the time within which the client machines will be rebooted and the message that has to displayed in the client machines. 3. Force Shutdown when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user to shutdown the computer. Specify the time within which the client machines will be shutdown and the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. This option is applicable if the computer is turned on and even if there is no logged on user, the computer will get restarted after the specified time. 4. Allow user to skip Reboot: Select this option to allow users to reboot later. Specify the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. 5. Allow user to skip Shutdown:Select this option to allow users to shutdown later. Specify the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. Install EXE Packages Select the Installer type as EXE and specify the following values: Parameter Description EXE Package Name This will list all the EXE packages that are available in the Software Repository. Select the EXE that has to be installed. Operation Type To specify how the installation should happen. Select any of the following options: 1. Install Completely: Selecting this option will install the application automatically. 2. Advertise: Selecting this option will notify the user about the availability of the software. Thy can choose whether to install the software or not. 3. Remove: Selecting this option remove (uninstall) the application from the system Install as The user as whom the EXE has to be installed. 278 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description System User: Default system user privilege Run as User: User Account with specific privilege Target User: User privilege to whom the package is deployed Copy You have an option to copy the installables to the client machines before installing them. Select the required option: 1. None: Selecting this option will not copy the installation files. 2. Copy file to client machines: Will copy the exe or the msi file alone as specified in the software package to the client machines. 3. Copy folder to client machines: Will copy the entire directory that has the installation file to the client machines. Copy option will be mandatory, when the network share requires a user credential to access and when you opt to install the software as a different user using the Run As option. Click Add More Packages to install/uninstall additional software. Note:You can also uninstall a previous version of the software either by running a pre-installation script (should be specified while creating a package) or by selecting the Operation Type as Remove. In the latter case, you need to add two packages, one to remove the older version and the other to install the new version. Specify the Scheduler details for installing the software: Parameter Description Installation / Uninstallation Specify whether the installation/uninstallation should happen Option during or after user login: 1. During Login: Select this option if the software has to be installed/uninstalled during the user login. 2. After Login: Select this option if the software has to be installed/uninstalled after the user login but within 90 minutes. 3. During or After Login: Either of the above, whichever is 279 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description earlier Schedule Time to Perform the Operation Select his option and specify the data and time after which the installation should begin. It may be noted that the installation/uninstallation will still be based on the Operation Type selected, but this will begin after the time specified here. Reboot Policy 1. Do not reboot: Select this option if the client computers should not be rebooted after installing the software. 2. Force Reboot when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user to reboot the computer. Specify the time within which the client machines will be rebooted and the message that has to displayed in the client machines. 3. Force Shutdown when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user to shutdown the computer. Specify the time within which the client machines will be shutdown and the message that has to displayed in the client machines. 4. Allow user to skip Reboot: Select this option to allow users to reboot later. Specify the message that has to displayed in the client machines. 5. Allow user to skip Shutdown:Select this option to allow users to shutdown later. Specify the message that has to displayed in the client machines. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Windows Installer Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Windows Installer Configuration in the defined targets. The software installation for the selected targets will happen as scheduled. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 280 Zoho Corp. Configuring Internet Explorer Settings 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Internet Explorer settings such as Home page, Search page, Download directory, and Proxy Server settings can be configured using Desktop Central Internet Explorer Configuration. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Internet Explorer configuration. Step 2 Define Configuration The following table provides the Internet Explorer parameters that can be configured using Desktop Central. Specify the values only if a change is required for a particular parameter, else, leave it blank. Parameter Description Home Page Refers to the page that opens when the Internet Explorer is started. Search Page Refers to the search engine that Internet Explorer uses when clicked on the Search button from the toolbar. Download Directory Refers to the location where the file downloads are redirected. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Automatic Configuration Refers to the URL of the script that is used to configure the proxy Script settings of Internet Explorer. Internet Connection Wizard The Internet Connection Wizard is invoked when a user tries to launch the Internet Explorer for the first time. Specify whether to remove or retain this. Proxy Server A proxy server is a server that acts as an intermediate between the computer in the network and the Internet, and that ensures security, administrative control, and caching. Select the appropriate proxy setting. Address** The IP address or host name of the Proxy Server. Port** The port number of the Proxy Server 281 Zoho Corp. Parameter Bypass for local addresses** Description Specifies how the request has to be routed when a local address is accessed using the Internet Explorer. Select any of the following options: 1. Bypass proxy server: Select this option if the request should not be routed through the proxy server for local addresses. 2. Dont Bypass proxy server: Select this option if the request should be routed through the proxy server even for local addresses. 3. Preserve Client Settings: To preserve the settings of the client untouched. Do not use proxy server The list of addresses that begins with the text specified in this field for addresses beginning with** will not use the Proxy Server. You can specify multiple values as semi-colon separated. Example: adventnet.com;desktopcentral.com This field is enabled only when Bypass Proxy server option is selected. ** - required only if Use Proxy Server option is selected. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Internet Explorer Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Internet Explorer Configuration in the targets defined. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 282 Zoho Corp. Configuring IP Printer 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The IP Printer Configuration is for adding or deleting the IP Printer connection in the user computers. For configuring a shared printer in the computer for specific users, refer to the Configuring Shared Printer topic. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the IP Printer configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can perform the following actions: 1. Add an IP Printer 2. Delete an IP Printer Add an IP Printer To add an IP Printer, select the Action as Add and specify the following values: Parameter Description DNS Name/IP The host name or IP address defined for the printer. Example: 192.111.2.32 Printer Name The display name for the printer. Protocol The printing protocol supported by the printer. Select the printing protocol from the Protocol list box. The default option is "RAW". Port Number The port number/queue name in which printing protocol is communicating between the computer and printer. Enter the port number in the Port Number field if the "RAW" Protocol is selected or enter the queue name if the "LPR" Protocol is 283 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description selected. The default value is 9100. Port Name This is an optional field. By default, the port name is IP_<IP_Address/DNS_Name>. You can change the port name if required. Shared Printer for Driver Browse to select a shared printer for installing the driver. If Installation the drivers are already installed in the target computers, this field can be left blank. Set as default printer Browse to select a shared printer for installing the driver. If the drivers are already installed in the target computers, the Desktop Central will skip the driver installation. Connect Shared Printer using Credentials To copy Driver Files across Domains or amongst Workgroup computers, you need to specify a credential that access domain/workgroup machine where the Shared Printer Driver Files are present. Delete an IP Printer To delete an IP Printer, select the Action as Delete and specify the following values: Parameter Description Printer Name The display name of the printer. Delete all existing IP printer To delete all the existing IP printer connections in the connections computer for the specified user, select this option. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the IP Printer Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined IP Printer Configuration in the targets defined. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Configuring Shared Printer 284 Zoho Corp. Launching Applications 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration Launch Application configuration enables you to launch an application during user logon. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Launch Application configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration Select whether the application has to be launched from the local computer or from the network share. If you select the Local option, all the selected target computers should have the application in the same location. Specify the following: Parameter Application Name Description Browse and select the application that has to be launched. The applications that are available in the local machine from where the application has to be launched can also be specified. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Arguments Specify the arguments for the application, if any. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Note: 1. To launch more applications, click Add More Application and repeat Step 2. The added application gets added to the Launch Application table. 2. To modify an application from this table, select the appropriate row, click change the required values. 3. To delete an application from this table, select the appropriate row and click icon and icon. 285 Zoho Corp. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Launch Application Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Launch Application Configuration in the targets defined. The applications configured will be launched during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 286 Zoho Corp. Displaying Message Box 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration For the users in the network, the pop-up messages with the warning or error can be displayed during the user logon. If the user has already logged on while deploying this configuration, the message will be displayed during the next logon. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Message Box configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You have an option to create a new message box or delete the existing message box. Select the required option and specify the following: Parameter Description Message Type The message type as Information, Warning, or error. Window Title The title of the message box. Message The message that has to be displayed. Timeout in Seconds The duration, in seconds, for the message display. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Message Boxes Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Message Boxes Configuration in the targets defined. The message will be displayed during the next user logon. 287 Zoho Corp. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Displaying Legal Notices 288 Zoho Corp. Configuring MS Office Settings 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The MS Office related settings such as Open or Save, Clip Art, User Options, Command Bars, Shared Template, etc can be configured for all the users using Desktop Central MS Office Configuration. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the MS Office configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration The MS Office applications that can be configured using Desktop Central are listed in the Choose Application/Suite combo box. Select the application version and specify the values that have to be changed. Leave it blank, if no change is required. The following table lists the parameters that can be configured for each MS Office applications: Parameter Description Word Open/Save Folder* Refers to the default working folder for Microsoft Word. Clicking Open or Save menu will open this folder location. Clip Art Folder* Refers to the default Clip Art folder. This opens when you insert an image from the clip art. User Options Folder* Refers to the folder where the user options are stored. Tools Folder* Refers to the folder where the office tools are stored. Auto Recover Folder* Refers to the folder where the recovered files are stored due to the system crash. Startup Folder* Refers to the location where the templates and add-ins are loaded during the startup of Microsoft Word. Excel Open/Save Folder* Refers to the default working folder for Microsoft Excel. Clicking Open or Save menu will open this folder location. 289 Zoho Corp. At startup, open all files in* Refers to the folder containing the files that have to be opened during startup. Access Open/Save Folder* Refers to the default working folder for Microsoft Access. Clicking Open or Save menu will open this folder location. Command Bars Folder* Refers to the location where the command bar buttons of Microsoft Access are stored. PowerPoint Open/Save Folder* Refers to the default working folder for Microsoft Powerpoint. Clicking Open or Save menu will open this folder location. Command Bars Folder* Refers to the location where the command bar buttons of Microsoft Powerpoint are stored. Office Template Folder* Refers to the location where the Microsoft Office templates are stored. Shared Template Folder* Refers to the location where the shared Microsoft Office templates are stored. Outlook Journal Item Log File* Refers to the location where the old journal item file is stored. Journal Outlook Item Log File* Refers to the location where the old journal item file that is referred by the journal entry is stored. Office Explorer Favorites Folder* Refers to the default location for storing the favorites. Clicking the Add Favorites menu item will store the URLs in this location. Office Explorer Views Folder* Refers to the location where the user views are stored. Print Settings File* Refers to the file which stores the print styles of the user views. * - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the MS Office Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined MS Office Configuration for the defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 290 Zoho Corp. Configuring Outlook Settings 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration Microsoft Outlook settings such as general settings, new mail arrival, automatic archive, sending a message, message format and handling, and spell check can be configured. The Outlook Configuration is used to configure these settings for the users of the network from a central location. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Outlook configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration The table given below lists the Outlook parameters that can be configured using Desktop Central. Specify the values only if a change is required for a particular parameter, else, leave it blank. Parameter Description General Settings View Outlook Bar To show or hide the Outlook shortcut bar when Outlook is opened. View Folder List To show or hide the folders listed when Outlook is opened. Warn before deleting items To enable or disable the warning message when deleting entries from the Deleted Items folder. Startup in this Folder The folder which must be opened after the Outlook is invoked. Select from the following options: Outlook Today, Inbox, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks, Journal, Notes, and User-defined. Select Userdefined option to make the user configure this option. Empty the Deleted Items Select the frequency at which the contents of the Deleted Items folder upon exit folder should be cleared when exiting the Outlook. Select Userdefined option to make the user configure this option. New mail arrival Display a New mail Desktop To enable or disable the notification message when a new mail Alert arrives. Play a sound To enable or disable playing sound when a new mail arrives. 291 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description AutoArchive Run AutoArchive To enable or disable the automatic archiving of folder. Specify the required option and choose the frequency at which archiving should be done. Prompt to AutoArchive To specify whether to prompt before archiving or not. Move old items to The location where the archived files must be stored. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. File name The name of the archived file. Delete expired items (e-mail To specify whether the expired items should be deleted or not. folders only) When sending a message Allow comma as address To specify whether comma should be used as a address separator separator or not. Automatic name checking To enable or disable automatic checking for the validity of names in the recipient list. Message format & handling Compose in this Message Format Select the message format as HTML, Rich Text, or Plain Text. Use Microsoft Word to edit email messages Specify whether Word should be used as a default editor. Send a copy of the pictures To specify whether to send pictures along with the mail or not. Select User-defined to leave it to the user to configure. instead of the reference to their location (only for HTML format) Save copies in Sent items folder To specify whether to save copies in the sent folder or not. Autosave unsent To specify whether to save the unsent messages or not. Select the frequency if you are enabling this option. Spelling Always check spelling before To specify whether to check spelling before sending the message or sending not. Always suggest To specify whether to suggest replacement for misspelt words or replacements for misspelled words not. Ignore words in To enable or disable checking words in upper case letters. UPPERCASE Ignore words with numbers To enable or disable checking words containing numbers. Ignore original message in To enable or disable checking the spelling of original mails in replies replies. 292 Zoho Corp. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Outlook Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Outlook Configuration in the defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 293 Zoho Corp. Setting Path 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration For the users in the network, the paths which are configured and stored in the Path variable in the Environment Variables window (invoked by Right-click the My Computer icon, choose Properties > Advanced tab, click the Environment Variables button). The search paths including local paths, network paths or UNCs (Universal Naming Conventions). Using the Path Configuration, the path entries are added in the Environment Variables window for the users in the network. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Path configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration Specify the path to be added to the environment variables. Multiple paths can be specified separated by a semi-colon (;). Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to the Path variable. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Path Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Path Configuration in the defined targets. The configurations will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Setting Environment Variables 294 Zoho Corp. Managing Permissions 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Permission Management allows you to grant revoke permission on the files, folders and registry for the users. Desktop Central Permission Management Configuration enables you to grant/revoke permissions to multiple users from a central point. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Permission Management configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can grant or revoke permissions for the following objects: 1. Files 2. Folders 3. Registry Files To grant or revoke permissions for files, select the File tab and specify the following values: Parameter User/Group Principal Description Select the users and groups for whom you would like to grant or revoke permissions. Action Select the action from the following: 1. Append - To append to the existing file permissions. Please note that it will only append to the existing permissions on the object and will not overwrite. For example, for an object 295 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description having full permissions, if you just select a deny permission to write, only write permission will be removed while the user/group can still modify the object. 2. Overwrite - To overwrite the existing file permissions 3. Revoke - To revoke the existing file permissions of the specified user/group. All the permissions to the specified user/group on that file will be removed. However, the inherited permissions will not be removed. Path Specify the path of the file for which you need to specify permissions Settings Select the required options. Note: If you wish to add more permissions, click Add More Permissions button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of Permission Actions table. Folders To grant or revoke permissions for folders, select the Folder tab and specify the following values: Parameter User/Group Principal Description Select the users and groups for whom you would like to grant or revoke permissions. Action Select the action from the following: 1. Append - To append to the existing folder permissions. Please note that it will only append to the existing permissions on the object and will not overwrite. For example, for an object having full permissions, if you just select a deny permission to write, only write permission will be removed while the user/group can still modify the object. 2. Overwrite - To overwrite the existing folder 296 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description permissions 3. Revoke - To revoke the existing folder permissions. All the permissions to the specified user/group on that folder will be removed. However, the inherited permissions will not be removed. Path Specify the path of the folder for which you need to specify permissions Inheritance Select the required option to specify how the permission should effect its subfolders and files Settings Select the required options. Note: If you wish to add more permissions, click Add More Permissions button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of Permission Actions table. Registry To grant or revoke permissions for registry, select the Registry tab and specify the following values: Parameter Description User/Group Principal Select the users and groups for whom you would like to grant or revoke permissions. Action Select the action from the following: 1. Append - To append to the existing registry permissions. Please note that it will only append to the existing permissions on the object and will not overwrite. For example, for an object having full permissions, if you just select a deny permission to write, only write permission will be removed while the user/group can still modify the object. 2. Overwrite - To overwrite the existing registry permissions 3. Revoke - To revoke the existing registry permissions. All the permissions to the specified 297 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description user/group on that registry key will be removed. However, the inherited permissions will not be removed. Hive Select the registry hive from the given options Key Specify the key within that hive for which you need to set the permissions Inheritance Select the required options to specify how the permission should effect its subkeys. Settings Select the required options. Note: If you wish to add more permissions, click Add More Permissions button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of Permission Actions table. To modify a permission from the List of Permission Actions table, select the appropriate row and click icon and change the required values. To delete a permission from the List of Permission Actions table, select the appropriate row and click icon. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Permission Management Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Permission Management Configuration in the defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 298 Zoho Corp. Configuring Power Options 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Power Management Configuration enables you to adjust your power settings to save energy. You can add, modify, and delete power schemes for users from a central point. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Power Management Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can perform the following actions: 1. Create/Modify a Power Scheme 2. Delete a Power Scheme Create/Modify a Power Scheme To create a new scheme, select the Create Scheme tab of the Power Management Configuration. Select the Modify Scheme tab to modify an existing scheme. Specify the following values: Parameter Power Scheme* Description The name of the power scheme that has to be created/modified. If you are modifying a default scheme, select the Default Scheme option and select the scheme. Overwrite if scheme Select this option to overwrite the scheme, if one with the already exits same name exists. This option is only available for create scheme. Set as active power Select this option if you wish to make this scheme active. scheme Clearing this option will only create or modify the scheme and the system will continue to use the previously applied 299 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description scheme. Turn Off Monitor Turns off the monitor after the specified period of inactivity. Select the period from the combo box. Turn Off Hard Disk Turns off the hard disk after the specified period of inactivity. Select the period from the combo box. System StandBy The system goes to the standby mode after the specified period of inactivity. Select the period from the combo box. System Hibernate Turns off the computer after saving everything in memory to the hard disk after the specified period of inactivity. When the system is turned on again, it is restored to the same position. Select the period from the combo box. Advanced Options Enable Hibernate Select this option to enable hibernation of the computer. support Always show icon on the taskbar Select this option to display the power icon in the system tray. Prompt for password when computer goes off Select this option, if you wish the user to authenticate himself/herself when the computer is resumed from StandBy standby mode. When I close lid Select the action to be performed on closing the lid. It can be either left as such or made to go to the standby mode. When I press the power Select the action to be performed when the power button button on my computer is pressed from the following options: 1. Do nothing - to leave it as such 2. Ask me what to do - to prompt the user 3. Standby - to go to the standby mode 4. Shutdown to shutdown the computer When I press the sleep Select the action to be performed when the sleep button button on my computer is pressed from the following options: 1. Do nothing - to leave it as such 2. Ask me what to do - to prompt the user 3. Standby - to go to the standby mode 4. Shutdown to shutdown the computer * - denotes mandatory parameters 300 Zoho Corp. Note: While creating new schemes, you can select any of the default schemes from the list to load its values and then modify it to suit your need. If you wish to create/modify more schemes, click Add More Scheme button and repeat step 2. The defined scheme gets added to the List of Power Schemes added table. Delete a Power Scheme To delete an existing power scheme, select the Delete Scheme tab of the Power Management Configuration and specify the name of the scheme that has to be deleted. If you wish to create/modify/delete more schemes, click Add More Scheme button and repeat step 2. The defined task gets added to the List of Power Schemes added table. To modify a scheme from List of Power Schemes added table, select the appropriate row and click icon and change the required values. To delete scheme from List of Power Schemes added table, select the appropriate row and click icon. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Power Management Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Power Management Configuration in the defined targets. The Power Management configuration will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 301 Zoho Corp. Configuring Registry Settings 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Registry Settings allows you to add, modify, and delete the values in the registry of the users. Desktop Central Registry Settings Configuration enables you to modify the values in the registry centrally and for several users. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Registry Settings configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can perform the following actions: 1. Write Value 2. Delete Value 3. Add Key 4. Delete Key Write Value To write a value in the registry, select the Action as Write Value and specify the following values: Parameter Header Key Description Select the header key from the following options: 1. HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT: It has all file associations, OLE information and shortcut data. 2. HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG: It has the currently used computer hardware profile. 3. HKEY_CURRENT_USER: It has the 302 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description preferences for the user currently logged in. 4. HKEY_USERS/.Default: It has the default profile preferences. Key Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the key value. Type The type of the value. This varies with respect to the Header Key selected. Select the appropriate type from the combo box. Value Specify the value to be added. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Data / Expression Specify the data or expression. If the new value has to be created without data, enter the word clear inside the parentheses as (clear). Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Note: If you wish to write more values, click Add Registry Settings button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings table. Delete Value To delete a value from the registry, select the Action as Delete Value and specify the following values: Parameter Header Key Description Select the header key from the following options: 1. HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT: It has all file associations, OLE information and shortcut data. 2. HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG: It has the currently used computer hardware profile. 3. HKEY_CURRENT_USER: It has the preferences for the user currently logged in. 4. HKEY_USERS/.Default: It has the default profile preferences. Key Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the key value. Value Specify the value to be deleted. 303 Zoho Corp. Note: If you wish to delete more values, click Add Registry Settings button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings table. Add Key To add a registry key, select the Action as Add Key and specify the following: Parameter Header Key Description Select the header key from the following options: 1. HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT: It has all file associations, OLE information and shortcut data. 2. HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG: It has the currently used computer hardware profile. 3. HKEY_CURRENT_USER: It has the preferences for the user currently logged in. 4. HKEY_USERS/.Default: It has the default profile preferences. Key Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the key value to be added. Note: If you wish to add more keys, click Add Registry Settings button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings table. Delete Key To delete a registry key, select the Action as Delete Key and specify the following values: Parameter Header Key Description Select the header key from the following options: 1. HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT: It has all file associations, OLE information and shortcut data. 304 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description 2. HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG: It has the currently used computer hardware profile. 3. HKEY_CURRENT_USER: It has the preferences for the user currently logged in. 4. HKEY_USERS/.Default: It has the default profile preferences. Key Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the key value that has to be deleted. Note: If you wish to delete more keys, click Add Registry Settings button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings table. To modify a registry setting from the Registry Settings table, select the appropriate row and click icon and change the required values. To delete a registry setting from the Registry Settings table, select the appropriate row and click icon. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Registry Settings Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Registry Settings Configuration in the defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 305 Zoho Corp. Securing USB Devices The Secure USB configuration is used for both users and computers to block or unblock the use of the USB devices. This configuration is applicable to users irrespective of the computers they use. Using this configuration, you can block or unblock the following devices: 1. Mouse devices 2. Disk drives (for example: USB drives and external hard-disk drives) 3. CD ROMs 4. Portable devices (for example: mobile phones, digital cameras and portable media players) 5. Floppy disks 6. Bluetooth devices 7. Images (for example: USB cameras and scanners) 8. Printers 9. Modems 10. Apple USB devices (for example: iPhone, iPad and iPod touch) You can also exclude devices using the Device Instance ID assigned to each device. Secure USB Settings for Users When you create the Secure USB configuration to block or unblock devices for users, you can set actions to take place once the user logs off. These actions enable you to retain or remove the settings that you make, using the Secure USB configuration, once the user logs off. The actions that you can set include the following: 1. Don't alter device status: Use this option to retain the settings you have made, even after the user has logged off. For example, if you use this option, the settings that you have made to block or unblock the usage of USB devices will apply to all users who log on. 2. Disable all devices excluding mouse: Use this option to remove the settings you have made, even after the user has logged off. Applying Secure USB Settings to Computers and Users 306 Zoho Corp. When you apply the Secure USB configuration to both computers and users, the settings made for computers will be applied before the settings made for users. For example, assume that you have made the following settings: 1. 2. 3. 4. Settings for users Administrator: You have unblocked the usage of the disk drive Other users (excluding the administrator): You have not deployed any configurations Settings for a computer: You have blocked the usage of portable devices and disk drives The following actions will take place: 1. Computer startup: The Secure USB configuration settings made for the computer are applied when the computer is started. This means that no portable devices and disk drives can be used. 2. Administrator logon: The Secure USB configuration for the computer is applied. However, it is over written by the settings made for the administrator. This means that the administrator can use disk drives. 3. Other users (excluding the administrator) log on: The Secure USB configuration made for the computer is applied. 4. Other users (excluding the administrator)log off: The log off-action settings made for users are applied when a user logs off. If the log off-action setting is set to Don't alter device status, then the settings made will apply to the next user who logs on, provided that the user does not have any settings that apply to them. Note: Block USB, represents to block the access to use any USB device. Unblock USB, represents to re-enable the access to the USB devices that has been blocked. No Change, represents that no change has been made to the current settings. Creating Configurations to Secure USB Devices As an administrator, you can create a configuration block or unblock specific USB devices. You can also exclude specific devices, if required. To create a configuration to secure USB devices for users, follow the steps given below: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Click the Configurations tab Click Configuration In the User Configurations section click Secure USB Enter a name and description for the configuration Select the devices to block or unblock Select the required log-off action Define the target Make the required execution settings Click Deploy 307 Zoho Corp. You have created configurations to secure USB devices. These configurations will be applied when the user logs in to the computer. 308 Zoho Corp. Excluding Devices When you block a device you can exclude certain devices from being blocked by using the Device Instance ID assigned to each device. You can exclude devices only when you have blocked a device. To exclude devices, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Exclude Devices link against a device 2. Enter the Device Instance ID for the device 3. Click Close You have excluded a device from being blocked. Device Instance ID Every USB device has a unique ID. This ID is assigned to devices by the system to identify them easily. You can identify the Device Instance ID of a Device by following the steps mentioned below: 1. 2. 3. 4. Right-click My Computer Click Properties Click Device Manager (Refer to the figure below) From the list of devices, expand the list of devices for which you want the Device Instance ID. (For example : if you want to identify the Device Instance ID of a mobile phone that you have connected to the computer, expand portable devices and follow the next step.) Figure 1: Device Manager 309 Zoho Corp. 5. Right-click on the name of a specific device and click Properties (Refer to the figure below) Figure 2: Properties 6. Click the Details tab 7. In the drop-down box, select Device Instance ID or Device Instance Path (Refer to the figure below) 310 Zoho Corp. Figure 3: Device Instance ID In computers which have the operating system Windows Vista (and later versions), the Device Instance ID is called the Device Instance Path. You can copy the Device Instance Path from the Properties property sheet of the Device Manager. In computers that have older versions of the Windows operating system installed in them, you cannot copy the Device Instance ID directly from the Properties property sheet of the Device Manager. To copy the Device Instance ID you must open the dcusbaccess log file. This file is located in <Drive>\<Desktopcentral_Agent Folder>\logs\dcusbaccess.log. It contains information about the following: 1. Action Time (inserted\removed time) 2. Action (inserted\removed) 3. Friendly name 4. Device Instance ID 311 Zoho Corp. 1. You can now view and copy the Device Instance ID for a specific device. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Securing USB for Computers 312 Zoho Corp. Configuring Security Policies 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration Security policies determine the various security restrictions that can be imposed on the users in a network. The security settings for Active Desktop, Computer, Control Panel, Explorer, Internet Explorer, Network, and System categories can be defined using Security Policies Configuration. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Security Policies Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration Specify the following values: Parameter Choose Policy Category Description The specific policy area in which the security policy will be applied. Select the desired category from left. This displays the relevant security polices. For details on the each category, refer to Windows Help documentation. For details on the each policy in the Select the Policy list, refer to Security Policies topic. Policy Value To enable, disable, or to leave it unconfigured, select the appropriate option. Note: 1. To modify a security policy from this table, select the appropriate row, click icon and change the required values. 2. To delete a security policy from this table, select the appropriate row and click icon. 313 Zoho Corp. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Security Policies Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Security Policies Configuration in the defined targets. The security policies will be applied during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Security Policies 314 Zoho Corp. Configuring Shared Network Printer 1. 2. 3. 4. Name the Configuration Define Configuration Define Target Deploy Configuration When a printer is installed in a machine in the network and is shared, other machines in the network can use this printer for their printing needs. Desktop Central enables you to configure the Shared Network Printer in the user machines. For configuring an IP printer connection to the computer, refer to the Configuring IP Printer topic. Note: To add the Shared Network Printer Configuration, a computer must be installed with printer connection and must be shared. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Shared Network Printer Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can perform the following actions: 1. Add a Shared Network Printer 2. Delete a Shared Network Printer Add a Shared Network Printer To add a Shared Network Printer, select the Action as Add and specify the following values: Parameter Description Shared Network Browse and select the path of the shared network printer location in Printer Path* the network. Set as default printer Select this check box, if you want to make this as the default printer for the user. By default, this option is cleared. * - denotes mandatory field 315 Zoho Corp. Delete a Shared Network Printer To delete a Shared Network Printer, select the Action as Delete and specify the following values: Parameter Description Shared Network Printer Path* Browse and select the path of the Shared Network Printer location in the network. Delete all existing Shared Network Printer connections Select this check box, if you want to delete all the existing Shared Network Printer connections. By default, this option is disabled. * - denotes mandatory field Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Shared Network Printer Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Shared Network Printer Configuration in the defined targets. The printer configuration will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 316 Zoho Corp. Managing Shortcuts 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The shortcut is an icon that points to a file, folder or an Internet URL. The Shortcut Configuration enables you to add shortcuts to the users from a central point. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Shortcut Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can perform the following actions: 1. Create a Shortcut 2. Create an Internet Shortcut 3. Delete a Shortcut / Internet Shortcut Create a Shortcut To create a shortcut, select the Action as Create Shortcut and specify the following values: Parameter Description Overwrite To modify the existing shortcut select this option. Shortcut Name* Specify the name of the shortcut. Target Application* Browse and select the target application from the network for which a shortcut has to be created. The target application can also be in the local machine where the configuration is being deployed. Arguments* If the application requires any arguments, specify the arguments. Leave it blank if it does not require any arguments. Shortcut Location Select the location to create the shortcut. The 317 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description shortcut location can be any of the following: 1. User Desktop: Refers to the desktop of that user. 2. User Favorites: Refers to the favorites folder of that user. 3. User Start Menu: Refers to the start menu of that user. 4. User Programs Group: Refers to the Start -> Programs group of that user. 5. User Startup Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs --> Startup group of that user. 6. User Quick Launch Bar: Refers to the quick launch bar of that user. 7. All Users Desktop: Refers to the desktop common for all the users. 8. All Users Start Menu: Refers to the start menu common for all users. 9. All Users Programs Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs group common for all the users. 10. All Users Startup Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs --> Startup group common for all the users. Start In Folder* Some applications may have some references to additional files during execution. In such cases, browse and select the location from where the application has to be started. Shortcut Comments Specify the comments for this shortcut. Icon File* Browse and select the icon for the shortcut. Run Window Select how the application has be started - Normal, Maximized, or Minimized. * - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Note: If you wish to create more shortcuts, click Add Shortcut button and repeat step 2. The defined shortcut gets added to the Shortcut table. 318 Zoho Corp. Create an Internet Shortcut To create an Internet shortcut, select the Action as Create Internet Shortcut and specify the following values: Parameter Description Shortcut Name* Specify the name of the Internet shortcut. Target URL* Specify the URL for which the shortcut needs to be created. Shortcut Location Select the location to create the shortcut. The shortcut location can be any of the following: 1. User Desktop: Refers to the desktop of that user. 2. User Favorites: Refers to the favorites folder of that user. 3. User Start Menu: Refers to the start menu of that user. 4. User Programs Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs group of that user. 5. User Startup Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs --> Startup group of that user. 6. User Quick Launch Bar: Refers to the quick launch bar of that user. 7. All Users Desktop: Refers to the desktop common for all the users. 8. All Users Start Menu: Refers to the start menu common for all users. 9. All Users Programs Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs group common for all the users. 10. All Users Startup Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs --> Startup group common for all the users. Icon File* Browse and select the icon for the shortcut. Delete a Shortcut / Internet Shortcut To delete a shortcut, select the Action as Delete Shortcut / Internet Shortcut respectively and specify the following values: Parameter Description Shortcut Name Specify the name of the shortcut. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Shortcut Location Select the location from where the shourcuts needs to be deleted. The shortcut location can be any of the following: 319 Zoho Corp. 1. User Desktop: Refers to the desktop of that user. 2. User Favorites: Refers to the favorites folder of that user. 3. User Start Menu: Refers to the start menu of that user. 4. User Programs Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs group of that user. 5. User Startup Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs --> Startup group of that user. 6. User Quick Launch Bar: Refers to the quick launch bar of that user. 7. All Users Desktop: Refers to the desktop common for all the users. 8. All Users Start Menu: Refers to the start menu common for all users. 9. All Users Programs Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs group common for all the users. 10. All Users Startup Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs --> Startup group common for all the users. Note: If you wish to delete more shortcuts, click Add More Shortcut button and repeat step 2. The defined shortcut gets added to the Shortcut table. To modify a shortcut from the Shortcut table, select the appropriate row and click icon and change the required values. To delete a shortcut from the Shortcut table, select the appropriate row and click icon. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Shortcut Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Shortcut Configuration in the defined targets. The shortcut configuration will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 320 Zoho Corp. Computer Configurations This section details the configurations that can be applied to the computers of the Windows Domain. Configurations applied to computers are available for all the users of the computers. These configurations are applied to the computers during startup or shutdown. Note: Ensure that you have defined the scope of management before defining the configurations. For details, refer to Defining the Scope of Management. To reach the configuration screen, follow the steps below: 1. Click Add Configuration link from the Quick Links. This will list all the supported configurations for users and computers. 2. Click the required configuration listed under the Computer Configurations. Desktop Central supports the following configurations that can be applied on computers: 1. Redirecting Common Folders 2. Executing Custom Scripts 3. Setting Environment Variables 4. Managing Files and Folders 5. Configuring Windows XP Firewall 6. Configuring General Computer Settings 7. Managing Windows Local Groups 8. Installing Patches 9. Installing Software - MSI/EXE Format 10. Installing Windows Service Packs 11. Configuring IP Printers 12. Launching Applications 13. Displaying Legal Notices 14. Displaying Message Box 15. Setting Path 16. Managing Permissions 17. Configuring Registry Settings 18. Securing USB Devices 19. Scheduling Tasks 321 Zoho Corp. 20. Configuring Security Policies 21. Managing Shortcuts 22. Configuring Windows Services 23. Managing Windows Local Users 322 Zoho Corp. Redirecting Common Folders 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Common Folder Redirection Configuration helps to change the location of the All User Shell folders that are shared by all the users. The All User Shell folders which contains common Start Menu, Programs Group, Startup Group, Desktop, and application data shared by all the users. For the redirection of the user-specific folders in the computer, refer to the Redirecting User-Specific Folders topic. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Common Folder Redirection Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration Select the values for the following fields that require change in settings. For each of the fields in the following table, click the Browse button next to the corresponding field to launch Network Browser window. Select the folder location and click OK button. If this field is left blank, the corresponding folder settings is left unchanged. The following table provides a brief description about the common folders that can be redirected using Desktop Central. Field Description Common Start Menu* Contains the shortcuts that appear in the start menu that are common for all the users of the computer. Common Programs Group* Contains the shortcuts that appear in the Programs group of the start menu that are common for all the users of the computer. Common Startup Group* Contains the shortcuts that appear in Start --> Programs --> Startup menu. This specifies the applications that should be started during the startup of the system. 323 Zoho Corp. Field Description Common Desktop* Contains the shortcuts and files that appear in the desktop that are common for all the users of the computer. Common Application Data* * - Click the Contains the application data that are shared by all the users (C:/Documents and Settings/All Users/Application Data). icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Common Folder Redirection Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Common Folder Redirection Configuration in the defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Redirecting User-Specific Folders 324 Zoho Corp. Executing Custom Scripts 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration Desktop Central provides options for configuring almost all the computer configurations from remote. In addition to the configurations that are supported by Desktop Central, administrators can also write their own scripts that could be run on the machines for accomplishing specific configurations. The scripts could be any of the following: 1. Batch file (.bat or .cmd) 2. In any other language hosted by Windows Script Host (WSH), such as VB Script, JScript, Perl, REXX, and Python. Note: The script engines for languages like Perl, REXX, and Python, must be registered with Windows. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Custom Script Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration The table given below lists the parameters that have to be provided for defining the configuration. Parameter Script Name* Description The script that has to be executed in the machines. You have an option to select the script from any of the following: 1. Local: The machine from where the configuration is being defined. 2. Inventory: Refers to the Desktop Central inventory. All the scripts that have been added using Managing Scripts procedure will be available here. 325 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description 3. Network Share: Refers to the network share. Script Arguments The arguments that have to be provided while executing the scripts. Execute During* Refers to the script execution time. This can be either during the system startup or shutdown. * - Refers to the mandatory fields. Note: The scripts specified from the local or share, will automatically be added to the Desktop Central inventory after successful deployment. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Custom Script Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Custom Script Configuration in the targets. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Managing Custom Scripts 326 Zoho Corp. Setting Environment Variables 1. 2. 3. 4. Name the Configuration Defining Configuration Defining Target Deploy Configuration Environment variables are strings that contain information about the environment for the system, and the currently logged on user. Some software programs use the information to determine where to place files (such as temp, tmp, path etc). Environment variables control the behavior of various programs. Any user can add, modify, or remove a user environment variable. However, only an administrator can add, modify, or remove a system environment variable. Using Desktop Central, the environment variables can be defined and added. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Environment Variable Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration The following table lists the parameters that have to be specified: Parameter Variable* Value* Description The environment variable name that has to be modified or added. The value that has to be stored in the environment variable. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. * - denotes mandatory fields Note: 1. To add more environment variables, click Add More Variables and repeat Step 2. The defined environment variable gets added to the List of Environment Variable table. 2. To modify a environment variable from this table, select the appropriate row, click icon and change the required values. 3. To delete a environment variable from this table, select the appropriate row and click icon. 327 Zoho Corp. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Environment Variable Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Environment Variable Configuration in the targets defined. The configurations will take effect during the next system startup. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Setting Path 328 Zoho Corp. Managing Files and Folders 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The File and Folder Operation allows you to copy, move, rename, delete files and folders in computers. Desktop Central File and Folder Operation Configuration enables you to copy/move/delete files for several computers from central location. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the File and Folder Operation configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can perform the following actions: 1. Copy Files and Folders 2. Rename/Move Files and Folders 3. Delete Files and Folders Copy Files and Folder To copy files and folders, select the Copy tab and specify the following values: Parameter Select Action Type Description Select the Action from any of the following: 1. Copy a File - To copy a file from one location to another. 2. Copy a File to a Folder - To copy a file from one location to a specified folder. 3. Copy Multiple Files - To copy multiple files to a specified folder. 4. Copy a Folder - To copy a folder from one 329 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description location to another. Source File Specify the file that has to be copied. The file can either be in a shared location or in the specified location in the client machines. Destination File Specify the destination location with the file name. Destination Folder Specify the destination folder to copy the files/folders. Include Read Only Files Select this option, if you wish to copy the files even if it has only read-only permissions. Include System Files Select this option if you wish to copy the system files. Include Hidden Files Select this option if you wish to copy the hidden files. Overwrite Existing Files Select this option to overwrite the existing files. Create Destination Directory if doesn't Exist Select this option to create the destination directory, if it does not exist. Include Sub Folders Select this option, if you wish to copy sub folders or the files within the sub folders. Continue on Error While copying multiple files or folders, specify whether to continue, if any error is encountered while copying. Choose file modification time Specify the file or folder modification time. Files that meet the specified criteria will only be copied. Connect using Credentials To copy Files/Folders across Domains or amongst Workgroup computers, you need to specify a credential that has access to the source Files/Folders. Note: If you wish to copy more files/folders, click Add More Action button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of File Actions table. Rename/Move Files and Folders To rename or move the files and folders, select the Rename/Move tab and specify the following values: Parameter Select Action Type Description Select the Action from any of the following: 1. Rename/Move a file 2. Rename/Move a folder Source File/Folder Specify the file or the folder that has to be copied Destination File/Folder Specify the destination file or the folder. 330 Zoho Corp. Note: If you wish to copy more files/folders, click Add More Action button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of File Actions table. Delete Files and Folders To delete the files and folders, select the Delete tab and specify the following values: Parameter Select Action Type Description Select the Action from any of the following: 1. Delete a File 2. Delete Multiple Files 3. Delete a Folder Source File Specify the files/folders that has to be deleted Include Read Only Files Select this option, if you wish to delete the read-only files Include System Files Select this option, if you wish to delete the system files Include Hidden Files Select this option, if you wish to delete the hidden files. Include Sub Folders Select this option, if you wish to delete the sub folders or the files within the sub folders. Continue on Error While deleting multiple files or folders, specify whether to continue, if any error is encountered while deleting. Note: If you wish to copy more files/folders, click Add More Action button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of File Actions table. To modify a file action from the List of File Actions table, select the appropriate row and click icon and change the required values. To delete a file action from the List of File Actions table, select the appropriate row and click icon. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the File and Folder Operation Configuration. 331 Zoho Corp. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined File and Folder Operation Configuration in the defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next system startup. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 332 Zoho Corp. Configuring Windows XP Firewall 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Firewall configuration in the Windows XP Operating System can be modified using Desktop Central. The Windows XP Firewall blocks or permits access to the computer for specific TCP or UDP ports. Note: The Firewall Configuration can be deployed only on the computers with the Windows XP (with Service Pack 2) Operating System. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Firewall Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration Select the Firewall Action from the combo box. The action could be any of the following: 1. ON: To turn on the Windows XP Firewall. 2. OFF: To turn off the Windows XP Firewall. 3. DONT MODIFY: To preserve the client settings. This option is selected by default. Note: The Firewall configurations defined using Desktop Central can be deployed successfully to the client computers. However, it will take effect only when you turn on the Windows XP Firewall. Specify the following parameters to block/unblock a port: Parameter Port Action Description Select whether to block, unblock, or to retain client settings using the Windows XP Firewall. The default option is Block. Choose Port [Number - Specify the port in the form of Port Number - Port Name - Protocol. 333 Zoho Corp. Parameter Name - Protocol] Description The standard ports and services are listed in the combo box. If the required port is not listed, select the Customize link to either choose the port from the Additional ports list or to add your own by providing the required details. Dependent Services On selecting the port the dependent services are shown in this field. This cannot be modified from here. Note: 1. To block/unblock more ports, click Add More Ports and repeat Step 2. The port gets added to the Firewall table. 2. To modify a setting from this table, select the appropriate row, click change the required values. 3. To delete a setting from this table, select the appropriate row and click icon and icon. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets deploying the Firewall Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Firewall Configuration in the defined targets. The configurations will take effect during the next system startup To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 334 Zoho Corp. Configuring General Computer Settings 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The General Configuration is for configuring the general settings for the computers, such as configuring display the last user name, synchronize the system time with Time Server, and so on. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the General Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration The table below lists the general settings that can be configured using Desktop Central. Specify the values only if a change is required for a particular parameter, else, leave it blank. Parameter Description Display last User Name To specify whether to display the previously logged user name or not. This is displayed when a user logs on to the system. To leave it unchanged, select Preserve client settings option. Registered Owner* The name of the registered owner of the system. This is displayed in the General tab of the My Computer properties window. Registered Company* The name of the company. This is displayed in the General tab of the My Computer properties window. Time Server Browse and select a time server to synchronize the time of the computer with of the time server. Time synchronization happens when the computer is started. * - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the General Configuration. 335 Zoho Corp. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined General Configuration in the defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next system startup. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 336 Zoho Corp. Managing Windows Local Groups 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Group Management allows you to add, modify, or delete local groups from the computers. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Group Management Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can perform the following actions: 1. Add Group 2. Delete Group 3. Modify Group Add Group To add a group to the computer, select the Add Group link from the Choose Group Action table and specify the following: Parameter Description Group Name The name of the group that has to be created. Description The description of the group. Add Member Select the Member Type as Local, Domain User, or Domain Group and specify/select the users or global groups that have to be added to the local group. Overwrite if group already exist Select this option, if you wish to overwrite the group definition, if one with the same name exists. 337 Zoho Corp. Note: If you wish to add more groups or to perform another action, click Add More Actions button and continue. The values gets added to the List of Settings table. Delete Group To delete a group from the computer, select the Delete Group link from the Choose Group Action table and specify the group name that has to be deleted. Note: If you wish to delete more groups or to perform another action, click Add More Actions button and continue. The values gets added to the List of Settings table. Modify Group To modify a group of the computer, select the Modify Group link from the Choose Group Action table and specify the group name that has to be deleted. Parameter Description Group Name The name of the group that has to be modified. Description The description of the group. Add Member Select the Member Type as Local, Domain User, or Domain Group and specify/select the users or global groups that have to be added to the local group. Remove Member Select the Member Type as Local, Domain User, or Domain Group and specify/select the users to be removed from this group. Note: If you wish to modify more groups or to perform another action, click Add More Actions button and continue. The values gets added to the List of Settings table. To modify a setting from the List of Settings table, select the appropriate row and click icon and change the required values. To delete a setting from the List of Settings table, select the appropriate row and click icon. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Group Management Configuration. 338 Zoho Corp. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Group Management Configuration in the targets defined. The configuration will take effect during the next system startup. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 339 Zoho Corp. Installing Patches 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Install Patches configuration enables you to install patches to fix the application vulnerabilities from a central location. You can click on Install Patch and select the OS that you wanted to deploy patches to. Follow the steps mentioned below to install patches for windows and MaC operating systems. 1. Click on Patch Management 2. Under Deployment select Install Patch 3. Choose the operating system as Windows or Mac and then create a configuration that needs to be deployed. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Install Patches Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration specify the following values: Parameter Add the Patches Description Click the Add More Patches button to invoke the Patch Browser. From the patch browser select the patches that have to be applied. The patch browser has an option to view the missing patches or all patches, which can then be filtered based on the application and service pack. Scheduler Settings Install After Select this option and specify the date and time after which the patches have to be installed. The patches will be installed based on the Install Options selected after the scheduled time. 340 Zoho Corp. Parameter Deployment Settings Description If you have defined Deployment Templates, you can load the Deployment Settings directly from a template by selecting the required template from the list. Install Options Install during computer startup: Select this option if the patches have to be deployed during computer startup. Install during 90 minutes refresh interval: Select this option if the patches have to be installed after the computer startup when the next update happens (within 90 minutes) Either of the above, whichever is earlier Install Between If you want the installation to happen only between a specified time of a day, you can specify the Start and End time within which the deployment should begin. The Start Time can also be greater than the End time - in such cases the End time is assumed to be on the following day. For example, if you wish the deployment should happen between 10.00 PM and 4.00 AM, you can specify the Start Time as 22:00:00 and End Time as 04:00:00 Allow Users to Skip Deployment Specify whether the use can skip the deployment at a later time by selecting the "Allow Users to Skip Deployment". When you do not select this option, the deployment will be forced and the user will not have any control on the deployment. When you allow users to skip deployment, you can also specify whether they can skip it as long as they wish or force deployment after a specific date. Reboot Policy Do not reboot: Select this option if the client computers should not be rebooted after installing the patches. Force Reboot when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user to reboot the computer. Specify the time after which the client machines will be rebooted and the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. This option is applicable if the 341 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description computer is turned on and even if there is no logged on user, the computer will get restarted after the specified time. Force Shutdown when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user to shutdown the computer. Specify the time within which the client machines will be shutdown and the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. Allow user to skip Reboot: Select this option to allow users to reboot later. Specify the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. Allow user to skip Shutdown:Select this option to allow users to shutdown later. Specify the message that has to be displayed in the client machines Note: If you have reached this configuration page from the Patch Management tab by selecting the patches, the selected patches automatically gets added to the List of Patches. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Install Patches Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Install Patches Configuration in the defined targets. The software installation for the selected targets will happen during the next system startup. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 342 Zoho Corp. Installing Software - MSI & EXE Packages 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Software Installation configuration helps you to install MSI and EXE packages remotely to several computers of the Windows network from a central location. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Software Installation Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You have an option to install either an EXE or an MSI package • Install MSI Package • Install EXE Package Install MSI Package Select the Installer type as MSI and specify the following values: Parameter Description MSI Package Name This will list all the MSI packages that are available in the Software Repository. Select the MSI that has to be installed. Operation Type To specify how the installation should happen. Select any of the following options: Install Completely: Selecting this option will install the application automatically. Advertise: Selecting this option will notify the user about the availability of the software. Thy can choose whether to install the software or not. Remove: Selecting this option remove (uninstall) the application from 343 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description the system Install as The user as whom the MSI has to be installed. System User: Default system user privilege Run as User: User Account with specific privilege Copy You have an option to copy the installables to the client machines before installing them. Select the required option: None: Selecting this option will not copy the installation files. Copy file to client machines: Will copy the exe or the msi file alone as specified in the software package to the client machines. Copy folder to client machines: Will copy the entire directory that has the installation file to the client machines. Copy option will be mandatory, when the network share requires a user credential to access and when you opt to install the software as a different user using the Run As option. Click Add More Packages to install/uninstall additional software. Note:You can also uninstall a previous version of the software either by running a pre-installation script (should be specified while creating a package) or by selecting the Operation Type as Remove. In the latter case, you need to add two packages, one to remove the older version and the other to install the new version. Specify the Scheduler details for installing the software: Parameter Description Schedule Time to Perform Select his option and specify the data and time after which the the Operation installation should begin. It may be noted that the installation/uninstallation will still be based on the Operation Type & Installation / Uninstallation Option selected, but this will begin after the time specified here. Specify the Deployment Settings for the software: If you have defined Deployment Templates, you can load the Deployment Settings directly from a template by selecting the required template from the list. Parameter Description 344 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description Installation / Uninstallation Specify whether the installation/uninstallation should happen Option during or after system startup: During startup: Select this option if the software has to be installed/uninstalled during computer startup. After startup: Select this option if the software has to be installed/uninstalled after the computer startup when the next GP update happens (within 90 minutes) During or After Startup: Either of the above, whichever is earlier Install Between If you want the installation to happen only between a specified time of a day, you can specify the Start and End time within which the deployment should begin. The Start Time can also be greater than the End time - in such cases the End time is assumed to be on the following day. For example, if you wish the deployment should happen between 10.00 PM and 4.00 AM, you can specify the Start Time as 22:00:00 and End Time as 04:00:00 Allow Users to Skip Specify whether the use can skip the deployment at a later time Deployment by selecting the "Allow Users to Skip Deployment". When you do not select this option, the deployment will be forced and the user will not have any control on the deployment. When you allow users to skip deployment, you can also specify whether they can skip it as long as they wish or force deployment after a specific date. Reboot Policy Do not reboot: Select this option if the client computers should not be rebooted after installing the software. Force Reboot when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user to reboot the computer. Specify the time within which the client machines will be rebooted and the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. This option is applicable if the computer is turned on and even if there is no logged on user, the computer will get restarted after the specified time. Force Shutdown when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user to shutdown the computer. Specify the time within which the client machines will be shutdown and the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. This option is applicable if the computer is turned on and even if there is no logged on user, the computer will get restarted after the specified time. 345 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description Allow user to skip Reboot: Select this option to allow users to reboot later. Specify the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. Allow user to skip Shutdown:Select this option to allow users to shutdown later. Specify the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. Install EXE Packages Select the Installer type as EXE and specify the following values: Parameter Description EXE Package Name This will list all the EXE packages that are available in the Software Repository. Select the EXE that has to be installed. Operation Type Select the operation type as Install or Uninstall. Install as The user as whom the EXE has to be installed. System User: Default system user privilege Run as User: User Account with specific privilege Copy You have an option to copy the installables to the client machines before installing them. Select the required option: None: Selecting this option will not copy the installation files. Copy file to client machines: Will copy the exe or the msi file alone as specified in the software package to the client machines. Copy folder to client machines: Will copy the entire directory that has the installation file to the client machines. Copy option will be mandatory, when the network share requires a user credential to access and when you opt to install the software as a different user using the Run As option. The content copied on the client machines will be removed after the software is installed successfully. If the software installation fails, the copied content will be maintained for trouble shooting purpose. 346 Zoho Corp. Click Add More Packages to install/uninstall additional software. Note:You can also uninstall a previous version of the software either by running a pre-installation script (should be specified while creating a package) or by selecting the Operation Type as Remove. In the latter case, you need to add two packages, one to remove the older version and the other to install the new version. Specify the Scheduler details for installing the software: Parameter Description Installation / Uninstallation Specify whether the installation should happen during or after Option system startup. Schedule Time to Perform the Operation Select this option and specify the data and time after which the installation should begin. It may be noted that the installation/uninstallation will still be based on the Operation Type & Installation / Uninstallation Option selected, but this will begin after the time specified here. Reboot Policy Do not reboot: Select this option if the client computers should not be rebooted after installing the software. Force Reboot when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user to reboot the computer. Specify the time within which the client machines will be rebooted and the message that has to displayed in the client machines. Force Shutdown when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user to shutdown the computer. Specify the time within which the client machines will be shutdown and the message that has to displayed in the client machines. Allow user to skip Reboot: Select this option to allow users to reboot later. Specify the message that has to displayed in the client machines. Allow user to skip Shutdown:Select this option to allow users to shutdown later. Specify the message that has to displayed in the client machines. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Windows Installer Configuration. 347 Zoho Corp. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Windows Installer Configuration in the defined targets. The software installation for the selected targets will happen as scheduled. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 348 Zoho Corp. Installing Windows Service Packs 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Install Service Pack configuration enables you to install windows service packs to operating system and other windows applications from a central location. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Install Service Pack Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration Specify the following: Parameter Select the Service Pack Description All the available Service packs are listed here. You can filter the view based on the OS or the application by selecting the appropriate option from the Select Application combo box. Select the service pack from the list and specify whether to reboot the system after applying the service pack. Deployment Settings Install After 1. Select this option and specify the date and time after which the service pack has to be installed. The service pack will be installed based on the Install Options selected after the scheduled time. Install Options 1. Install during computer startup: Select this option if the service pack has to be deployed during computer startup. 2. Install during 90 minutes refresh interval: Select this option if the service pack has to be installed after the computer 349 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description startup when the next update happens (within 90 minutes) 3. Either of the above, whichever is earlier Reboot Policy 1. Do not reboot: Select this option if the client computers should not be rebooted after installing the service pack. 2. Force Reboot when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user to reboot the computer. Specify the time after which the client machines will be rebooted and the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. This option is applicable if the computer is turned on and even if there is no logged on user, the computer will get restarted after the specified time. 3. Force Shutdown when the user has logged in: Select this option to force the user to shutdown the computer. Specify the time after which the client machines will be shutdown and the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. 4. Allow user to skip Reboot: Select this option to allow users to reboot later. Specify the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. 5. Allow user to skip Shutdown:Select this option to allow users to shutdown later. Specify the message that has to be displayed in the client machines. Note: If no service pack details are listed here, check whether you have configured the Proxy Settings. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Install Service Pack Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration 350 Zoho Corp. Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Install Service Pack Configuration in the defined targets. The software installation for the selected targets will happen during the next system startup. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 351 Zoho Corp. Configuring IP Printer 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The IP Printer Configuration is for adding or deleting the IP Printer connection in the computers. For configuring a shared or IP printers in the computer for specific users, refer to the Configuring Shared Printer / Configuring IP Printer topics under User Configurations. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the IP Printer configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can perform the following actions: 1. Add an IP Printer 2. Delete an IP Printer Add an IP Printer To add an IP Printer, select the Action as Add and specify the following values: Parameter Description DNS Name/IP The host name or IP address defined for the printer. Example: 192.111.2.32 Printer Name The display name for the printer. Protocol The printing protocol supported by the printer. Select the printing protocol from the Protocol list box. The default option is "RAW". Port Number The port number/queue name in which printing protocol is communicating between the computer and printer. Enter the port number in the Port Number field if the "RAW" Protocol is selected or enter the queue name if the "LPR" Protocol is 352 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description selected. The default value is 9100. Port Name This is an optional field. By default, the port name is IP_<IP_Address/DNS_Name>. You can change the port name if required. Shared Printer for Driver Browse to select a shared printer for installing the driver. If Installation the drivers are already installed in the target computers, the Desktop Central will skip the driver installation. Connect Shared Network Printer using Credentials To copy Driver Files across Domains or amongst Workgroup computers, you need to specify a credential that access domain/workgroup machine where the Shared Printer Driver Files are present. Delete an IP Printer To delete an IP Printer, select the Action as Delete and specify the following values: Parameter Description Printer Name The display name of the printer. Delete all existing IP printer connections To delete all the existing IP printer connections in the computer for the specified user, select this option. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the IP Printer Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined IP Printer Configuration in the targets defined. The configuration will take effect during the next user logon. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Configuring Shared Printer 353 Zoho Corp. Launching Applications 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration Launch Application configuration enables you to launch an application during startup or shutdown of the computer. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Launch Application Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration Select whether the application has to be launched from the local computer or from the network share. If you select the Local option, all the selected target computers should have the application in the same location. Specify the following: Parameter Application Name* Description Browse and select the application that has to be launched. The applications that are available in the local machine from where the application has to be launched can also be specified. Arguments* Specify the arguments for the application, if any. * - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Note: 1. To launch more applications, click Add More Application and repeat Step 2. The added application gets added to the Launch Application table. 2. To modify an application from this table, select the appropriate row, click change the required values. 3. To delete an application from this table, select the appropriate row and click icon and icon. 354 Zoho Corp. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Launch Application Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Launch Application Configuration in the targets defined. The applications configured will be launched during the next system startup. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 355 Zoho Corp. Displaying Legal Notices 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The important enterprise wide announcements, legal notice, etc., can be configured using the Legal Notice configuration. The configured message will be displayed whenever the user presses ctrl+alt+del to login. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Legal Notice Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration Specify the following: Parameter Description Remove Already Defined Legal Notice Select this option to clear the previous configurations, if any. Window Title* Specify the window title of the legal notice. Message* Specify the message that has to be displayed. * - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Legal Notice Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Legal Notice Configuration in the defined targets. The configured legal notice will be displayed during the next system startup. 356 Zoho Corp. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Displaying Message Box 357 Zoho Corp. Displaying Message Box 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration For the computers in the network, the pop-up messages with the warning or error can be displayed during the system startup. If the system is already running while deploying this configuration, the message will be displayed during the system restart. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Message Boxes Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You have an option to create a new message box or delete the existing message box. Select the required option and specify the following: Parameter Description Message Type The message type as Information, Warning, or Error. Window Title The title of the message box. Message The message that has to be displayed. Timeout in Seconds The duration, in seconds, for the message display. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Message Boxes Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Message Boxes Configuration in the targets defined. The message will be displayed during the next system startup. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. 358 Zoho Corp. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Displaying Legal Notices 359 Zoho Corp. Setting Path 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration Path is an environment variable that contains the path prefixes that certain applications, utilities, and functions uses to search for an executable file. The Path Configuration enables you to add path prefixes to this variable. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Path Configuration Step 2: Define Configuration Specify the path to be added to the environment variables. Multiple paths can be specified separated by a semi-colon (;). Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to the Path variable. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Path Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Path Configuration in the targets defined. The configurations will take effect during the next system startup. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Setting Environment Variables 360 Zoho Corp. Managing Permissions 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Permission Management allows you to grant revoke permission on the files, folders and registry. Desktop Central Permission Management Configuration enables you to grant/revoke permissions to multiple computers from a central point. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Permission Management configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can grant or revoke permissions for the following objects: 1. Files 2. Folders 3. Registry Files To grant or revoke permissions for files, select the File tab and specify the following values: Parameter User/Group Principal Description Select the users and groups for whom you would like to grant or revoke permissions. Action Select the action from the following: 1. Append - To append to the existing file permissions. Please note that it will only append to the existing permissions on the object and will not overwrite. For example, for an object 361 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description having full permissions, if you just select a deny permission to write, only write permission will be removed while the user/group can still modify the object. 2. Overwrite - To overwrite the existing file permissions 3. Revoke - To revoke the existing file permissions of the specified user/group. All the permissions to the specified user/group on that file will be removed. However, the inherited permissions will not be removed. Path Specify the path of the file for which you need to specify permissions Settings Select the required options. Note: If you wish to add more permissions, click Add More Permissions button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of Permission Actions table. Folders To grant or revoke permissions for folders, select the Folder tab and specify the following values: Parameter User/Group Principal Description Select the users and groups for whom you would like to grant or revoke permissions. Action Select the action from the following: 1. Append - To append to the existing folder permissions. Please note that it will only append to the existing permissions on the object and will not overwrite. For example, for an object having full permissions, if you just select a deny permission to write, only write permission will be removed while the user/group can still modify the object. 2. Overwrite - To overwrite the existing folder 362 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description permissions 3. Revoke - To revoke the existing folder permissions. All the permissions to the specified user/group on that folder will be removed. However, the inherited permissions will not be removed. Path Specify the path of the folder for which you need to specify permissions Inheritance Select the required option to specify how the permission should effect its subfolders and files Settings Select the required options. Note: If you wish to add more permissions, click Add More Permissions button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of Permission Actions table. Registry To grant or revoke permissions for registry, select the Registry tab and specify the following values: Parameter Description User/Group Principal Select the users and groups for whom you would like to grant or revoke permissions. Action Select the action from the following: 1. Append - To append to the existing registry permissions. Please note that it will only append to the existing permissions on the object and will not overwrite. For example, for an object having full permissions, if you just select a deny permission to write, only write permission will be removed while the user/group can still modify the object. 2. Overwrite - To overwrite the existing registry permissions 3. Revoke - To revoke the existing registry permissions. All the permissions to the specified user/group on that registry key will be removed. However, the inherited 363 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description permissions will not be removed. Hive Select the registry hive from the given options Key Specify the key within that hive for which you need to set the permissions Inheritance Select the required options to specify how the permission should effect its subkeys. Settings Select the required options. Note: If you wish to add more permissions, click Add More Permissions button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the List of Permission Actions table. To modify a permission from the List of Permission Actions table, select the appropriate row and click icon and change the required values. To delete a permission from the List of Permission Actions table, select the appropriate row and click icon. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Permission Management Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Permission Management Configuration in the defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next system startup. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 364 Zoho Corp. Configuring Registry Settings 1. 2. 3. 4. Name the Configuration Define Configuration Define Target Deploy Configuration The Registry Settings allows you to change the values in the registry in the workstations. Desktop Central Registry Settings Configuration enables you to modify the registry values from a central location. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Registry Settings Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can perform the following actions: 1. 2. 3. 4. Write Value Delete Value Add Key Delete Key Write Value To write a value to the registry, select the Action as Write Value and specify the following: Parameter Header Key Key Type Value* Data / Expression* * - Click the Description Select the header key or hive as HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE. Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the key value. The type of the value. This varies with respect to the Header Key selected. Select the appropriate type from the combo box. Specify the value to be added. Specify the data or expression. If the new value has to be created without data, enter the word clear inside the parentheses as (clear). icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. 365 Zoho Corp. Note: If you wish to write more values, click Add More Registry Settings button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings table. Delete Value To delete a value from the registry, select the Action as Delete Value and specify the following values: Parameter Header Key Description Select the header key or hive as HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE. Key Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the key value. Value Specify the value to be deleted. Note: If you wish to delete more values, click Add Registry Settings button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings table. Add Key To add a registry key, select the Action as Add Key and specify the following: Parameter Header Key Description Select the header key or hive as HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE. Key Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the key value to be added. Note: If you wish to add more keys, click Add Registry Settings button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings table. Delete Key To delete a registry key, select the Action as Delete Key and specify the following values: 366 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description Header Key Select the header key or hive as HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE. Key Keys are sub-components of the hives. Specify the key value that has to be deleted. Note: If you wish to delete more keys, click Add Registry Settings button and repeat step 2. The values gets added to the Registry Settings table. To modify a registry setting from the Registry Settings table, select the appropriate row and click icon and change the required values. To delete a registry setting from the Registry Settings table, select the appropriate row and click icon. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Registry Settings Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Registry Settings Configuration in the targets defined. The configuration will take effect during the next system startup. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 367 Zoho Corp. Securing USB Devices The Secure USB configuration is used for both users and computers to block or unblock the use of the USB devices. Using this configuration, you can block or unblock the following devices: 1. Mouse devices 2. Disk drives (for example, USB drives and external hard-disk drives) 3. CD ROMs 4. Portable devices (for example, mobile phones, digital cameras and portable media players) 5. Floppy disks 6. Bluetooth devices 7. Images (for example, USB cameras and scanners) 8. Printers 9. Modems 10. Apple USB devices (for example: iPhone, iPad and iPod touch) You can also exclude devices using the Device Instance ID assigned to each device. Applying Secure USB Settings to Computers and Users When you apply the Secure USB configuration to both computers and users, the settings made for computers will be applied before the settings made for users. For example, assume that you have made the following settings: 1. Settings for users 1. Administrator: You have unblocked the usage of the disk drive 2. Other users (excluding the administrator): You have not deployed any configurations 1. Settings for a computer: You have blocked the usage of portable devices and disk drives The following actions will take place: 1. Computer startup: The Secure USB configuration settings made for the computer are applied when the computer is started. This means that no portable devices and disk drives can be used. 2. Administrator logon: The Secure USB configuration for the computer is applied. However, it is over written by the settings made for the administrator. This means that the administrator can use disk drives. 368 Zoho Corp. 3. Other users (excluding the administrator) log on: The Secure USB configuration made for the computer is applied. 4. Other users (excluding the administrator)log off: The log off-action settings made for users are applied when a user logs off. If the log off-action setting is set to Don't alter device status, then the settings made will apply to the next user who logs on, provided that the user does not have any settings that apply to them. Note: Block USB, represents to block the access to use any USB device. Unblock USB, represents to re-enable the access to the USB devices that has been blocked. No Change, represents that no change has been made to the current settings. 369 Zoho Corp. Creating Configurations to Secure USB Devices As an administrator, you can create a configuration block or unblock specific USB devices. You can also exclude specific devices, if required. To create a configuration to secure USB devices for users, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Configurations tab 2. Click Configuration 3. In the Computer Configurations section click Secure USB 4. Enter a name and description for the configuration 5. Select the devices to block or unblock 6. Define the target 7. Make the required execution settings 8. Click Deploy You have created configurations to secure USB devices. These configurations will be applied during the system startup. Excluding Devices When you block a device you can exclude certain devices from being blocked by using the Device Instance ID assigned to each device. Every USB device has a unique ID. This ID is assigned to devices by the system to identify them easily. Identifying the Device Instance ID of a Device To identify the Device Instance ID of a device, follow the steps given below: 1. Right-click My Computer 2. Click Properties 3. Click the Hardware tab 4. Click Device Manager (Refer to the figure below) 370 Zoho Corp. Figure 1: Device Manager From the list of devices, expand the list of devices for which you want the Device Instance ID. For example, if you want to identify the Device Instance ID of a mobile phone that you have connected to the computer, expand portable devices and follow the next step. 5. Right-click on the name of a specific device and click Properties (Refer to the figure below) 371 Zoho Corp. Figure 2: Properties 6. Click the Details tab 7. In the drop-down box, select Device Instance ID or Device Instance Path (Refer to the figure below) 372 Zoho Corp. Figure 3: Device Instance ID In computers which have the operating system Windows Vista (and later versions), the Device Instance ID is called the Device Instance Path. You can copy the Device Instance Path from the Properties property sheet of the Device Manager. In computers that have older versions of the Windows operating system installed in them, you cannot copy the Device Instance ID directly from the Properties property sheet of the Device Manager. To copy the Device Instance ID you must open the dcusbaccess log file. This file is located in <Drive>\<Desktopcentral_Agent Folder>\logs\dcusbaccess.log. It contains information about the following: 1. Action Time (inserted\removed time) 373 Zoho Corp. 2. Action (inserted\removed) 3. Friendly name 4. Device Instance ID You can now view and copy the Device Instance ID for a specific device. You can exclude devices only when you have blocked a device. To exclude devices, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Exclude Devices link against a device 2. Enter the Device Instance ID for the device 3. Click Close You have excluded a device from being blocked. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Securing USB for Users 374 Zoho Corp. Scheduling Tasks 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The Windows Scheduler Configuration enables you to schedule any program, task, or a script to run at a specified time. You can also schedule a task to run daily, weekly, monthly , etc. The Scheduler Configuration enables you to add, modify tasks from a central point. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Scheduler Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can perform the following actions: 1. Create/Modify a Task 2. Delete a Task Create/Modify a Task To create a new task, select the Create Task tab of the Scheduler Configuration. Select the Modify Task tab to modify an existing task. Specify the following values: Parameter Description Name of the task* The name of the task that has to be created/modified. Overwrite if task Select this option to overwrite the task, if one with the already exits same name exists. This option is only available for create task. Application Name* The application or the program that has to be run. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Arguments The arguments to run the program, if any. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this 375 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description parameter. User Name* The name of the user as whom the task will be run. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter, for example, $DomainName\$DomainUserName or $ComputerName\$DomainUserName. Password The password of the user. Confirm Password Confirm the password again. Perform this task* Specify the time to perform the task. You can select from the following options: 1. Daily: To run the task daily. Specify the time and duration to run the task. 2. Weekly: To run the task on specific day(s) in a week. Specify the time, start date, and days on which the task has to be run. 3. Monthly: To run the task specific day every month(s). You need to specify starting time, select a day and select a month/months. 4. Once: To run the task only once. You need to specify the date and time. 5. At System Startup: To run the task when the system is started. 6. At Logon: To run the task during the user logon. 7. When Idle: To run the task when the system is idle for the specified time. Advanced Settings General 1. Enabled: Select this option to run the task at the specified time. 2. Run only when logged on: Select this option to run the task only when the user has logged on. Scheduled Task 1. Delete the task if it is not scheduled to run again: Completed Select this option to delete the task when it is no longer scheduled. 2. Stop Task: Select this option and specify the duration after which the task will be stopped. Idle Time Select the required options: 376 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description 1. Specify the duration,the system has to be idle before starting a task. 2. Stop the task if the computer ceases to be idle Power Management Select the required options: 1. Don't start the task if the computer is running on batteries 2. Stop the task if battery mode begins 3. Wake the computer to run this task * - denotes mandatory parameters If you wish to create/modify more tasks, click Add More Task button and repeat step 2. The defined task gets added to the Task table. Note: When a wrong password is provided for tasks scheduled in Win2k / WinXP SP1 machines, the tasks will be successfully created, but, fails to execute. Delete a Task To delete a task, select the Create Task tab of the Scheduler Configuration and specify the name of the task that has to be deleted. If you wish to create/modify/delete more tasks, click Add More Task button and repeat step 2. The defined task gets added to the Task table. To modify a task from the Task table, select the appropriate row and click icon and change the required values. To delete a task from the Task table, select the appropriate row and click icon. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Scheduler Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Scheduler Configuration in the defined targets. The scheduler configuration will take effect during the next system startup. 377 Zoho Corp. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 378 Zoho Corp. Configuring Security Policies 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration For the computers in the network, the Security Policies are security settings to specify the security and restrictions. The security settings for preventing users to change file type association can be defined using Security Policies Configuration. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Security Policies Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration Specify the following values: Parameter Choose Policy Category Description The specific policy area in which the security policy will be applied. Select the desired category from left. This displays the relevant security polices. For details on the each category, refer to Windows Help documentation. For details on the each policy in the Select the Policy list, refer to Security Policies topic. Policy Value To enable, disable, or to leave it unconfigured, select the appropriate option. Note: 1. To modify a security policy from this table, select the appropriate row, click icon and change the required values. 2. To delete a security policy from this table, select the appropriate row and click icon. 379 Zoho Corp. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Security Policies Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Security Policies Configuration in the targets defined. The security policies will be applied during the next system startup. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets, Security Policies 380 Zoho Corp. Managing Shortcuts 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The shortcut is an icon that points to a file, folder or an Internet URL. The Shortcut Configuration enables you to add shortcuts to the computers from a central point. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Shortcut Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can perform the following actions: 1. Create a Shortcut 2. Create an Internet Shortcut 3. Delete a Shortcut / Internet Shortcut Create a Shortcut To create a shortcut, select the Action as Create Shortcut and specify the following values: Parameter Description Overwrite To modify the existing shortcut select this option. Shortcut Name* Specify the name of the shortcut. Target Application* Browse and select the target application from the network for which a shortcut has to be created. The target application can also be in the local machine where the configuration is being deployed. Arguments* If the application requires any arguments, specify the arguments. Leave it blank if it does not require any arguments. 381 Zoho Corp. Parameter Shortcut Location Description Select the location to create the shortcut. The shortcut location can be any of the following: 1. All Users Desktop: Refers to the desktop common for all the users. 2. All Users Start Menu: Refers to the start menu common for all users. 3. All Users Programs Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs group common for all the users. 4. All Users Startup Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs --> Startup group common for all the users. Start In Folder* Some applications may have some references to additional files during execution. In such cases, browse and select the location from where the application has to be started. Shortcut Comments Specify the comments for this shortcut. Icon File* Browse and select the icon for the shortcut. Run Window Select how the application has be started - Normal, Maximized, or Minimized. * - Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Note: If you wish to create more shortcuts, click Add Shortcut button and repeat step 2. The defined shortcut gets added to the Shortcut table. Create an Internet Shortcut To create an Internet shortcut, select the Action as Create Internet Shortcut and specify the following values: Parameter Description Shortcut Name* Specify the name of the Internet shortcut. Target URL* Specify the URL for which the shortcut needs to be created. Shortcut Location Select the location to create the shortcut. The shortcut location can be any of the following: 382 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description 1. All Users Desktop: Refers to the desktop common for all the users. 2. All Users Start Menu: Refers to the start menu common for all users. 3. All Users Programs Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs group common for all the users. 4. All Users Startup Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs --> Startup group common for all the users. Icon File* Browse and select the icon for the shortcut. Delete a Shortcut / Internet Shortcut To delete a shortcut, select the Action as Delete Shortcut / Delete Internet Shortcut respectively and specify the following values: Parameter Shortcut Name Description Specify the name of the shortcut. Click the icon to select and assign a dynamic variable to this parameter. Shortcut Location Select the location from where the shortcuts needs to be deleted. The shortcut location can be any of the following: 1. All Users Desktop: Refers to the desktop common for all the users. 2. All Users Start Menu: Refers to the start menu common for all users. 3. All Users Programs Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs group common for all the users. 4. All Users Startup Group: Refers to the Start --> Programs --> Startup group common for all the users. Note: If you wish to delete more shortcuts, click Add More Shortcut button and repeat step 2. The defined shortcut gets added to the Shortcut table. 383 Zoho Corp. To modify a shortcut from the Shortcut table, select the appropriate row and click icon and change the required values. To delete a shortcut from the Shortcut table, select the appropriate row and click icon. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Shortcut Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Shortcut Configuration in the defined targets. The shortcut configuration will take effect during the next system start up. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 384 Zoho Corp. Configuring Windows Services 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration Applications that have to be run automatically whenever the system is started can be configured to run as a Windows service. However in certain cases, after installing an application as a service, you may wish to change the startup type or delete the service. The Service Configuration enables you to change the settings for the services available in the Control Panel >Administrative Tools >Services. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the Service Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration Specify the following values: Parameter Service Name Description Select the name of the service from the combo box. The combo box contains the list of standard Windows services. If the required service is not listed, click Customize to either select the service from the Additional Services list or add you own by giving the required details. Action Specify the action to be performed from the following: 1. Don't Modify: To preserve the client settings. This option is selected by default. 2. Start: Select this option to start the service. 3. Stop: Select this option to stop the service. 4. Restart: Select this option to restart the service. Service Startup Type Select how the service should be started from the following options: 1. Don't Modify: To preserve the client setting. 385 Zoho Corp. Parameter Description 2. Manual: Select this option if the service has to be manually started after the system startup. 3. Disabled: Select this option to disable the service. 4. Automatic: Select this option to automatically start the service along with the system. Note: 1. To add more services, click Add More Service and repeat Step 2. The service gets added to the Services table. 2. To modify a service from this table, select the appropriate row, click change the required values. 3. To delete a service from this table, select the appropriate row and click icon and icon. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the Service Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Service Configuration in the defined targets. The configuration will take effect during the next system startup. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 386 Zoho Corp. Managing Windows Local Users 1. Name the Configuration 2. Define Configuration 3. Define Target 4. Deploy Configuration The User Management allows you to add, modify, or delete local users from the computers. Step 1: Name the Configuration Provide a name and description for the User Management Configuration. Step 2: Define Configuration You can perform the following actions: 1. Add User 2. Change Password 3. Remove User 4. Modify User Add User To add an user to the computer, select the Add User link from the Choose User Action table and specify the following: Parameter Description User Name The user name for the user to be created. Full Name The full name of the user. Description The description for this user. Password The password for this user. Confirm Password Confirm the password again. Overwrite if user Select this option to overwrite the user, if one with the same name already exist exists. Advanced Settings User Must change Specify whether the user has to change the password during the 387 Zoho Corp. Parameter password at next Description next logon or not. logon User Cannot Change Password Specify whether the user can change the password or not. Password Never Specify whether the password should expire or not. Expires Account is Disabled Specify whether the user account should be disabled or not. User Profile Member of Specify the groups in which this user account is a member. Logon Script Specify the logon script that has to be executed during the user logon. Profile Path Specify the path where the user profiles has to be stored. Local Path Specify a local path as the home folder. For example, c:\users\johnsmith. Connect Map To If the user's home folder has to be stored in a network directory, select the drive letter in the Connect Map and specify the network path in the To field. Note: If you wish to add more users or to perform another action, click Add More Action button and continue. The values gets added to the List of Settings table. Change Password To change the user password, select the Change Password link from the Choose User Action table and specify the following: Parameter User Name Description The user name of the user whose password has to be changed. Password Type the new password. Confirm Password Re-type the password to confirm. Note: If you wish to continue adding more actions, click Add More Action button and continue. The values gets added to the List of Settings table. Remove User 388 Zoho Corp. To remove an user from the computer, select the Remove User link from the Choose User Action table and specify the user to be removed. Note: If you wish to remove more users or to perform another action, click Add More Action button and continue. The values gets added to the List of Settings table. Modify User To modify an user, select the Modify User link from the Choose User Action table and specify the following: Parameter Description User Name The user name of the user to be modified. Full Name The full name of the user. Description The description for this user. Advanced Settings User Must change password at next logon Specify whether the user has to change the password during the next logon or not. User Cannot Change Specify whether the user can change the password or not. Password Password Never Expires Specify whether the password should expire or not. Account is Disabled Specify whether the user account should be disabled or not. Account is Locked Specify whether the user account should be locked or not. User Profile Member of Specify the groups in which this user account is a member. Logon Script Specify the logon script that has to be executed during the user logon. Profile Path Specify the path where the user profiles has to be stored. Local Path Specify a local path as the home folder. For example, c:\users\johnsmith. Connect Map To If the user's home folder has to be stored in a network directory, select the drive letter in the Connect Map and specify the network path in the To field. Note: If you wish to modify more users or to perform another action, click Add More Action button and continue. The values gets added to the List of Settings table. 389 Zoho Corp. To modify a setting from the List of Settings table, select the appropriate row and click icon and change the required values. To delete a setting from the List of Settings table, select the appropriate row and click icon. Step 3: Define Target Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the User Management Configuration. Step 4: Deploy Configuration Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined User Management Configuration in the targets defined. The configuration will take effect during the next system startup. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. See Also: Managing Configurations and Collections, Viewing Configuration Reports, Defining Targets 390 Zoho Corp. Configuring Collections 1. Define Collection 2. Define Target 3. Save or Deploy Collection A collection of Configurations can be deployed in the target client workstation using Desktop Central. The advantages of Collection are 1. The targets are defined once for multiple Configuration. 2. When the configuration is deployed, it saves time to apply the configuration since collection of configuration is applied in each workstation. Step 1: Define Collection 1. Click Add Collection link from the Quick Links. 2. Select the collection type as User Collection or Computer Collection. This opens the Add Collection Wizard. 3. Provide a name and description for the collection. 4. Choose the configurations that have to added to this collection and click Next. The configurations are specific to the collection type you have selected above. 5. Define the chosen configurations. Refer to User Configurations and Computer Configurations sections for details about the configurations. Step 2: Define Target Select the targets for which the configurations have to be applied. Refer to the Defining Targets topic for more details. Step 3: Save or Deploy Collection After defining the configurations and targets, click Finish to deploy the defined configurations to the selected targets. You also have an option to save the configurations as drafts for later modifications by clicking the Save as Draft button. Note: The collections that are saved as drafts will not be deployed. You have to modify the definition and deploy it later. 391 Zoho Corp. Defining Targets 1. Selecting Targets from a Domain 2. Selecting Targets from a Workgroup 3. Selecting Targets in Remote Offices 4. Modifying a target in Target List 5. Deleting a target from the Target List After defining the configuration, the configuration has to be deployed in the target client workstations. The target client workstations have to be defined for the configurations individually. Defining the targets involves selecting various types of targets given below: The targets must be defined to deploy the Configuration in the machines of the network. When you add a configuration or collection of Configuration, you can find "Step 2" as Define Target in the GUI or in this documentation. This section explains the procedure to define the target for a configuration or collection of Configuration. To define the targets for deploying the configuration or collection, the targets must be added to the Target List. A target can be added, removed or modified in the Target List. Selecting Targets from a Domain To add target computers and users from a Active Directory based domain, follow the steps below: 1. Select a domain from the list. 2. You can deploy the configuration to any of the following: 1. Site - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that site. 2. Domain - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that domain. 3. Organizational Unit - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that OU. 4. Group - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that Group. 5. User/Computer - to deploy the configuration to the specified users/computers. 6. IP Addresses - to deploy the configuration to the specified IP Addresses. You can also specify a range of IP Addresses to deploy a configuration by selecting the IP Range option and specifying the starting and ending IP. This option is available only for the computer configurations. 7. Custom Group - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of the selected Custom Group. 392 Zoho Corp. 3. After adding the target computers, you can specify the filtering criteria to exclude certain types of users/computers from applying the configuration. Specify the criteria as required. 4. Click Add More Targets and repeat steps 1 to 3 for adding more targets. Note: If you wish to deploy the configuration for users/computers in different domains, use the Add More Targets button to add targets from multiple domains. Selecting Targets from a Workgroup To add target computers and users from a workgroup, follow the steps below: 1. Select a workgroup from the list. 2. You can deploy the configuration to any of the following: 1. Workgroup - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that workgroup. 2. User/Computer - to deploy the configuration to the specified users/computers. 3. IP Addresses - to deploy the configuration to the specified IP Addresses. You can also specify a range of IP Addresses to deploy a configuration by selecting the IP Range option and specifying the starting and ending IP. This option is available only for the computer configurations. 4. Custom Group - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of the selected Custom Group. 3. After adding the target computers, you can specify the filtering criteria to exclude certain types of users/computers from applying the configuration. Specify the criteria as required. 4. Click Add More Targets and repeat steps 1 to 3 for adding more targets. Note: If you wish to deploy the configuration for users/computers in different workgroups, use the Add More Targets button to add targets from multiple workgroups. Selecting Targets in Remote Offices To add target computers and users from remote offices, follow the steps below: 1. Select a remote office from the list. The remote office can either be a domain or a workgroup. 2. You can deploy the configuration to any of the following: 1. Site - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that site. This option is only available if the selected remote office is a domain. 2. Remote Office - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that remote office. 3. Organizational Unit - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that OU. This option is only available if the selected remote office is a domain. 4. Group - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of that Group. This option is only available if the selected remote office is a domain. 393 Zoho Corp. 5. User/Computer - to deploy the configuration to the specified users/computers. 6. IP Addresses - to deploy the configuration to the specified IP Addresses. You can also specify a range of IP Addresses to deploy a configuration by selecting the IP Range option and specifying the starting and ending IP. This option is available only for the computer configurations. 7. Custom Group - to deploy the configuration to all the users/computers of the selected Custom Group. 3. After adding the target computers, you can specify the filtering criteria to exclude certain types of users/computers from applying the configuration. Specify the criteria as required. 4. Click Add More Targets and repeat steps 1 to 3 for adding more targets. Note: If you wish to deploy the configuration for users/computers in different remote offices, use the Add More Targets button to add targets from multiple domains. Filter the selected target You can exclude certain parts of the network which does not require the configuration to be deployed. This is optional when defining the targets. Desktop Central provides the option to exclude the parts of the Windows network. Select the Exclude Target check box to view the available options: Exclude if Target Type is The target types can be excluded which are in the lower hierarchy to the target selected in the Select the target type and define field. The target type can be excluded using the Browse button. Click the Browse button next to the required target types under the Exclude if Target Type is field to launch Network Browser window. Select the target type to be excluded for configuration deployment and click Select button. This field is mandatory. The target type can be any of the following (varies based on the target options selected): 1. Branch - The branch offices to be excluded 2. Domain - The domains to be excluded 3. Organization Unit - The OUs to be excluded 4. Group - The groups to be excluded 5. Computer - The computers to be excluded 6. IP Address - The IP Addresses to be excluded 7. IP Range - The range of IP Addresses to be excluded 8. Custom Group - The custom groups to be excluded 394 Zoho Corp. Exclude if Operating System is The targets with specific Windows OS can be excluded for configuration deployment. Select the options under the Exclude if Operating System is field which has to excluded for configuration deployment. Exclude if Machine Type is The targets with specific machine type such as Notebook, Tablet PC, Desktop, Member Server, TermServClient, or Domain Controller can be excluded for configuration deployment. Select the options under the Exclude if Machine Type is field which has to excluded for configuration deployment. Modifying a Target To modify a target in the Target List, follow these steps: 1. Select the button under Actions column in the desired row that has to modified. 2. Change the targets as required and click the Modify Target button. The target details are updated in Target List. Deleting a Target To delete a row in the Target List, select the button under Actions column next to target that has to removed. 395 Zoho Corp. Managing Configurations and Collections • Viewing the Status of Configuration/Collection • Modifying the Configuration/Collection • Suspending the Configuration/Collection • Resuming the Suspended Configuration/Collection Clicking the View Configuration from the Quick Links will list the details of the configurations and collections that are defined using Desktop Central. You can view the details of the configurations by clicking the corresponding configuration name. Apart from viewing the configuration details, you can perform the following actions: • Modify the Configuration/Collection • Suspend a Configuration/Collection • Resume a suspended Configuration/Collection Viewing Status of Configuration/Collection To view the status of the defined configuration/collection, follow the steps given below: 1. Click View Configuration from the Quick Links. This opens the All Configurations page. 2. All the configurations and collections that are defined are listed here. The status column provides the current status of the configuration/collection. The table given below lists the various states of the configuration/collection and its description: Status Description Draft Represents the configurations/collections that are saved as draft. Ready To Execute Represents the configurations/collections that are ready for execution. This will be the initial state of the deployed configurations/collections. Configurations will be "Ready to Execute" status in the following scenarios: While the patch/software is scheduled to be deployed during system startup. If it is specified in Deployment Settings, patches/software will be deployed only during the "Install Between" time 396 Zoho Corp. Status Description If it is specified in Deployment Settings, patches/software will be deployed during the "Install Between" time after the next system startup. If it is specified in Scheduler Settings, patches/software will be deployed only during the "Install After" time In Progress Represents that the configuration is applied on one or more targets. Will continue to remain in this state until the configurations are applied to all the defined targets. Suspended Represents that the configuration/collection has been suspended. Executed Represents that the configuration/collection has been applied to all the defined targets. Failed Represents that the attempt to deploy the configuration has failed. Draft Download Represents that one or more patches / service packs defined in the configuration could not be downloaded from the Microsoft Website. Failed Retry in Progress Represents that Desktop Central is currently retrying to deploy the configuration. 3. To view the status of the configurations on individual targets, click the configuration name. Modifying the Configuration/Collection To modify a configuration/collection, follow the steps given below: 1. Click View Configuration from the Quick Links. This opens the All Configurations page. 2. All the configurations and collections that are defined are listed here. Click the icon from the Actions column of the corresponding configuration/collection. 3. Change the values as required. 4. Click Deploy. Suspending the Configuration/Collection To suspend a configuration/collection, follow the steps given below: 1. Click View Configuration from the Quick Links. This opens the All Configurations page. 2. All the configurations and collections that are defined are listed here. Click the icon from the Actions column of the corresponding configuration/collection that has to be suspended. 397 Zoho Corp. Note: Configurations that have been applied to targets prior to suspension will not be reverted. Suspending a configuration will only stop further deployments. Resuming the Suspended Configuration/Collection To resume a suspended configuration/collection, follow the steps given below: 1. Click View Configuration from the Quick Links. This opens the All Configurations page. 2. All the configurations and collections that are defined are listed here. Click the icon from the Actions column of the corresponding configuration/collection that has to be resumed. 398 Zoho Corp. Viewing System Uptime Report 1. Configuring Data Storage Period 2. Viewing Report for a Specified Period 3. Viewing Detailed Uptime Report 4. Exporting the Report Provides the total uptime and downtime of the computers in the network for a given period. The report can be filtered to view computers in a specific domain and period. To view the report, select Reports -> Power Management Reports --> System Uptime Report Configuring Data Storage Period Desktop Central, by default, stored the uptime/downtime details of all the computers for a period of 30 days. This can be configured to suit your need. To specify the period, 1. Click Edit Settings link. This is open the Power Report Settings dialog. 2. Specify the number of days you wish to store the data and click Apply. Viewing Report for a Specified Period 1. Select the Domain or select All Domains to view the uptime of all the computers. 2. Select a period from the list. To specify a custom period, click Select Custom Date and specify the start and end dates. 3. Specify the start and end time for which the report has to be displayed. If you wish to see the complete details, specify the start and end time as 00:00 and 23:59 respectively. 4. Selecting the "Consider hibernate/standby as shutdown" option will show the hibernate/standby periods as downtime. 5. Click Apply Fileter to view the report based on the specified criteria. Viewing Detailed Uptime Report Desktop Central will display the summary view of the total uptime and downtime of the computers based on the selected criteria. Selecting the Detail Report option will display the start and shutdowm times of the computers for the given period. You can also click the computer name to view its detailed and summary reports. 399 Zoho Corp. Exporting the Report The System Uptime Report can be exported to a PDF or a CSV format by clicking the respective options from the top-right. The current report that is being displayed will be exported to the selected format. 400 Zoho Corp. Viewing Configuration Reports The Configuration reports helps the administrators to view the details of the configurations that are applied on users, computers, and based on the configuration type. To view the reports, follow the steps given below: 1. Click the Reports tab to invoke the Reports page. 2. Click the desired report from the Configuration Reports. The Configuration Reports includes the following reports: 1. Configuration by User 2. Configuration by Computer 3. Configurations by Type Configuration by User This report provides a list of users for whom configurations were applied using Desktop Central. It also provides details about the total number of configurations applied for a particular user and the last configuration and time at which it was applied. Clicking the user name will list the details of the configurations applied for that user. You also have an option to filter your view based on the time at which the configuration was applied or by the configuration type. Configuration by Computer This report provides a list of computers for which configurations were applied using Desktop Central. It also provides details about the total number of configurations applied for that computer and the last configuration and time at which it was applied. Clicking the computer name will list the details of the configurations applied for that machine. You also have an option to filter your view based on the time at which the configuration was applied or by the configuration type. Configurations by Type This report provides you the list of configurations that have been applied on users and computers based on the configuration type. It also provides you the total number of configurations that have been applied for a particular type and the last configuration, and time at which it was applied. 401 Zoho Corp. Configuration Templates Templates are predefined configurations that help in achieving a specific task. While you can perform any of these configurations by defining them on your own, templates helps to get things done faster. The following are advantages of Templates over the normal configurations: 1. Helps to complete the configurations quickly. 2. You do not need to know how to achieve a specific task; just need to select the target computers to apply the configuration. 3. You does not have to explore all the supported configurations and then select to define. Using Templates To view the available templates, select the Admin tab and click the Templates link from the left. This will list all the templates provided by Desktop Central. You can also filter the view by selecting an appropriate category from the combo box. The Type column indicates whether the configuration is applied to Users or Computers. The templates are tagged as below: 1. Control Panel 2. Hard Disk Maintenance 3. Internet Explorer 4. Network 5. Power Management 6. Proxy Configuration 7. Restrict Media 8. Security 9. Service Management 10. System Tools 11. USB Security 12. User Management 13. XP Firewall Management To use the template, follow the steps below: 1. Select Admin --> Templates to view the templates. 2. Click the Template that has to be applied to view its details; click the Create from Template button to create the configuration. Clicking Create Configuration link will also do the same action. This opens the configuration with all the properties defined. 402 Zoho Corp. 3. Using the Defining Targets procedure, define the targets for deploying the configuration. 4. Click the Deploy button to deploy the defined Configuration in the targets defined. To save the configuration as draft, click Save as Draft. Supported Templates Desktop Central supports various templates that can be applied to Users/Computers. Follow the links below to view the details of the templates: 1. Computer Configuration Templates 2. User Configuration Templates 403 Zoho Corp. Computer Configuration Templates 1. Change local admin account password 2. Cleanup Recycle bin to free-up Hard Disk space 3. Create Alternate local Admin Account 4. Defrag Hard Disk for performance 5. Delete local Administrator Account 6. Disable the USB drives 7. Disable Unused local Guest account 8. Open MEDC ports for communication 9. Restrict CD-ROM access 10. Restrict Floppy Access to locally logged on users 11. Scan and Fix Hard disk Errors 12. Start MEDC Agent Service 13. Write Protect the USB Storage Devices Change local admin account password To enhance the security, the administrators will prefer to change the password periodically. This template enables you to change the password of the local administrator account in the client machines. Cleanup Recycle bin to free-up Hard Disk space This helps in freeing up the hard disk space by removing the unwanted files/data from 18 different locations. Create Alternate local Admin Account To keep the computers secured, the administrators will prefer to change the local administrator account periodically. This template enables you to create an alternate local administrator account in the client computers. 404 Zoho Corp. Defrag Hard Disk for performance A fragmented disk reduces the performance. It is recommended to defragment the disk periodically to improve the hard disk performance. This template enables defragmentation of the hard disk at the scheduled time. Delete local Administrator Account This template enables you to delete the local administrator account in the client computers. Disable the USB drives To prevent data theft, the administrators prevent the users from using USB drives. This template, when applied to client computers, prevent them from using the USB drives. Disable Unused local Guest account Unused guest accounts are vulnerable points for the hackers. It is recommended to delete or disable any unused guest accounts from the client computers to avoid any misuse. This template helps to disable the unused guest accounts from the client computers. Open MEDC ports for communication Desktop Central requires port 8021 for agent server communications and port 6100 for Remote Desktop Sharing. These port should not be blocked by the Windows Firewall for smooth functioning. This template, when applied to client computers, will open up these ports to enable proper communication between the agent and server. Restrict CD-ROM access This template restrict the users form accessing the CD-ROM drives. Restrict Floppy Access to locally logged on users Allowing locally logged on users to access the floppy drives is a vulnerable point for hacking. Administrators prefer to disable access to the floppy drives when the users have not logged on to the domain. This template helps in restricting the locally logged on uses to access the floppy drives. 405 Zoho Corp. Scan and Fix Hard disk Errors The hard disks have to be periodically scanned for any errors and fix them. This will improve the life and performance of the disk. This template enables scanning and fixing the hard disk errors in the client machines at the scheduled time. Start MEDC Agent Service When Scope of Management is defined, Desktop Central agent is installed in all the client computers that are within the scope. The Desktop Central agent has to be running as a service in the client computers to ensure proper communication with the Desktop Central Server. This template helps you to start the Desktop Central Agent service in the client computers. Write Protect the USB Storage Devices To prevent data theft, the administrators prevent the users from writing data to USB storage devices. This template, when applied to client computers, prevent them from writing any data to the USB storage devices. 406 Zoho Corp. User Configuration Templates 1. Restrict Network Connections 2. Restrict Control Panel Applets 3. Proxy configuration for Internet Explorer 4. Laptop Power Saver Scheme 5. IE Browser restrictions for clients 6. Disable Control Panel Restrict Network Connections Network properties when changed by the user result in bad network connectivity and unnecessary help desk calls in resolving the problem. This could be avoided by restricting the users from changing the network properties. This template, when applied to users, will prevent them from changing the network properties. Restrict Control Panel Applets To enhance the security, the administrators can restrict the users from accessing specific Control Panel applets. This includes, Add/remove programs, Add/remove hardware, Internet options, Power options and System applet. Proxy configuration for Internet Explorer This template can be used to configure proxy server settings in the Internet Explorer browser of the client machines. Laptop Power Saver Scheme Establishing correct power settings helps in saving energy costs substantially. This template provides the recommended power settings for Laptops. IE Browser restrictions for clients This template restricts users from changing the Internet Explorer settings like Connections, Content, Favorites, Programs, Security, Advanced, History and Save As options 407 Zoho Corp. Disable Control Panel You can use this template to disable the Control Panel completely. When applied to users, the users will not be able to access the Control Panel. 408 Zoho Corp. USB - Audit USB devices have been a vital threat to data security. Almost every enterprise has a need to monitor the usage of USB devices within the network. In addition to securing the USB access, Desktop Central also helps you to track the usage of USB devices. Administrators can now audit the USB usage details using Desktop Central. Follow the steps mentioned below to audit the USB usaage: 1. Click Reports tab 2. From the left panel find Reports Category 3. Select USB Reports 4. Under USB Audit Reports Click USB usage Report You will have the reports listed, from which you can choose to see the summary and detailed view. USB Audit Settings USB audit settings will be enabled by default. Users can disable if required. Follow the steps mentioned below to configure USB Audit settings; 1. Click Admin Tab 2. Select USB Audit settings 3. Enable USB audit settings 4. Specify the number of days you wanted the USB usage history to be maintained. 5. Specify how often should the report be generated. 6. Click Save Changes USB audit settings will be saved and the reports will be generated accordingly. Note: This feature is currently supported only for computers using windows operating system. 409 Zoho Corp. User Logon Reports How are these reports generated? These reports are generated with the help of the Desktop Central Agents installed in the client systems to track the user logon details What way does it differ from Active Directory Reports? In the case of Active Directory reports, if multiple domain controllers are used, the synchronization of data between the domain controllers happens at regular intervals and not very frequently. Hence the reports derived from the Active Directory may not be the latest or actual. To provide the current reports of the logon details, Desktop Central agent is used. In addition to the current details, it also provides the logon history details, which is not available in the Active Directory reports. Is there any limitation? Yes, these reports are available only to the users and computers that fall within the defined scope of management. Also, when an user logs in and logs out immediately, this may not be tracked. 1. Setting Up User Logon Reports 2. Viewing User Logon Reports 410 Zoho Corp. Viewing User Logon Reports To view the User Logon Reports, select the Reports tab and click the User Logon Reports link from the left pane. The User Logon Reports are classified under the following headings; click the links to learn more: 1. General Reports 2. Usage Reports 3. History Reports 411 Zoho Corp. General Reports Currently Logged on Users Provides the list of users who are currently logged on to the domain. To view the report, select the Reports tab, click the User Logon Reports from the left pane, and click the Currently Logged on Users link available under the General Reports category. Currently Logged on Computers Provides the list of computers from where users have logged on to the domain. To view the report, select the Reports tab, click the User Logon Reports from the left pane, and click the Currently Logged on Computers link available under the General Reports category. 412 Zoho Corp. Usage Reports Computers with No User Logon Provides the list of computers where no user have logged on. To view the report, select the Reports tab, click the User Logon Reports from the left pane, and click the Computers with No User Logon link available under the Usage Reports category. 413 Zoho Corp. History Reports 1. User Logon History 2. User Logon History by Computers 3. Domain Controllers with Reported Users 4. User Logon History on Domain Controller User Logon History Provides the list of history of users who have logged on to the domain in the specified number of days. This is configurable from the Report Settings. To view the report, select the Reports tab, click the User Logon Reports from the left pane, and click the User Logon History link available under the History Reports category. User Logon History by Computers Provides the list of computers and their corresponding user logon history in the specified number of days. This is configurable from the Report Settings. To view the report, select the Reports tab, click the User Logon Reports from the left pane, and click the User Logon History by Computers link available under the History Reports category. Domain Controllers with Reported Users Provides the list of users and their corresponding Domain Controllers (logon servers) in the specified number of days. This is configurable from the Report Settings. To view the report, select the Reports tab, click the User Logon Reports from the left pane, and click the Domain Controllers with Reported Users link available under the History Reports category. User Logon History on Domain Controller Provides the list of domain controllers and their corresponding user logon history in the specified number of days. This is configurable from the Report Settings. 414 Zoho Corp. To view the report, select the Reports tab, click the User Logon Reports from the left pane, and click the User Logon History by Domain Controllers link available under the History Reports category. 415 Zoho Corp. Active Directory Reports Desktop Central gives you an insight into the Active Directory by providing reports on various Active Directory components. The reports can be accessed by selecting the Reports tab from the client window. The following reports about the Active Directory are shown: 1. Active Directory User Reports 2. Active Directory Computer Reports 3. Active Directory Group Reports 4. Active Directory Organization Unit Reports 5. Active Directory Domain Reports 6. Active Directory GPO Reports More granular reports are provided for each of the above components. Active Directory Report Features 1. Ability to generate reports for custom inputs for granularity. 2. Customizable columns in all the reports. 3. Columnar sorting of reports 4. Export reports in PDF and CSV formats. 5. Ability to synchronize report data with Active Directory at regular intervals. 416 Zoho Corp. Active Directory User Reports Active Directory User Report To access the User Reports, follow the steps below: 1. Click the Reports tab to invoke the Reports page. The User Reports is selected by default. 2. Select the required link to view the reports. Follow the links to learn more about the various User Reports provided by Desktop Central 1. Active Directory General User Reports 2. User Account Status Reports 3. Password Based User Reports 4. Privileged User Reports 5. Logon Based User Reports 417 Zoho Corp. Active Directory General User Reports 1. All User Accounts 2. Recently Created User Accounts 3. Recently Modified User Accounts 4. User Accounts without Logon Scripts 5. User Accounts in Multiple Groups 6. User Accounts that Never Expires All User Accounts Provides the details of all the users of the domain that the system/user running the Desktop Central belongs to. To view the report, click the All User Accounts link available under the General Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete user information of that user. Recently Created User Accounts Provides the details of the user accounts that are created recently. This is determined based on the value contained in the createTimeStamp attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Recently Created User Accounts link available under the General Reports category. By default, the users created for the last one week is shown. You have an option to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. Recently Modified User Accounts Provides the details of the user accounts modified recently. This is determined based on the value contained in the modifyTimeStamp attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Recently Modified User Accounts link available under the General Reports category. 418 Zoho Corp. By default, the user accounts modified for the last one week is shown. You have an option to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. User Accounts without Logon Scripts Provides the details of the users who do not have any scripts executed during their logon to the domain. This is determined based on the value contained in the scriptPath attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the User Accounts without Logon Scripts link available under the General Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. User Accounts in Multiple Groups Provides the details of the user accounts that are in more than one groups. This also includes the nested groups i.e., groups that contain other groups as its members in the domain. To view the report, click the User Accounts in Multiple Groups link available under the General Reports category. User Accounts that Never Expires Provides the list of user accounts that never expires. This is determined based on the value contained in the userAccountControl of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the User Accounts that Never Expires link available under the General Reports category. 419 Zoho Corp. User Account Status Reports 1. Active User Accounts 2. Inactive User Accounts 3. Disabled User Accounts 4. Locked User Accounts 5. Expired User Accounts Active User Accounts Provides the list of users who have logged on to the domain in the past 30/60/90/180 days. This is determined based on the value contained in the lastLogon attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Active User Accounts link available under the Account Status Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. Inactive User Accounts Provides the list of users who have not logged on to the domain in the past 30/60/90/180 days. This is determined based on the value contained in the lastLogon attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Inactive User Accounts link available under the Account Status Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. Disabled User Accounts Provides the list of user accounts that are disabled by the administrator. This is determined based on the value contained in the userAccountControl attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Disabled User Accounts link available under the Account Status Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. Locked User Accounts Provides the details of the user accounts that have been locked out. The user account will get locked on frequent bad login attempts. The Account Lock Out Policy specifies the allowed number of bad login attempts after which the account will be locked. The account will be automatically unlocked after sometime. The locked user accounts are determined based on the value contained in the lockoutTime attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Locked User Accounts link available under the Account Status Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. 420 Zoho Corp. Expired User Accounts Provides the details of the user accounts that have expired. This is determined based on the value contained in the accountExpires attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Expired User Accounts link available under the Account Status Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. 421 Zoho Corp. Password Based User Reports 1. Soon-to-Expire User Passwords 2. Password Expired User Accounts 3. Password Never Expiring User Accounts 4. User Accounts Password that cannot be Changed Soon-to-Expire User Passwords Provides the details of the users whose password will expire within the specified number of days. This is determined based on the value contained in the userAccountControl attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Soon-to-Expire User Passwords link available under the Password Based Reports category. By default, the users whose passwords will expire in another seven days is shown. You can select a different period to view the report. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. Password Expired User Accounts Provides the details of the users whose password has expired. This is determined based on the value contained in the userAccountControl attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Password Expired User Accounts link available under the Password Based Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. Password Never Expiring User Accounts Provides the list of users whose password never expires. This is determined based on the value contained in the userAccountControl attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Password Never Expiring User Accounts link available under the Password Based Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. 422 Zoho Corp. User Accounts Password that cannot be Changed Provides the list of users who cannot change their password. This is determined based on the value contained in the userAccountControl attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the User Accounts Password that cannot be Changed link available under the Password Based Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. 423 Zoho Corp. Privileged User Accounts 1. Domain Admin User Accounts 2. User Accounts with Dial-in Permissions Domain Admin User Accounts Provides the list of users who have domain administrative privileges. To view the report, click the Domain Admin User Accounts link available under the Accounts with Privileged User Accounts category. User Accounts with Dial-in Permissions Provides the list of users who have dial-in permissions to access the domain. This is determined based on the value contained in the msNPAllowDialinattribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the User Accounts with Dial-in Permissions link available under the Privileged User Accounts category. 424 Zoho Corp. Logon Based User Reports 1. Unused User Accounts 2. Recently Logged On User Accounts 3. Last Logon Failed User Accounts Unused User Accounts Provides the list of users who have not logged on to the domain since creation of the account. This is determined based on the value contained in the lastLogon of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Unused User Accounts link available under the Logon Based Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. Recently Logged On User Accounts Provides the details of the users who have logged on in the past n days. The recently logged on users are determined based on their last logon time. To view the report, click the Recently Logged On User Accounts link available under the Logon Based Reports category. By default, the users logged on for the last one week is shown. You have an option to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. Last Logon Failed User Accounts Provides the list of users whose last logon has failed. This is determined based on the value contained in the badPasswordTime and badPwdCount attributes of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Last Logon Failed User Accounts link available under the Logon Based Reports category. Clicking a user from the report displays the complete information of that user. 425 Zoho Corp. Active Directory Computer Reports Active Directory Computer Report To access the Computer Reports, follow the steps below: 1. Click the Reports tab to invoke the Reports page. 2. Click the Computer Reports from the left pane. 3. Select the required link to view the reports. Follow the links to learn more about the various Computer Reports provided by Desktop Central 1. General Computer Reports 2. Server Based Reports 3. Computer OS Based Reports 426 Zoho Corp. General Computer Reports 1. All Computers 2. Windows Workstation 3. Recently Added Computers 4. Recently Logged On Computers 5. Recently Modified Computer Accounts 6. Disabled Computer Accounts 7. Computer Accounts by OU All Computers Provides the list of all the computer accounts available in the domain. To view the report, click the All Computers link available under the General Reports category. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of that account. Windows Workstation Provides the details of the workstations in the domain. All the computers except Servers and Domain Controllers are termed as workstations. To view the report, click the Windows Workstation link available under the General Reports category. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of that account. Recently Added Computers Provides the details of the computer objects that are created recently. This is determined based on the value contained in the createTimeStamp attribute. To view the report, click the Workstations link available under the General Reports category. By default, the report displays the computer accounts that are created in the last one week. You have an option to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of that account. 427 Zoho Corp. Recently Logged On Computers Provides the list of computer accounts through which an user has logged on to the domain. This is determined based on the value contained in the lastLogon attribute. To view the report, click the Recently Logged On Computers link available under the General Reports category. By default, the report displays the computer accounts through which an user has logged on to the domain in the last one week. You have an option to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of that account. Recently Modified Computer Accounts Provides the details of the computer objects that are modified recently. This is determined based on the value contained in the ModifyTimeStamp attribute. To view the report, click the Recently Modified Computer Accounts link available under the General Reports category. By default, the report displays the computer accounts that are modified in the last one week. You have an option to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of that account. Disabled Computer Accounts Provides the list of computer accounts that are disabled in the domain. This is determined based on the value contained in the userAccountControl of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Disabled Computer Accounts available under General Reports category. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of that account. Computer Accounts by OU Provides the list of computer accounts filtered by the OU it belongs to. To view the report, click the Computers Accounts by OU available under General Reports category. 428 Zoho Corp. By default, the computer accounts of all the OUs in the domain are listed. Browse to select a specific OU and click Generate to view the computer accounts of that OU. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of that account. 429 Zoho Corp. Server Based Reports 1. Windows Servers 2. Member Servers 3. Domain Controllers Windows Servers Provides the list of Windows Servers in the domain. This is determined based on the value contained in the operatingSystem attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Windows Servers link available under the Server Based Reports category. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of that account. Member Servers Provides the details of the member servers in the domain. To view the report, click the Member Servers link available under the Server Based Reports category. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of that account. Domain Controllers Provides the details of the domain controllers in the domain. To view the report, click the Domain Controllers link available under the Server Based Reports category. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of that account. 430 Zoho Corp. Computer OS Based Reports 1. Computers by OS Service Pack Computers by OS Service Pack Provides the details of the computers based on the operating system and service pack versions. To view the report, click the Computers by OS Service Pack available under OS Based Reports category. Select the Operating System and the Service Packs to filter the view. Clicking a computer account from the report displays the complete information of that account. 431 Zoho Corp. Active Directory Group Reports Active Directory Group Report To access the Group Reports, follow the steps below: 1. Click the Reports tab to invoke the Reports page. 2. Click the Group Reports from the left pane. 3. Select the required link to view the reports. Follow the links to learn more about the various Group Reports provided by Desktop Central 1. General Group Reports 2. Group Type Reports 3. Group Member Based Reports 432 Zoho Corp. Active Directory General Group Reports 1. All Groups 2. Recently Created Groups 3. Recently Modified Groups 4. Groups by OU All Groups Provides the details of all the groups of the domain. To view the report, click the All Groups link available under the General Reports category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group. Recently Created Groups Provides the details of all the groups that are recently created. This is determined based on the value contained in the createTimeStamp of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Recently Created Groups link available under the General Reports category. By default, the groups created for the last one week is shown. You have an option to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group. Recently Modified Groups Provides the details of all the groups that are recently modified. This is determined based on the value contained in the modifyTimeStamp of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Recently Modified Groups link available under the General Reports category. By default, the groups modified in the last one week is shown. You have an option to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group. 433 Zoho Corp. Groups by OU Provides the list of groups filtered by the OU it belongs to. To view the report, click the Groups by OU link available under the General Reports category. By default, the groups of all the OUs in the domain are listed. Browse to select a specific OU and click Generate to view the groups of that OU. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group. 434 Zoho Corp. Active Directory Group Type Reports 1. Security Groups 2. Distribution Groups Security Groups Provides the details of the security groups available in the domain. This is determined based on the value contained in the groupType attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Security Groups link available under the Group Type Based Reports category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group. Distribution Groups Provides the details of the distribution groups available in the domain. This is determined based on the value contained in the groupType attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Distribution Groups link available under the Group Type Based Reports category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group. 435 Zoho Corp. Member Based Reports 1. Groups with Member Details 2. Groups with Maximum Members 3. Groups without Members 4. User-only Groups 5. Computer-only Groups 6. Nested groups Groups with Member Details Provides the details of the groups with its member count, such as no. of users, computers, groups, etc. To view the report, click the Groups with Member Details link available under the Member Based Reports category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group. Groups with Maximum Members Provides the details of the large groups in the domain based on its members count. To view the report, click the Groups with Maximum Members link available under the Member Based Reports category. You can customize the report by selecting the member count. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group. Groups without Members Provides the list of groups that do not have any members. To view the report, click the Groups without Members link available under the Member Based Reports category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group. User-only Groups Provides the list of groups that have only users as its members. 436 Zoho Corp. To view the report, click the User-only Groups link available under the Member Based Reports category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group. Computer-only Groups Provides the list of groups that have only computers as its members. To view the report, click the Computer-only Groups link available under the Member Based Reports category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group. Nested groups Provides the list of nested groups (groups within groups) in the domain. To view the report, click the Nested groups link available under the Member Based Reports category. Clicking a group from the report displays the complete information of that group. 437 Zoho Corp. Active Directory Organization Unit Reports Active Directory Organization Unit Report To access the Organization Unit Reports, follow the steps below: 1. Click the Reports tab to invoke the Reports page. 2. Click the OU Reports from the left pane. 3. Select the required link to view the reports. Follow the links to learn more about the various OU Reports provided by Desktop Central 1. Active Directory General OU Reports 2. OU Child Based Reports 438 Zoho Corp. Active Directory General OU Reports 1. All OUs 2. Recently Created OUs 3. Recently Modified OUs All OUs Provides the list of all the OUs of the domain. To view the report, click the All OUs link available under the General Reports category. Clicking an OU from the report displays the complete information about that OU. Recently Created OUs Provides the list of OUs that are recently created. This is determined based on the value contained in the createTimeStamp attribute. To view the report, click the Recently Created OUs link available under the General Reports category. By default, the report displays the OUs created in the last one week. You have an option to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking an OU from the report displays the complete information about that OU. Recently Modified OUs Provides the list of OUs that are recently modified. This is determined based on the value contained in the ModifyTimeStamp attribute. To view the report, click the Recently Modified OUs link available under the General Reports category. By default, the report displays the OUs modified in the last one week. You have an option to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking an OU from the report displays the complete information about that OU. 439 Zoho Corp. OU Child Based Reports • OUs with Children Details • OUs without Children • User-only OUs • Computer-only OUs • Nested OUs OUs with Children Details Provides the list of OUs with its children details, like no. of users, computers, groups, and OUs. To view the report, click the OUs with Children Details link available under the OU Children Based Reports category. Clicking an OU from the report displays the complete information about that OU. OUs without Children Provides the list of OUs that do not have any children. To view the report, click the OUs with Children Details link available under the OU Children Based Reports category. Clicking an OU from the report displays the complete information about that OU. User-only OUs Provides the list of OUs that have only users as their children. To view the report, click the OUs with Children Details link available under the OU Children Based Reports category. Clicking an OU from the report displays the complete information about that OU. Computer-only OUs Provides the list of OUs that have only computers as their children. To view the report, click the OUs with Children Details link available under the OU Children Based Reports category. Clicking an OU from the report displays the complete information about that OU. 440 Zoho Corp. Nested OUs Provides the list of OUs that nested (OUs within OUs). To view the report, click the OUs with Children Details link available under the OU Children Based Reports category. Clicking an OU from the report displays the complete information about that OU. 441 Zoho Corp. Active Directory Domain Reports To access the Domain Reports, follow the steps below: 1. Click the Reports tab to invoke the Reports page. 2. Click the Domain Reports from the left pane. 3. Select the required link to view the reports. Follow the links to learn more about the various Domain Reports provided by Desktop Central 1. Active Directory General Domain Reports 2. Active Directory Container Reports 442 Zoho Corp. General Domain Reports 1. Active Directory Sites 2. Active Directory Domains 3. Active Directory Printers 4. Group Policy Creator Owners Active Directory Sites Active Directory Site Report provides the list of Sites with their attributes, such as Site name, subnet, netmask, and domain controller. Clicking a site from the report provides more details, such as the number of computers in each subnet, creation time, modified time, and so on. To view the report, Click the Active Directory Sites link available under the General Reports category. Active Directory Domains Active Directory Domain Report provides the complete information of domain with the fully qualified Domain name, creation time, modified time, location, and its members. To view the report, Click the Active Directory Domains link available under the General Reports category. Active Directory Printers Active Directory Printer Report provides the list of printers with their attributes such as name, host server name, model of printer, physical location and share name. Clicking the printer from the report gives details, such as Domain name, Active Directory URL, Model, Physical location, Share name, Modified time, Creation time, Printer Hosted Server name, Driver name, and Port name. To view the report, Click the Active Directory Printers link available under the General Reports category. Group Policy Creator Owners Provides the members of Group Policy Creator Owners (GPCO) group. The members of this group can modify group policy for the domain. 443 Zoho Corp. To view the report, click the Group Policy Creator Owners link available under the General Reports category. 444 Zoho Corp. Container Based Reports 1. Users In "Users" Container 2. Groups In "Users" Container 3. Computers In "Computer" Container 4. Groups In "Builtin" Container Users In "Users" Container Provides the list of users in the "users" container of the domain. To view the report, click the Users In "Users" Container link available under the Container Based Reports category. Groups In "Users" Container Provides the list of groups in the "users" container of the domain. To view the report, click the Groups In "Users" Container link available under the Container Based Reports category. Computers In "Computer" Container Provides the list of computers in the "computer" container of the domain. To view the report, click the Computers In "Computer" Container link available under the Container Based Reports category. Groups In "Builtin" Container Provides the list of groups in the "Builtin" container of the domain. To view the report, click the Groups In "Builtin" Container link available under the Container Based Reports category. 445 Zoho Corp. Active Directory GPO Reports To access the GPO Reports, follow the steps below: 1. Click the Reports tab to invoke the Reports page. 2. Click the GPO Reports from the left pane. 3. Select the required link to view the reports. Follow the links to learn more about the various GPO Reports provided by Desktop Central 1. General GPO Reports 2. GPO Link Based Reports 3. Inheritance Based Reports 4. GPO Status Based Reports 5. Special GPO Reports 446 Zoho Corp. General GPO Reports 1. All GPOs 2. Recently Created GPOs 3. Recently Modified GPOs 4. GPOs by OUs All GPOs Provides the list of GPOs that are created in the domain. To view the report, click the All GPOs link available under the General Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. Recently Created GPOs Provides the list of GPOs that are recently created in the domain. To view the report, click the Recently Created GPOs link available under the General Reports category. This is determined based on the value contained in the createTimeStamp attribute. By default, the report displays the GPOs created in the last one week. You have an option to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. Recently Modified GPOs Provides the list of GPOs that are recently modified in the domain. This is determined based on the value contained in the ModifyTimeStamp attribute. To view the report, click the Recently Modified GPOs link available under the General Reports category. By default, the report displays the GPOs modified in the last one week. You have an option to choose a different period or to generate a report for a custom period. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. 447 Zoho Corp. GPOs by OUs Provides the list of OUs and their linked GPOs. To view the report, click the GPOs by OUs link available under the General Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. 448 Zoho Corp. GPO Link Based Reports 1. GPOs Linked To OUs 2. GPOs Linked To Domains 3. GPOs Linked To Sites GPOs Linked To OUs Provides the list of GPOs that are linked to OUs in the domain. This is determined based on the value contained in the gPLink attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the GPOs Linked To OUs link available under the GPO Link Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. GPOs Linked To Domains Provides the list of GPOs that are linked to domains. This is determined based on the value contained in the gPLink attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the GPOs Linked To Domains link available under the GPO Link Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. GPOs Linked To Sites Provides the list of GPOs that are linked to sites. This is determined based on the value contained in the gPLink attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the GPOs Linked To Sites link available under the GPO Link Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. 449 Zoho Corp. Inheritance Based Reports 1. Block Inheritance enabled OUs 2. Block Inheritance enabled Domains 3. Enforced GPOs Block Inheritance enabled OUs Provides the list of OUs that are prevented from inheriting GPOs from any of its parent container. This is determined based on the value contained in the gPOptions attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Block Inheritance enabled OUs link available under the Inheritance Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. Block Inheritance enabled Domains Provides the list of domains that are prevented from inheriting GPOs from any of its parent container. This is determined based on the value contained in the gPOptions attribute of the Active Directory. To view the report, click the Block Inheritance enabled Domains link available under the Inheritance Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. Enforced GPOs Provides the list of GPOs that have the enforced flag set. Enforced GPOs when applied to OUs are also applied to their children irrespective of whether Block Inheritance is set or not. To view the report, click the Enforced GPOs link available under the Inheritance Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. 450 Zoho Corp. GPO Status Based Reports 1. User Settings Enabled GPOs 2. Computer Settings Enabled GPOs 3. User and Computer Settings Enabled GPOs 4. Disabled GPOs 5. Unused GPOs User Settings Enabled GPOs Provides the list of GPOs that have Computer Settings disabled. These GPOs can be used to make the user settings. To view the report, click the User Settings Enabled GPOs link available under the GPO Status Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. Computer Settings Enabled GPOs Provides the list of GPOs that have User Settings disabled. These GPOs can be used to make the computer settings. To view the report, click the Computer Settings Enabled GPOs link available under the GPO Status Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. User and Computer Settings Enabled GPOs Provides the list of GPOs that can be used to perform both user and computer settings. To view the report, click the User and Computer Settings Enabled GPOs link available under the GPO Status Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. Disabled GPOs Provides the list of GPOs that have both User and Computer Settings disabled. 451 Zoho Corp. To view the report, click the Disabled GPOs link available under the GPO Status Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. Unused GPOs Provides the list of GPOs that are not used since creation. To view the report, click the Unused GPOslink available under the GPO Status Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. 452 Zoho Corp. Special GPO Reports 1. GPOs with Most Modified User Settings 2. GPOs with Most Modified Computer Settings 3. GPOs with Most Modified User & Computer Settings GPOs with Most Modified User Settings Provides the list of GPOs that have user versions greater than 5. You have an option to select a different version number. To view the report, click the GPOs with Most Modified User Settings link available under the GPO Version Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. GPOs with Most Modified Computer Settings Provides the list of GPOs that have computer versions greater than 5. You have an option to select a different version number. To view the report, click the GPOs with Most Modified Computer Settings link available under the GPO Version Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. GPOs with Most Modified User & Computer Settings Provides the list of GPOs that have user or computer versions greater than 5. You have an option to select a different version number. To view the report, click the GPOs with Most Modified User & Computer Settings link available under the GPO Version Based Reports category. Clicking a GPO from the report displays the complete information about that GPO. 453 Zoho Corp. Custom Reports While Desktop Central provides various canned reports on different modules like Patch Management, Asset Management, and so on, it is also possible to create customized reports to meet your specific requirement. Follow the links to learn more 1. Wizard Based Custom Report 2. Custom Query Report 454 Zoho Corp. Creating Custom Reports In addition to the out-of-the-box reports, Desktop Central allows you to create custom reports by specifying the criteria and selecting the required parameters. Follow the steps below to create a custom report using Desktop Central: 1. Select the Reports tab from the Desktop Central Client. 2. Click the New Custom Report button available on the top-right. This opens the Custom Report page. 3. Specify the name for the report. 4. Select the Module. This is currently available only for the Asset Management module and will be extended for other modules in our subsequent updates. 5. Select the Sub Module as Computer, Hardware or Software. 6. Specify the criteria for generating the report. You can specify multiple criteria by clicking the "+" icon 7. Select the Columns to view in the report. You can change the position of the columns by using the up and down arrow icons. 8. Click on Run & Save button to save the report permanently. (or) Click Run Report if just a temporary report is needed. Note: If you choose the Run Report option, you can edit the report and later on save the same. Likewise if you intend to make any changes to a saved report, you can make use of the Edit option in the Custom Report Page. 9. You have an option to save this report as PDF and CSV formats. 455 Zoho Corp. Custom Query Report Desktop Central provides the following types of reports: 1. Canned reports on various modules like Patch Management, Asset Management, Active Directory, and so on. 2. Wizard-based Custom Reports to retrieve any specific information In addition to the above report types, it also provides an ability to retrieve the required information from the database using the Query Report. This might be useful in cases where you are not able to get the required information from the Canned or the Custom Reports. The Query Report can be created using the New Query Report button available under Reports tab -> Custom Report. You may have to provide the SQL Query and create the report. The report can be saved for future reference and / or exported to CSV format for further processing. From where can I get the Query? Contact [email protected] with the details of your requirement. Alternatively, you can also submit your request online. Our support team will process your requirement and send you the query. Built-in Date Functions Date is stored in the Long format in the database. You will not be able to interpret the date on seeing this long format. In order to convert this to readable date format, two built-n functions are included: 1. LONG_TO_DATE() - for displaying the date in the results 2. DATE_TO_LONG() - for using the date within the query LONG_TO_DATE() This function can be used to convert the date from the long value to the date format. Consider the following example: You wish to retrieve software details along with the date and time at which the software was detected. The query you would normally use is: 456 Zoho Corp. Select SOFTWARE_NAME, DETECTED_TIME from invsoftware SOFTWARE_NAME Adobe Reader Skype DETECTED_TIME 1234558984892 8945934747893 In the above result, you will see the Detected Time in long format, which is not readable. Now, modifying the query as below will give you the desired output Select SOFTWARE_NAME, LONG_TO_DATE(DETECTED_TIME) from invsoftware SOFTWARE_NAME DETECTED_TIME_DATE_FORMAT Adobe Reader Skype 09/12/2009 15:35 07/13/2009 13.25 DATE_TO_LONG() This function can be used to convert the Date format to Long value. Consider the example where you wish to retrieve the details of the software detected between two specific dates. You should use the query as below: select * from invsoftware where DETECTED_TIME between DATE_TO_LONG(08/01/2009 00:00:00) and DATE_TO_LONG(08/31/2009 00:00:00) The date should be specified in the following format: mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm:ss Date Templates For retrieving the data between some predefined dates, you can make use of the date templates. The following date templates are supported: 1. Today - <from_today> - <to_today> 457 Zoho Corp. 2. Yesterday - <from_yesterday> - <to_yesterday> 3. This Week - <from_thisweek> - <to_thisweek> 4. Last Week - <from_lastweek> - <to_lastweek> 5. This Month - <from_thismonth> - <to_thismonth> 6. Last Month - <from_lastmonth> - <to_lastmonth> 7. This Quarter - <from_thisquarter> - <to_thisquarter> 8. Last Quarter - <from_lastquarter> - <to_lastquarter> 458 Zoho Corp. Making Help Desk Requests The Users of the computers that are managed using Desktop Central can submit help desk requests from the Desktop Central Icon displayed in the system tray. Right-clicking the Tray Icon will display the following menus: 1. Send Request to Help Desk - to make a helps desk request 2. Apply User Configurations - to apply the configurations that are available for them. 3. Apply Computer Configurations - to apply the configurations that are available for all the users of that computer. 4. Scan and Upload Patch Details - to manually scan and update the server for Patch Management 5. Scan and Upload Inventory Details - to manually scan and update the server with software/hardware inventories. 6. View User Logon Reports - to view their login history. Please note that the Administrator should have enabled these options for the users to view and use. 459 Zoho Corp. Mobile Device Management Desktop Central MDM simplifies the work of administrators by using a single console to manage desktops, laptops, servers, and mobile devices. Desktop Central MDM can be used to deploy configuration settings, security commands and retrieve asset data over-the-air (OTA). Supported Operating System Android version 2.2 and above iOS version 4.0 and above Supported Devices The current version supports managing the following devices; • Smart phones (Android) • Tablets (Android) • iPhone (iOS) • iPad (iOS) • iPad Mini (iOS) • ipod Touch. (iOS) What Management Operations you can Perform? The current version will support Over-the-Air (OTA) device configuration tasks such as 1. Enabling Passcode 2. Imposing Restrictions 3. Configuring Email 4. Enabling Exchange ActiveSync 5. Webclips 6. VPN and Wifi Settings 7. App Lock (iOS) 8. HTTP GLobal Proxy (iOS) Executing Security Commands like, 1. Erasing the Device data 2. Erasing Corporate Data 3. Clearing the Passcode 460 Zoho Corp. Asset Information that include, 1. Certificates Installed 2. Profiles Installed 3. Restriction Details 4. Security Information 5. Apps Inventory 6. Device Information 7. List Rooted Devices 8. List Devices by Storage Encryption App Management activities like, 1. Blacklisting Apps 2. White listing Apps 3. Manage all the Apps Discovered in the network. To know more about how to setup Desktop Central MDM refer the links mentioned below   Setting Up MDM Creating APNs Certificate  Device Authentication Policy   BYOD Device Enrollment   Profile Management App Management   BYOA Asset Management  Security Management 461 Zoho Corp. Setting up MDM This document will help you to understand about setting up Mobile Device Management (MDM) for iOS and Android devices. 1. Managing iOS devices • MDM Architecture for iOS devices • Creating APNS Certificate • Device Authentication • Configure NAT settings • Enroll iOS devices 2. Managing Android devices 1. MDM Architecture for Android devices 2. Device Authentication 3. Configure NAT settings 4. Enroll Android devices 462 Zoho Corp. iOS MDM Architecture for iOS devices Before we setup Mobile Device Management, let us first understand the architecture behind managing mobile devices over-the-air (OTA). The diagram below depicts the MDM Architecture in Desktop Central. All Communications from Desktop Central to the managed iOS device will be routed through Apple Push Notification Service (APNs). A live TCP connection is maintained for intermediate service. APNs acts an intermediate wake up service to wake up the device whenever an action is triggered to be performed from the Desktop Central. Managed mobile device communicates with Desktop Central to receive the instructions and report back the status and data. For the above setup to work, the following ports need to be configured. 463 Zoho Corp. Ports Details Ports (HTTP) that needs to be opened at Desktop Central Server • 8383 for secured communication between the agent and the Desktop Central Ports (TCP) that needs to be opened for managing iOS devices 1. 2195 - Outbound port should be open for the Desktop Central Server to reach the APNs. Host address: gateway.push.apple.com 2. 5223 - Outbound port should be open, if the mobile device connects to the internet through the WiFi, then this port should be opened. For better security, you can restrict these connections on the IP range 17.0.0.0/8. If all the managed devices have access to cellular data network, this requirement is not needed. Note : It is recommended to configure your Proxy settings, NAT settings and the mail server settings, which would useful for various operations while managing the mobile device. 464 Zoho Corp. Creating APNs Certificate The following workflow diagram explains you the steps involved in creating APNs certificate and managing the iOS devices. Creating APNs certificate involves the following sequence of steps: Setting up MDM 1. Creating a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) 2. Getting CSR Signed by Zoho Corporation 3. Uploading Signed Certificate to Apple Push Notification Portal 465 Zoho Corp. 4. Completing the CSR and generating APNs Certificate 5. Upload the APNs Certificate in Desktop Central Creating a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) 1. Open a command prompt as an administrator on the computer where Desktop Central is installed and change directory to <Product-Install-Dir>/ManageEngine/DesktopCentral_Server/bin/mdm directory 2. Execute the bat file CreateCSR.bat to create a CSR. A new window pops up, answer the following questions to create a CSR. • Country Name (2 letter Code): Enter a 2 letter code of your country ( for example US for United States) • State or Province Name (full name): Enter the name of the state or province (for example Texas) • Locality Name : Name of the locality (for example Dallas) • Organizational Name : Name of your company (for example Zoho Corp.) • Organizational Unit Name : Name of your department (for example Finance Department) • Common Name : A unique name to identify your company (for example ManageEngine) • Email Address : Enter the company Email address (for example [email protected]) • A Challenge Password : do not enter any password, skip this step by pressing enter. 3. Now, the CSR has been created successfully. Two files, customer.csr & CustomerPrivateKey.key will be available in your <Product-InstallDir>/ManageEngine/DesktopCentral_Server/bin/ mdm directory. Getting CSR Signed by Zoho Corporation The next step is to get the CSR signed by Zoho Corporation. Send the only the CSR file that you have created above to Desktop Central Support to get it signed. The signed file will be mailed back to you. Getting CSR Signed by Zoho Corporation The next step is to get the CSR signed by Zoho Corporation. Send the only the CSR file that you have created above to Desktop Central Support to get it signed. The signed file will be mailed back to you. Uploading Signed Certificate to Apple Push Notification Portal It is recommended by Apple to use "Safari/Google Chrome/Firefox" browsers while executing the below mentioned steps. Internet Explorer is not recommended to create APNs certificate. 466 Zoho Corp. 1. Go to https://identity.apple.com/pushcert/ (Apple Push Certificate Portal website) to create the APNs 2. Sign in using your Apple ID and password. An Apple Developer Account or Enterprise Account is not mandatory, any Apple ID or Apple Account can be used. If you do not have an Apple ID, create one from https://appleid.apple.com 3. Once logged in, choose "Create Certificate" 4. After reading terms and conditions Click Accept. 5. Upload the signed certificate that you received from Desktop Central Support. 6. A new certificate for managing the iOS devices will appear in the portal. 7. Select to download the Apple signed certificate. You can save the downloaded MDM_Zoho Corporation_Certificate.pem in the MDM directory. Completing the CSR and generating APNs Certificate 1. Open a command as administrator on the computer where Desktop Central is installed and change directory to <Product-InstallDir>/ManageEngine/DesktopCentral_Server/bin/mdm directory 2. Copy the downloaded signed certificate to directory <Product-InstallDir>/ManageEngine/DesktopCentral_Server/bin/ mdm 3. Execute the bat file (createAPNsCertificate.bat) to generate the APNs certificate. 4. It would prompt for password, this is mandatory. This password should be used when you import the APNs Certificate in the Desktop Central Console. Now, APNSCertificate.p12 has been successfully generated. The certificate is available under <Product-Install-Dir>/ManageEngine/DesktopCentral_Server/bin/mdm. Upload the APNs Certificate in Desktop Central 1. Login to Manage Engine Desktop Central Web Console. 2. Go to MDM-> Settings -> APNs Certificate 3. Upload the exported APNSCertificate.p12 Certificate from <Product-InstallDir>/ManageEngine/DesktopCentral_Server/bin/mdm and provide the password that you provided while exporting the certificate. 4. Select Save You have successfully generated the APNs certificate and uploaded to Manage Engine Desktop Central Web Console. You can start managing the devices by enrolling the devices in Desktop Central. 467 Zoho Corp. See also:Device Authentication, Device Enrollment, App Management, Profile Management, Asset Management, Security Management 468 Zoho Corp. Renew APNs Certificate Renewing APNs certificate involves the following sequence of steps: Setting up MDM Renewing APNs certificate involves the following steps. Ensure that you use the same Apple ID which you have used, while creating the APNs for the first time. Always use a corporate Apple ID than a personal one. If the APNs certificate has expired, then you will no longer be able to manage the iOS devices. In such cases, even if you renew the APNs after the expiry, you will have to re-enroll the devices to manage them. So it is recommend to renew APNs well in advance before expiry. The APNs should be renewed and uploaded in the Desktop Central server at least a month before it gets expired. So that all the devices would get the renewed APNs certificate. Incase if the you renew the APNs few days before it expiry and upload it in the Desktop Central server, devices which have not contacted the Desktop Central server to get the APNs updated will have to be re-enrolled. Follow the steps mentioned below to renew APNs. 1. Getting CSR Signed by Zoho Corporation 2. Uploading Signed Certificate to Apple Push Notification Portal 3. Completing the CSR and generating APNs Certificate 4. Upload the APNs Certificate in Desktop Central Creating a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) for Renewal Note: You can use your the old customer.csr & CustomerPrivateKey.key which will be located under <Product-Install-Dir>/ManageEngine/DesktopCentral_Server/bin/mdm directory. In case you do not find one, then you can recreate a new csr file and customer private key. Follow the steps mentioned below to create a csr: 1. Open a command prompt as an administrator on the computer where Desktop Central is installed and change directory to <Product-Install-Dir>/ManageEngine/DesktopCentral_Server/bin/mdm directory 2. Execute the bat file CreateCSR.bat to create a CSR. A new window opens, answer the following questions to create a CSR. • Country Name (2 letter Code): Enter a 2 letter code of your country ( for example US for • State or Province Name (full name): Enter the name of the state or province (for United States) example Texas) • Locality Name : Name of the locality (for example Dallas) 469 Zoho Corp. • Organizational Name : Name of your company (for example Zoho Corp.) • Organizational Unit Name : Name of your department (for example Finance Department) • Common Name : A unique name to identify your company (for example ManageEngine) • Email Address : Enter the company Email address (for example [email protected]) • A Challenge Password : do not enter any password, skip this step by pressing enter. 3. Now, the CSR has been created successfully. Two files, customer.csr & CustomerPrivateKey.key will be available in your <Product-InstallDir>/ManageEngine/DesktopCentral_Server/bin/ mdm directory. Getting CSR Signed by Zoho Corporation The next step is to get the CSR signed by Zoho Corporation. Send the only the CSR file that you have created above to Desktop Central Support to get it signed. The signed file will be mailed back to you. Uploading Signed Certificate to Apple Push Notification Portal It is recommended by Apple to use "Safari/Google Chrome/Firefox" browsers while executing the below mentioned steps. Internet Explorer is not recommended to create APNs certificate. 1. Go to https://identity.apple.com/pushcert/ (Apple Push Certificate Portal website) to create the APNs 2. Sign in using your Apple ID and password. An Apple Developer Account or Enterprise Account is not mandatory, any Apple ID or Apple Account can be used. If you do not have an Apple ID, create one from https://appleid.apple.com 3. Once logged in, choose "Renew Certificate" by selecting the certificate based on expiry date. 4. After reading terms and conditions Click Accept. 5. Upload the signed certificate that you received from Desktop Central Support. 6. A new certificate for managing the iOS devices will appear in the portal. 7. Select to download the Apple signed certificate. You can save the downloaded MDM_Zoho Corporation_Certificate.pem in the MDM directory. 470 Zoho Corp. Completing the CSR and generating APNs Certificate 1. Open a command as administrator on the computer where Desktop Central is installed and change directory to <Product-InstallDir>/ManageEngine/DesktopCentral_Server/bin/mdm directory 2. Copy the downloaded signed certificate to directory <Product-InstallDir>/ManageEngine/DesktopCentral_Server/bin/ mdm 3. Execute the bat file (createAPNsCertificate.bat) to generate the APNs certificate. 4. It would prompt for password, this is mandatory. This password should be used when you import the APNs Certificate in the Desktop Central Console. Now, APNSCertificate.p12 has been successfully generated. The certificate is available under <Product-Install-Dir>/ManageEngine/DesktopCentral_Server/bin/mdm. Upload the APNs Certificate in Desktop Central 1. Login to Manage Engine Desktop Central Web Console. 2. Go to MDM-> Settings -> APNs Certificate 3. Click Modify to upload the new APNs 4. Upload the exported APNSCertificate.p12 Certificate from <Product-InstallDir>/ManageEngine/DesktopCentral_Server/bin/mdm and provide the password that you provided while exporting the certificate. 5. Select Save You have successfully generated the APNs certificate and uploaded to Manage Engine Desktop Central Web Console. See also: Device Authentication, Device Enrollment, App Management, Profile Management, Asset Management, Security Management 471 Zoho Corp. Device Authentication Enrolling devices is the first step in managing mobile devices. In order to enroll devices, every user should be configured with user authentication level. There are three types of authentication, which are described as follows. • Using Unique Passcode - An email will be sent to the user with a unique passcode. User needs to use the unique passcode to enroll the device. • Active Directory Authentication - User can use his domain credentials to enroll his device. • Combination of Both - User needs to use both the passcode sent through email as well as his domain credentials to enroll his device. This authentication is used only while enrolling the devices. Follow the steps mentioned below to configure the authentication that should be performed while enrolling the device; 1. Click MDM Tab 2. Under Settings click Authentication 3. Click Settings and configure the Authentication 4. Choose the type of Authentication 5. Click Save You have successfully configured the authentication level for the device. 472 Zoho Corp. Enroll iOS devices Enrolling Devices is the first stage in managing a mobile device, this document will explain you in detail about various steps involved in enrolling the device. • Enrolling Devices • Enroll Additional devices for same user • Bulk Enrollment • Enrollment Process on iOS devices • Enroll Devices using Apple Configurator • Troubleshooting Tips Follow the steps mentioned below to enroll the devices. Enrolling Devices 1. Click MDM tab on the Desktop Central Console 2. Under Settings click on Enrollment 3. Click Enroll Device and fill in the appropriate information 4. Domain Name : Choose the Domain Name from the drop down, if you do not have any domain name, select Default Workgroup 5. User Name- Enter the user name of the device that needs to be enrolled. 6. Email address :It is mandatory to enter the email address of the user who will receive the enrollment request. 7. Platform: Specify the platform from the drop down menu, as iOS or Android. You can also configure the email template which will be sent as enrollment request. 8. Owned By : Owner of the device either Corporate or Personal 9. Click Enroll to enroll the device. 10. Assign to Group : Specify the group to which the device should be added. If you select an existing group from the drop down, then the newly added device will automatically get all the apps and profiles which were already distributed to the group. By doing so you can automate the process of imposing the minimum required restrictions and apps to all the newly added devices. If you add a new group name, then a new group will be created and the device will be added to it. Note : Ensure that you configure your Proxy settings, and the mail server settings, so that you the user can receive the email with the authentication passcode. After enrollment Users will receive an email with the enrollment instructions and the link to enroll the devices. Based on the authentication policy defined for enrollment, users will be receiving the 473 Zoho Corp. authentication passcode. Users need to manually install the MDM profile by clicking on the enrollment request. All enrolled devices will be listed in the Devices Tab in the Desktop Central MDM console under Groups and Devices. Enroll Additional devices for same user You can enroll multiple devices for the same user. In case a user has more than one mobile device that needs to be managed, you can enroll those devices by following the steps mentioned below; 1. Click MDM Tab 2. Under Settings choose Enrollment 3. Under Enrollment tab choose the User Name to whom you wanted to enroll the additional device 4. Under Actions click button 5. Specify the Platform as iOS or Android 6. Specify the Owned By type as Corporate or Personal and click Enroll The mail to enroll additional device would be sent to the specified user. Bulk Enrollment This option facilitates you to enroll many devices at a same time. You can simply create a csv file with the User Name, Domain Name, Email, Platform and Owned by details and upload the same. Multiple entries should be in separate lines. Refer the below mentioned csv file for example, Sample CSV Format USER_NAME,DOMAIN_NAME,EMAIL,PLATFORM,OWNED_BY,GROUP_NAME ANDREW,MDM,[email protected],android,Personal,iOSgroup BEN,ZOHOCORP,[email protected],iOS,iOS_Group Note : 1. The CSV file should contain the following fields: User Name, Domain Name, Email, Platform,Owned By and Group Name. 2. The fields User Name, Email and Platform are mandatory. All the other fields are optional. 3. The first line of the CSV is the column header and the columns can be in any order. 4. Blank column values should be comma separated. 5. If the column value contains comma, it should be specified within quotes. Follow the steps mentioned below, to enroll devices through Bulk Enrollment. 1. Click MDM tab on the Desktop Central Console 474 Zoho Corp. 2. Under Settings Click on Enrollment 3. Click Bulk Enrollment . A window opens, click Browse to upload the created CSV file and Import the same. Enrollment mail will be sent to all the users listed in the csv file. Enrollment Process on iOS devices. The users, upon receiving the enrollment requests, can enroll their device as below: 1. Users should note down the Unique Passcode. Passcode is case sensitive. 2. Clicking the link in the email will open a window to accept the passcode 3. User should specify the passcode received in the email and click Continue. It will validate the passcode and present a confirmation screen. Click Continue 475 Zoho Corp. 476 Zoho Corp. 4. Click Install to install the profile 477 Zoho Corp. 5. It will display a warning message. Read and click Install 478 Zoho Corp. 6. The profile will be installed. 7. Click Done to view the enrollment status 479 Zoho Corp. The device have been enrollment process has been successfully completed and the device will be listed in Desktop Central. Once the device enrollment is completed, the device will be scanned and the users will receive a App Catalog and MDM Profile . All the Apps that are distributed by Desktop Central will be listed in the App Catalog. Users can choose the App and install them by clicking on it. Incase of App store App, by clicking on the App users will be prompted to enter their Apple ID and password and the App will be downloaded from the App store. MDM profile is the profile used by Desktop Central to manage the mobile device, if the user removes the MDM Profile, then all the Apps that has been installed through Desktop Central and the policies applied will be reverted. Enrolling Devices using Apple Configurator : You can use Apple configurator to enroll multiple devices at a same time. To know more about apple configurator, refer to this. Ensure that you configure WiFi profile in the configurator. Follow the steps mentioned below to enoll multiple devices using Apple configurator. 480 Zoho Corp. 1. Create a Wifi Profile 2. Create and Export MDM Profile 3. Push MDM Profile through Apple Configurator 1. Click MDM tab 2. Under Settings select Enrollment 3. Select Apple Configurator 4. Specify a Common User Name and Domain Name 5. Export MDM profile by clicking button. 6. Open Apple Configurator Tool and Click on Prepare icon 7. Configure the Settings by providing the following details 1. Name of the profile 2. Specify the number of devices that needs to be configured 3. Enable Supervise option 4. Select the iOS version that needs to be installed on the devices 5. Click on the check box to Erase the data in the device before installing the MDM profile 6. Select the option from the drop down to Backup and Restore data on the mobile devices. If you wanted to back up data, ensure that you connect devices of the same type, such as iPhones or iPads. 7. Connect the devices using USB port. 8. Click Add button at the bottom of the profiles to create a WiFi Configurator Profile 9. Enter the name of the profile as WiFi 10. From the left pane, click WiFi Profile and Configure the settings 11. Click Save to store the changes 12. Click Prepare icon at the bottom of the page. 13. Click Apply for the profile to be distributed to all the devices. You can see that all the devices will get the MDM profile. Every device that is enrolled using configurator will be listed with the Common User name. Since managing mobile devices using a common user name cannot be feasible, you need to upload a .csv file in the bulk enrollment section with the details of the devices such as UDID, User name etc. Ensure that you uncheck the check box so that Enrollment request will not be sent to the users based on the uploaded csv. So, you can see that the enrolled devices will be renamed as per the details provided in the .csv. ï‚· Note: You can change the Common User name by clicking the Edit Apple Configurator Profile under Apple Configurator tab. You can also reassign the devices to different users by selecting the device and clicking the Change User option under Actions. 481 Zoho Corp. Troubleshooting Tips 1. 1. Users did not receive the Enrollment Request via Email 1. Check whether you have configured the Mail Server settings 2. Users are unable to access the URL sent via Email 2. Desktop Central server is not running or not accessible by the users. 3. Check if the firewall running in Desktop Central Server is blocking the communication (at port 8020/8383) 4. If the users are outside LAN, they should be able to reach the Desktop Central Server via public IP. Check whether the NAT Settings is configured in Desktop Central (MDM --> NAT Settings) 3. Users have installed the profile, but their devices are not listed in the Desktop Central 5. The device is not able to reach APNs. Check whether your WiFi allows communication at port 5223 6. If WiFi is disabled on the device, it should have access to Cellular Data network See also: Creating a Group, Creating Profiles, App Management, Profile Management, Asset Management, Security Management 482 Zoho Corp. Android MDM Architecture for Android Devices. Before we setup Mobile Device Management, let us first understand the architecture behind managing mobile devices over-the-air (OTA). The diagram below depicts the MDM Architecture in Desktop Central. All Communications from Desktop Central to the managed android devices will be routed through Google Cloud Messaging (GCM). A live TCP connection is maintained for intermediate service. GCM acts an intermediate wake up service to wake up the device whenever an action is triggered to be performed from the Desktop Central. Managed mobile device communicates with Desktop Central to receive the instructions and report back the status and data. For the above setup to work, the following ports need to be configured. 483 Zoho Corp. Ports Details; Ports (HTTP) that needs to be opened at Desktop Central Server • 8383 - Used for secured communication between the agent and the Desktop Central If the mobile device connects to the internet through WiFi, then the following TCP ports (out bound) should be opened on the firewall. 1. 5228, 5229, 5230 - Should be open on the firewall, for the mobile devices to reach the Desktop Central Server. Note : It is recommended to configure your Proxy settings, NAT settings and the mail server settings, which would useful for various operations while managing the mobile device. 484 Zoho Corp. MDM Device Authentication Enrolling devices is the first step in managing mobile devices. In order to enroll devices, every user should be configured with user authentication level. There are three types of authentication, which are described as follows. • Using Unique Passcode - An email will be sent to the user with a unique passcode. User needs to use the unique passcode to enroll the device. • Active Directory Authentication - User can use his domain credentials to enroll his device. • Combination of Both - User needs to use both the passcode sent through email as well as his domain credentials to enroll his device. This authentication is used only while enrolling the devices. Follow the steps mentioned below to configure the authentication that should be performed while enrolling the device; 1. Click MDM Tab 2. Under Settings click Enrollment 3. Click Settings and configure the Authentication 4. Choose the type of Authentication 5. Click Save You have successfully configured the authentication level for the device. Configuring Android Agent settings: If you wanted to manage android devices, you need to configure the android agent settings. Android agent which will be installed in all the managed mobile devices. By configuring Android agent settings you can force the user to accept the Profile within a specified time. Every time you distribute a profile with few policies and restrictions to some devices, Android agent will notify the end user to accept the Policy. Based on the specified time limit, end user will be asked to accept the policy. If the policy is not installed within the specified time, then the policy will be moved to violated status. Follow the steps mentioned below to know more about configuring the android agent settings; 1. Click MDM Tab 2. Under Settings click Android Agent Settings 3. Specify the time limit allowed for the end user to accept the policy, so that end users will be forced to install the policy within the specified time. 4. Specify the deactivation message that need to be displayed if the end user disables the Device Administrator Settings 485 Zoho Corp. 5. Specify whether you wanted to allow the end users to remove MDM Agent (this is applicable only for SAFE devices) 6. Click Save Changes You have successfully configured the android agent settings. 486 Zoho Corp. Enroll Android Devices Enrolling Devices is the first stage in managing a mobile device, this document will explain you in detail about various steps involved in enrolling the device. 1. Enrolling Devices 2. Enroll Additional devices for same user 3. Bulk Enrollment 4. Self Enrollment 5. Enrollment Process on Android devices. 6. Troubleshooting Tips Follow the steps mentioned below to enroll the devices. Enrolling Devices 1. Click MDM tab on the Desktop Central Console 2. Under Settings click on Enrollment 3. Click Enroll Device and fill in the appropriate information 4. Domain Name : Choose the Domain Name from the drop down, if you do not have any domain name, select Default Workgroup 5. User Name- Enter the user name of the device that needs to be enrolled. 6. Email address :It is mandatory to enter the email address of the user who will receive the enrollment request. 7. Platform: Specify the platform from the drop down menu, as iOS or Android. 8. Owned By : Owner of the device either Corporate or Personal 9. Click Enroll to enroll the device. 10. Assign to Group : Specify the group to which the device should be added. If you select an existing group from the drop down, then the newly added device will automatically get all the Apps and profiles which were already distributed to the group. By doing so you can automate the process of imposing the minimum required restrictions and Apps to all the newly added devices. If you add a new group name, then a new group will be created and the device will be added to it. 1. Ensure that you configure your Proxy settings, and the mail server settings, so that you the user can receive the email with the authentication passcode. End users will receive an email with the enrollment instructions and the link to enroll the devices. Based on the authentication policy defined for enrollment, users will be receiving the authentication passcode. Users need to manually install the MDM profile by clicking on the enrollment request. If 487 Zoho Corp. you use a SAFE device, you will get the android agent that has been exclusively designed for SAFE devices. If you access the download url from any normal android device, then a different agent will be downloaded. All enrolled devices will be listed in the Devices Tab in the Desktop Central MDM console under Groups and Devices. Enroll Additional devices for same user You can enroll multiple devices for the same user. In case a user has more than one mobile device that needs to be managed, you can enroll those devices by following the steps mentioned below; 1. Click MDM Tab 2. Under Settings choose Enrollment 3. Under Enrollment tab choose the User Name to whom you wanted to enroll the additional device 4. Under Actions click button 5. Specify the Platform as iOS or Android 6. Specify the Owned By type as Corporate or Personal and click Enroll The mail to enroll additional device would be sent to the specified user. Bulk Enrollment This option facilitates you to enroll many devices at a same time. You can simply create a csv file with the User Name, Domain Name, Email, Platform and Owned by details and upload the same. Multiple entries should be in separate lines. Refer the below mentioned csv file for example, Sample CSV Format USER_NAME,DOMAIN_NAME,EMAIL,PLATFORM,OWNED_BY, GROUP_NAME ANDREW,MDM,[email protected],android,Personal,Android_Group BEN,ZOHOCORP,[email protected],iOS,Android_Group Note : 1. The CSV file should contain the following fields: User Name, Domain Name, Email, Platform, Owned By and Android Group. 2. The fields User Name, Email and Platform are mandatory. All the other fields are optional. 3. The first line of the CSV is the column header and the columns can be in any order. 4. Blank column values should be comma separated. 5. If the column value contains comma, it should be specified within quotes. Follow the steps mentioned below, to enroll devices through Bulk Enrollment. 488 Zoho Corp. 1. Click MDM tab on the Desktop Central Console 2. Under Settings Click on Enrollment 3. Click Bulk Enrollment . A window opens, click Browse to upload the created CSV file and Import the same. Enrollment mail will be sent to all the users listed in the csv file. Self Enrollment: Self enrollment is an option that facilitates the end users to enroll their devices by accessing a url. They do not require an enrollment invitation from the system administrator. They can download and install the MDM agent on their mobile devices by accessing the self enrollment url. Enrollment Process on Android devices. The users, upon receiving the enrollment requests, can enroll their device as below: 1. User needs to copy the Server Name, Port Number and passcode given in the email 489 Zoho Corp. 2. Users can download the MDM Android App in the device 490 Zoho Corp. 3. Once the download has been successful, Users will be prompted to Click "Install" to start installation and Click Open after the installation is completed. 491 Zoho Corp. 492 Zoho Corp. 493 Zoho Corp. 494 Zoho Corp. 4. After the installation gets completed, Users will be prompted to enter the below requested information which were already sent through email 495 Zoho Corp. 496 Zoho Corp. 5. User needs to provide the One Time password 497 Zoho Corp. 498 Zoho Corp. 499 Zoho Corp. 6. User needs to Accept the terms and conditions to complete the installation 500 Zoho Corp. 7. Users need to enable Device Administrator in their mobile device 501 Zoho Corp. 502 Zoho Corp. 8. By Clicking "Activate" the enrollment process would be succeeded 503 Zoho Corp. 9. MDM App icon will be listed in the mobile device. 504 Zoho Corp. 10. By clicking the MDM App icon, MDM App opens and the end user can see the distributed Apps and associated profiles listed here. 505 Zoho Corp. Apps that are distributed by Desktop Central will be listed in App Catalog. Profiles that are associated to the devices will be listed under Policies and Restrictions. Device Details will provide the complete information about the device. MDM Audit After the Devices are enrolled, you can also view the list of devices, enrolled as per the enrollment time and date. To audit the devices managed by Desktop Central follow the steps mentioned below: 1. Click MDM Tab 2. Select Enrollment under Settings 3. Click Audit. 506 Zoho Corp. You can audit the managed mobile devices, by their associated Groups, enrollment time, date, device name, OS version, model name, product name etc. Troubleshooting Tips 1. 1. Users did not receive the Enrollment Request via Email 1. Check whether you have configured the Mail Server settings 2. Users are unable to access the URL sent via Email 2. Desktop Central server is not running or not accessible by the users. 3. Check if the firewall running in Desktop Central Server is blocking the communication (at port 8020/8383) 4. If the users are outside LAN, they should be able to reach the Desktop Central Server via public IP. Check whether the NAT Settings is configured in Desktop Central (MDM --> NAT Settings) 3. Users have installed the profile, but their devices are not listed in the Desktop Central 5. The device is not able to reach GCM. Check whether your WiFi allows communication at port 5223 6. If WiFi is disabled on the device, it should have access to Cellular Data network See also: Creating a Group, Creating Profiles, App Management, Profile Management, Asset Management, Security Management 507 Zoho Corp. BYOD Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) has become an essential part of mobile device management. Enterprises today entertains BYOD as a part of business strategy to increase productivity. BYOD enables employees to access the corporate data anytime from anywhere. Which means more productivity as well as more risk. This is what forces, every enterprise to look out for a mobile device management solution which not only monitors the devices, distribute apps but also ensures that data security. Desktop Central provides you the leverage to manage employee owned devices and corporate devices at ease. You can create separate groups for managing employee's devices and impose polices and restrictions in such a way that the corporate data is always kept secure and protected. Desktop Central provides an option for self enrollment, where the end users can enroll the devices by themselves. Follow the steps mentioned below to configure Self Enrollment settings. Ensure AD authentication is enabled for self enrollment to work. Self Enrollment process remains to be the same for iOS and Android devices. 1. Click MDM Tab 2. Under Settings in the left pane, click Enrollment 3. Click Settings and configure the Self Enrollment settings 4. Specify whether you wanted to enable or disable the self enrollment 5. Click the check box to receive notifications when a device is enrolled using self enrollment. 6. Specify the email address to which the notification needs to be sent. 7. Click Save The devices which are self enrolled will be listed under the default groups, such as corporate or personal based on the operating system. Desktop Central has four default groups, they are Default_iOS_Corporate, Default_iOS_Personal, Default_Android_Corporate and Default_Android_Personal. To know more about self enrolment works on the mobile devices, refer the screen shots listed below. Self Enrollment process on iOS devices 1. End user uses the self enrollment url, the following information should be filled in. 508 Zoho Corp. 509 Zoho Corp. 2. End user will be prompted to install the Desktop Central profile. Click Continue to complete the profile installation. 3. Click Install 510 Zoho Corp. 511 Zoho Corp. 512 Zoho Corp. As soon as the device gets enrolled, users will receive an App catalog from where they can install apps that are distributed through Desktop Central. Administrators will also be notified that a new user has enrolled the device. If any specific profiles, or Apps were distributed to the group where the device is enrolled, then the newly added device will automatically receive all the configurations and Apps applied to it. Self Enrollment process on Android devices 1. End User access the self enrollment url and views this page. If the end user uses a SAFE device, he will get the android agent that has been exclusively designed for SAFE devices. If he access the download url from any normal android device, then the appropriate agent will be downloaded. 513 Zoho Corp. 2. Download the MDMAndroidAgent.apk file. 514 Zoho Corp. 3. Click Next to continue installation. 515 Zoho Corp. 516 Zoho Corp. 4. Open the App after the installation is completed. 517 Zoho Corp. 518 Zoho Corp. 5. Enter the following details which were sent in the email. 519 Zoho Corp. 520 Zoho Corp. 6.Specify the type of device as Corporate or Personal. 521 Zoho Corp. 7. Accept the Terms & Conditions. 522 Zoho Corp. 8. Click Continue 523 Zoho Corp. 9. Enable Device Administrator. 524 Zoho Corp. 10. Click Finish to complete the installation. 525 Zoho Corp. 11. Click on the MDM App. 526 Zoho Corp. 12. You can see an App catalog and the policies that are applied on the device. 527 Zoho Corp. As soon as the device gets enrolled, users will receive an App catalog from where they can install Apps that are distributed through Desktop Central. Administrators will also be notified that a new user has enrolled the device. If any specific profiles, or Apps were distributed to the group where the device is enrolled, then the newly added device will automatically receive all the configurations and Apps applied to it. 528 Zoho Corp. Profile Management MDM - Profile Management Desktop Central uses profiles as a mode to apply configurations to the managed devices. You can create profiles and publish them, which can be associated to a managed device or a group of devices. The following topics will cover more on creating and associating profiles to devices and groups. A published profile is not applied to any of the devices until they are associated with the devices or groups. When a profile is modified and published, a new version of the profile is created. New versions of the same profile will not be applied automatically to any devices/groups, to which they were applied before. You would need to associate the profile to the devices/groups again to apply the configurations. When the modified profile is applied to devices/groups to which the previous version of the profile was applied, the configurations are overwritten with the new changes. If you have removed any particular configuration in the new version and applied the same to the devices, then the particular configuration will be removed from the devices though it was installed earlier by the previous version. For example: You have created a new version for profile where you have removed mail server configurations, and then the profile is associated with the devices, then the email server configurations will be removed from the managed devices thought it was configured earlier as per the previous profile. Profile Management Workflow in iOS devices: When a profile is created and published, it is ready to be distributed to devices or groups. Every Profile that is associated to a device/group will get applied immediately as soon as the device is reachable. User intervention is not required, to impose any policy or restriction in form of a profile. Profile Management Workflow in Android devices: Policies and Restrictions are applied to the devices in form of Profiles. When a Profile is associated to a device or a group, the end user will be notified and the profile can be viewed under "Policies and Restrictions" tab in the mobile device. End User will be notified to accept the Policies/Restrictions within a specific time limit, if the Policies/Restrictions are not accepted by the end user then the it will be listed under violated policies. Policies/Restrictions which are accepted by the end user will be listed under imposed policies. 529 Zoho Corp. Learn more about • creating profiles • creating Groups • associating profiles to groups • associating profiles to devices See also: Associating Profiles to Group, Associate Profiles to Devices , Distribute App to Groups, Distribute Apps to Devices, 530 Zoho Corp. MDM Creating Profiles Creating Profiles Profiles are created to impose one or more policies and restrictions to the managed devices/groups. You need to create separate profiles for iOS and Android devices respectively. An iOS profile cannot be distributed to the Android group and vice versa. Follow the steps mentioned below to create a profile. 1. Select MDM tab 2. Click Profiles from the left pane 3. Click Create Profile and choose the platform as iOS or Android, for which you wanted to create the profile. Provide the below mentioned basic information: 1. Name of the Profile: Unique name to identify the profile 2. Description: A brief description about the profile 3. Allow Users to Remove Profiles (This is applicable only for iOS devices) : Enabling this option provides the permission for the end user to remove the profiles. If the end user removes the profile, then all the policies applied through the profile will be removed. 4. Click Continue 5. Under Define Profile from the left pane, select the configuration profile (iOS / Android) and define the policies and restrictions of the profile. You will have to save the individual configurations before you move on to the next configuration within the same profile. 6. After specifying the required configurations, click Publish. A published profile is not applied to any of the devices until they are associated to the devices or groups. Modifying a Profile To modify a profile, 1. Select MDM tab and click Profiles from the left pane 2. Under Profiles tab, you can view the list of all the profiles that have been created already. 3. Click icon under the Actions column, of the profile that you wish to modify and change the required configurations. You can add or remove configurations from the profile. 4. After making the required changes, click Save to save the changes. 5. Click Publish to save the changes made to the Profile. When a profile is modified and published, it is not applied to the devices to which they were applied before. A new version of the profile is listed, you can upgrade the latest version to the group, so that 531 Zoho Corp. the current members of the group will have the latest version of the profile applied to them. The previous version of profile will be overwritten by the latest version. See also: Associating Profiles to Devices, Associating Profiles to Groups, App Management 532 Zoho Corp. MDM Creating Groups Creating Device Group A group is a logical grouping of managed devices to which a configuration can be applied. A device can belong to multiple groups. Groups facilitate applying same configuration profiles and distribute Apps to multiple devices. To create a group, 1. Select MDM tab and click Groups and Devices from the left pane 2. Under Groups Click Create Group and select the type of the group as iOS or Android Group. 3. Specify a name for the Group 4. From the list of available devices, select the devices you wish to add them to the group and move them to the Added Devices. 5. Click Create Group A new Group will be created for the specific Platform that you have chosen. No Groups can be created with a combination of iOS and Android devices. Every Group should be unique based on the platform. Whereas a Group can contain different types of devices like smart phone and tablets. A device can be a member of more than one Group, and Group can have any number of devices more than one. Modifying a Device Group To modify the Group, to add or remove the managed devices, follow the steps mentioned below: 1. Select MDM tab and click Groups and Devices from the left pane 2. Select the Groups tab. This will list the groups that have been created already. 3. Select the specific Group that need to be modified, and click the modify button. 4. Under Available Devices select the specific device that needs to be added and move it to the Added Devices. 5. To delete any device select the specific device that needs to be removed from Added Devices and click on Remove. 6. Click Save Changes to store settings. Note: When a device is removed from the Group, the profiles associated to the devices using Desktop Central will not be removed automatically. Similarly, when a device is added to an existing group, the new device will not receive the existing Profiles automatically. Profile needs to be associated to such devices manually. 533 Zoho Corp. See also: Associating Profiles to Group, Associate Profiles to Devices , Distribute App to Groups, Distribute Apps to Devices, 534 Zoho Corp. MDM Associating Profiles to Groups MDM Profiles that are published can be associated to Groups. To associate profiles to Groups, 1. Select MDM tab and click Groups and Devices from the left pane 2. Select the Groups tab 3. Select the Groups that you wish to associate to a profile and click Associate Profile 4. The Available Profiles will list all the profiles that have been published. If you have modified a profile and published, the latest version of the profile will only be listed here. Select the profiles that you wish to associate and move them to Added Profiles and Click Save Changes. When a profile is associated to an iOS group or Android SAFE group, then the profile gets applied to the device immediately. When a profile is associated to the Android group, the profile will be listed under Polices and Restriction Tab in the managed mobile device. If you try to associate a SAFE profile like Email or Exchange Active Sync to normal android devices other than SAFE devices, the status of the profile will be displayed as succeeded but the remarks will be updated as Not Applicable. Note: When a Profile is associated to any group, the profile gets applied automatically if the device is reachable. Any time, a profile is removed from a managed device, all the restrictions applied to it will be removed automatically. If a profile is associated to a group and a new device is added to a group, the new device will get all the profiles associated to it automatically. Similarly if any Device to which a profile has been applied is removed from the Group, the installed profile will not be removed automatically. Dis-associating Profiles from Groups You can disassociate the profile from the Groups. When you disassociate a profile from the group all the restrictions applied using that profile will be reverted in the devices. you can disassociate a Profile from the Groups by following the steps mentioned below: 1. Select MDM tab and click Groups and Devices from the left pane 2. Select the Groups tab 3. Click the name of the Group and choose the Profile that you want to disassociate 4. Click button to disassociate the profile from the Group. As soon as a profile being disassociated from the Group / Devices, all the restrictions has been applied using the profile will be reverted automatically. See also:Creating a Group, Associate Profiles to Devices , Distribute App to Groups, Distribute Apps to Devices, 535 Zoho Corp. MDM Associating Profiles to Devices MDM profiles can be associated with devices. A managed device can have more than one profile associated to it. To associate a profile to the device, 1. Select MDM tab and click Groups and Devices from the left pane 2. Select the Devices tab. This will list all the devices that have been enrolled. 3. Select the devices based on the platform, to which you wanted to associate a profile and click Associate Profile 4. The Available Profiles will list all the profiles that have been published. If you have modified a profile and published, the latest version of the profile will only be listed here. Select the profiles that you wish to associate and move them to Added Profiles and Click Save Changes. If you select Android devices, only Android Profiles will be listed when you click on associate profile and vise versa. You will not be able to select multiple devices with different platforms while associating any profile. Note: When a profile is associated to an iOS device or Android SAFE devices, then the profile gets applied to the device immediately. When a profile is associated to the Android device (other than SAFE) , the profile will be listed under Polices and Restriction Tab in the managed mobile device. The end user needs to accept the profile within a time, specified by the system administrator. If the end user accepts the profile, then it will be listed under Imposed Policies. If the end user does not accept the profile, then it will be listed under Violated Policies. If you try to associate a SAFE profile like Email or Exchange Active Sync to a normal Android device, the status will be profile will be displayed as Succeed, but the remarks will be updated as Profile Not Applicable. Dis-associating Profiles from Devices You can disassociate the profile from the Groups. When you disassociate a profile from the group all the restrictions applied using that profile will be reverted from the Devices. you can disassociate a Profile from the Devices by following the steps mentioned below: 1. Select MDM tab and click Groups and Devices from the left pane 2. Select the Devices tab 3. Click the name of the Device and choose the Profile that you want to disassociate 4. Click button to disassociate the profile from the Device. As soon as a profile being disassociated from the Group / Devices, all the restrictions has been applied using the profile will be reverted automatically. See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 536 Zoho Corp. MDM -Verifying Profile Deployment Status To verify the deployment status of the profile that has been associated with the Groups/Devices, follow the steps mentioned below. 1. Select MDM tab and click Groups and Devices from the left pane 2. Under Groups/ Devices tab click on the Name of the Group/Device 3. Click on the name of the Profile 4. You can see the deployment status of Profile of that particular Group/Device. See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 537 Zoho Corp. Configuration Profiles for iOS MDM Configuration Profiles Profile Specifications You can design the profile by empowering it or restricting it as per the requirement. The following profile specifications can be customized and stored in specific versions, so that it can be associated with any devices/groups at any point of time. The specifications are listed below with the options to customize it. These Profiles are tailored to customize the policies and restrictions for managing iOS devices. • Passcode - Defines parameters about the creating a password. • Restrictions - Restrictions and permission related to device functionality, applications, iCloud, Security and Privacy etc. • Wi-Fi - Configuring WiFi and proxy settings. • VPN - Configuring VPN and proxy settings. • Email - Configuring mail settings including mail server authentication and SSL. • Exchange ActiveSync - Configuring ActiveSync settings. • LDAP - Configuring LDAP settings. • CalDav - Configuring CalDav settings. • Subscribed Calendars - configuring calendar settings. • CardDav - Configuring CardDav settings. • Web Clips - Specify webclips that needs to be installed in device. • App Lock - Allows only the "App Locked App" to be used in the device, and blocks all other usages including Home button on the device. • Global Proxy Settings - Configuring Global Proxy settings ensures that users need not specify proxy settings anywhere else throughout the product. See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 538 Zoho Corp. MDM - Passcode You can define the parameters for creating a passcode and configure the passcode settings. Profile Settings Description Passcode Profile Settings Allow simple value Permit the usage of repeating ascending and descending character sequence. Require Alphanumeric value Usage of alphanumeric value Minimum passcode length Minimum length allowed as passcode Minimum number of complex characters Minimum number of complex characters needed for passcode. Maximum passcode age Maximum passcode age from 1 to 730 days Auto lock the device when it is idle for Time limit for automatically locking the device Grace period of the device lock Automatic time limit for the device to be locked Maximum number of failed Maximum number attempts before all data in the device to be attempts erased See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 539 Zoho Corp. MDM - Restrictions You can enable or restrict user to access various features of the device like, profile settings, application settings, iCloud settings and security & privacy settings. Profile Settings Description Restrictions Profile Settings Allow installing Apps Using this option App store can be disabled and the App store icon will be removed from the home screen. So users will not be able to install or update any Apps using App store of iTunes. Allow removing Apps Allowing the user to remove the Apps (iOS 6 and above Supervised devices only) Allow use of Camera Cameras are completely disabled and the icons are removed from the home screen. Users cannot take photos, video or use face time. Allow Facetime Allowing users to receive or make Face Time video calls. Allow iMessage (iOS 6 Allowing the users to use iMessage feature and above - Supervised devices only) Allow screen capture Allowing users to capture the screen shot of the display Allow automatic sync Devices while roaming will sync only when an account is while roaming accessed by the user Allow siri Allow the usage of siri Allow siri when device Permit usage of siri when the device is locked is locked Force Siri Profanity Filter Enabling the profanity filter option in Siri (iOS 6 and above Supervised devices only) Allow Passbook while device is locked (iOS 6 Permit the usage of passbook while the device is locked and above) Allow voice dialing Permit users to use voice dialing Allow in App purchase Enables users to purchase in-App purchases Force user to enter iTunes store password Prompt for iIunes password. 540 Zoho Corp. Profile Settings Allow Game Center (iOS 6 and above - Description Permit the usage of Game Center Supervised devices only) Allow multiplayer Allow multiple users gaming gaming Allow adding game center friends allow users to add game center friends. Applications Allow use of you tube Allow users to use youtube Allow the usage of iBooks store Enable iBooks store usage (iOS 6 and above Supervised devices only) Allow the user to download erotica media Enable users to download media which is tagged as erotica. from iBooks store (iOS 6 and above Supervised devices only) Allow use of iTune Allow users to use iTune store music store Allow use of safari Allow users to use safari Enable auto fill Enables the auto fill option Force fraud warning Allows force fraud warning Enable javascript Allows java script Allow Pop-ups Enables pop up Accept cookies Accepts cookies iCloud Allow Backup Enables data backup Allow Document Sync Allows document sync Allow Photo Stream Enables streaming photos Allow Shared Stream Enable Stream Sharing (iOS 6 and above) Security and Privacy Allow Diagnostic data to be sent to Apple (iOS 6 and Enables diagnostic data to be above) reported to apple Allow user to accept untrusted TLS certificates Allows to use untrusted TLS 541 Zoho Corp. certificates. Force Encrypted Backups Forces to encrypt the data during backup process Allow users to install configuration profiles and certificates interactively (iOS 6 and above - Supervised devices only) Allow users to install/ modify the configuration and certificates Content Ratings Allow Explicit Music & Podcasts Allows music and podcasts Ratings by Region Enable Ratings by Region Enables ratings by region Specify the Region Allows you to choose the region, so that you can specify the settings accordingly Ratings for Movies Allows viewing movies based on the specified ratings Ratings for TV shows Allows viewing TV Shows based on the specified ratings Ratings for Apps Allows using Apps based on the specified ratings. See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 542 Zoho Corp. MDM - WiFi You can configure the WiFi settings and configure protocol settings. Profile Specification Description Wifi Wireless Network Network identification identification Automatically join network Automatically join the target network Hidden network Enable if target network is not broadcasting Security type Wireless network encryption while connecting (in case of any Enterprise Type follow this) Password Password authentication to connect the WiFi. Configure Protocol Protocols Supported Choose the type of protocol Use Protected Access Credential Enabling protected access provision Protected Access Enabling protected access Credential Provision PAC anonymously Enabling PAC anonymously User Name User name for authentication Use per connection Password User password for initial connection Credentials for Connection Credentials like certificates to be uploaded Externally Visible Identification Visible identification Proxy Settings Manual or Automatic 543 Zoho Corp. Enterprise Settings In this section, you specify settings for connecting to enterprise networks. These settings appear when you choose an Enterprise setting in the Security Type pop-up menu. In the Protocols tab, you specify which EAP methods to use for authentication, and configure the EAP-FAST Protected Access Credential settings. In the Authentication tab, you specify sign-in settings, such as user name and authentication protocols. If you’ve installed an identity using the Credentials section, you can choose it using the Identity Certificate pop-up menu. In the Trust tab, you specify which certificates should be trusted for the purpose of validating the authentication server for the Wi-Fi connection. The Trusted Certificates list shows certificates that have been added using the Credentials tab, and lets you select which certificates are trusted. Add the names of the authentication servers to be trusted to the Trusted Server Certificates Names list. You can specify a particular server, such as server.mycompany.com, or a partial name such as *.mycompany.com. See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 544 Zoho Corp. MDM - VPN You can configure the VPN and the Proxy settings. Profile Specification Description VPN Connection Name Displays name of the connection Connection Type Connection type to be enabled Server Name / IP Address Host name or IP address of the server Account User account for authenticating the server User authentication Specify user authentication type as password or RSA securID Shared secret shared secret for the connection Send All traffic Routes all network traffic through VPN connection Configure Proxy Proxy settings Configure proxy settings for VPN Server Proxy server name Port Port number to be used User Name User name for authentication Password user accounts password See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 545 Zoho Corp. MDM - Email You can configure the incoming and outgoing mail server settings. Profile Specification Description Email Account Name Name of the mail account Account Type Account type as IMAP / POP Path Prefix Specify the path prefix User Display Name User name to be displayed (%username%) User name will be filled automatically to the appropriate user to whom the profile is associated. Email Address Email address for communication (%email%) Email addtess will be filled automatically to the appropriate user to whom the profile is associated. Allow move Option to allow move or not Disable recent mail address sync Option to sync the recently used email address in iCloud. (iOS 6 and above) Incoming Mail Mail server Name of the incoming mail server Port Port used for incoming mails User name User name to be displayed (%username%) User name will be filled automatically to the appropriate user to whom the profile is associated. Authentication Type Authentication type to be specified Password Password for the incoming mail server (If the password field is left empty, password will be prompted once the profile is installed in the device). Use SSL Retrieve incoming mail through SSL Outgoing Mail Mail server Name of the outgoing mail server Port Port used for outgoing mails User name User name to be displayed (%username%) User name will be filled automatically to the appropriate user to whom the profile is associated. Authentication Type Authentication type to be specified Password Password for the outgoing mail server (If the password field is left empty, password will be prompted once the profile is installed in the device). Use outgoing Option to use the same password for both outgoing and incoming mails password same as incoming Use only in mail specify whether to be used only in mail Use SSL Specify to use SSL Use S/Mine Specify to use S/Mine 546 Zoho Corp. Dynamic Variables : The below mentioned dynamic variables are retrieved from the data that has been provided while enrolling the device. %email% - Email address will be filled in automatically to the appropriate user to whom the profile is associated. %username% - User name will be filled in automatically to the appropriate user to whom the profile is associated. See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 547 Zoho Corp. MDM - Exchange Active Sync You can configure the Exchange Active Sync. Profile Specification Description MDM Exchange Active Sync Account Name Name of the Exchange active Sync account Exchange ActiveSync host Microsoft Exchange server Allow move Allow user to move messages from this account use only in mail Send outgoing mail only from mail Apps Use SSL Send all communication through secure socket layer Use S/Mine Send outgoing mail using s/mine encryption Domain Domain for the account (%domainname%) Domain name will be filled in automatically to the appropriate user to whom the profile is associated. User Display name User for the account (%username%) User name will be filled in automatically to the appropriate user to whom the profile is associated. Email address Address of the account (%email%) Email address will be filled automatically to the appropriate user to whom the profile is associated. Password Password of the account (If the password field is left empty, password will be prompted once the profile is installed in the device). Past days of mail to Sync Number of past days for mails to Sync Disable recent mail address sync Option to sync the recently used email address in iCloud. (iOS 6 and above) Identity Certificate Upload Identity Certificate make Identity Certificate Embedded identify certificate in payload Compatible with iOS 4 Dynamic Variables : The below mentioned dynamic variables are retrieved from the data that has been provided while enrolling the device. %email% - Email address will be filled in automatically to the appropriate user to whom the profile is associated. %username% - User name will be filled in automatically to the appropriate user to whom the profile is associated. %domainname% - Domain name will be filled in automatically to the appropriate user to whom the profile is associated. 548 Zoho Corp. See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups . 549 Zoho Corp. MDM - LDAP You can configure the LDAP server settings. Profile Specification Description LDAP Account Display Name Name to be displayed on account Account User Name User name for this LDAP account Account Password Password for this account Account Host Name The LDAP host name or IP address Use SSL Enabling SSL for this connection See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 550 Zoho Corp. MDM - CalDav You can configure the CalDav account settings. Profile Specification Description CalDav Account Display Name Name to be displayed on account Account Host Name The CalDav host name or IP address Port Port to be used for connection Principle URL The principal URL for the CalDav account Account User Name The CalDav user name Account Password The CalDav password Use SSL Enabling SSL connection See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 551 Zoho Corp. MDM - Subscribed Calendars You can configure the subscribed calendar settings. Profile Specification Description Subscribed Calendars Account Description The description of the calendar subscription Calendar URL The URL of the calendar file Account User Name The user name for this subscription Account User Name The user name for this subscription Account Password The password for this subscription Use SSL Enabling SSL for this connection See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 552 Zoho Corp. MDM - CardDav You can configure the CardDav settings. Profile Specification Description CardDav Account Display Name Name to be displayed on account Account Host Name The CardDav host name or IP address Port Port to be used for connection Principle URL The principal URL for the CardDav account Account User Name The CardDav user name Account Password The CardDav password Use SSL Enabling SSL connection See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 553 Zoho Corp. MDM - Web Clips You can configure the Web clips settings. Profile Specification Description Web Clips Web Clip Label The name to be displayed on the web clip URL to be Linked The URL to be displayed on selecting the web clip Removal of Web Clip Enable to remove the web clip Icon The icon used for the web clip Use Precomposed Icon This icon will be displayed with no added visual effects Allow Full Screen Controls whether the web clip launches as a full screen application See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 554 Zoho Corp. MDM - App Lock You can configure App Lock profile which can be applied only to iOS 6 Apple Configurator supervised devices. Profile Description Specification App Lock App Name Specify the name of the App that need to be set in the device, so that the usage of the device is singled down to access and use only the specified App. Bundle Identifier Bundle identifier will be filled in automatically. 555 Zoho Corp. MDM - Global Proxy Settings This facility is applicable for only iOS 6 supervised devices only. Global HTTP Proxy settings is configured to ensure that all the HTTP network traffic is passed only through it. This ensures data security since all the personal and corporate data will be filtered through the Global HTTP proxy. Profile Specification Description Web Clips Proxy Settings You can define the Proxy settings to be manual or automatic. Server Proxy server name should be specified here. Port Port numbers which needs to be opened can be specified here. User Name Specify the 'User Name' for the proxy Password Specify the proxy password 556 Zoho Corp. APN This facility is applicable for only iOS 6 supervised devices only. You can configure the Access Point Name (APN) settings for the mobile devices as a profile. Profile Specification Description APN Access Point Name Name of the Access Point Access Point User Name User name of the access point Access Point Password Access point password Proxy Server Specify the proxy server Port Specify the port numbers for the proxy configuration. 557 Zoho Corp. Configuration Profiles for Android You can design the profile by empowering it or restricting it as per the requirement. The following profile specifications can be customized and stored in specific versions, so that it can be associated with any devices/groups at any point of time. These Profiles are tailored to customize the policies and restrictions for managing android devices. • Passcode - Defines parameters about the creating a password. • Restrictions - Restrictions and permission related to device functionality like Bluetooth, camera, encrypting device data. Android Passcode You can define the parameters for creating a passcode and configure the passcode settings here. Profile Settings Description Passcode Profile Settings Passcode Type You can define the type the values allowed to create a passcode. For example: simple characters, alphanumeric values, symbols, special characters etc. Minimum passcode length You can define a minimum length for the passcode here. Maximum number of failed attempts Maximum number of failed attempts allowed, when the number of attempts exceeds the data in the device will be wiped out completely Auto lock the device when it is idle for Time allowed for the device to be idle Number of Passcode history to Total number of previous passcodes to be maintained, so that it be maintained (Android 3.0 & above) cannot be reused. Maximum passcode Age User will be notified to reset the Passcode based on the days (Android 3.0 & above) specified here Force Passcode Policy After End user will be forced to set a Passcode after the time specified ( SAFE Devices Only ) here. Maximum Repetition of Characters Specify how many times, can a number or a alphabet be repeated in the password (Example: If you say 2 times, you cannot use the ( SAFE Devices Only ) same alphabet or number more than twice in the password). Maximum Numeric Sequence Specify how many sequential numbers can be used in the ( SAFE Devices Only ) password (Example: If you say 3, you can use the up to 3 sequential numbers like 123, 456, etc..). 558 Zoho Corp. Profile Settings Description Minimum uppercase length You can define the minimum number of upper case letters (Android 3.0 & above) required to create a passcode Minimum lowercase length (Android 3.0 & above) You can define the minimum number of lower case letters required to create a passcode Minimum letter length You can define the minimum number of letters required to create a passcode Minimum non letter length You can define the minimum number of non letters required to (Android 3.0 & above) create a passcode Minimum numeric letter length (Android 3.0 & above) You can define the minimum number of numeric values required to create a passcode Minimum symbol length You can define the minimum number of symbols required to (Android 3.0 & above) create a passcode Android Restrictions You can enable or restrict user to access various features of the device like, Bluetooth, Camera, encrypting device data etc,. Profile Settings Description Restrictions Profile Settings Allow Cellular Data By enabling this users will be allowed to use their pocket data to reach the internet. Allow Bluetooth By enabling this users will be allowed to use Bluetooth in their device. Allow Disabling BY enabling this users will be able to disable the background data whereas Background Data background data will be enabled by default. (This profile does not get applied automatically and the user has to accept this profile) Allow Disabling By disabling this users will be allowed to disable the data encryption which Storage Encryption will be enabled by default. (Android 3.0 or above) Allow NFC (Android 3.0 By enabling this users will be allowed to use NFC in their mobile device. or above) General Settings (SAFE Devices Only) Allow Use of Microphone By enabling this users will be allowed to use Microphone Allow Mock Location By enabling this users will be allowed to fake their location by providing a mock location Allow USB Media By enabling this users will be allowed to use USB Media Player Player 559 Zoho Corp. Allow Google Backup By enabling this option, users will be allowed to back the device data in Google server. Allow Google Crash By enabling this crash reports will be sent to Google. Report Allow Power Off By enabling this users will be allowed to power off the device. Allow Status Bar By enabling this users will be allowed to expand the status bar on their Expansion devices. Allow OTA Upgrade By enabling this OTA upgrade will be allowed on the device. Device Settings (SAFE Devices Only) Allow Settings Menu By enabling this users will be allowed to use the default settings menu on their mobile device. Allow Factory By enabling this users will be allowed to reset factory settings. Allow Clip Board By enabling this users will be allowed to use Clip Board memory. Allow Screen Capture By enabling this users will be allowed to capture the screen on the devices. Allow Connections By enabling this users will be allowed to use USB to establish connections. Using USB Allow WiFi By enabling this users will be allowed to use WiFi Allow VPN By enabling this users will be allowed to use VPN Allow use of SD Card By enabling this users will be allowed to use SD Cards on the devices. Allow Storing Data in SD Card By enabling this users will be allowed to store data on SD Cards of the devices. Allow Wallpaper By enabling this users will be allowed to change the wallpaper on the Change device. Tethering Settings (SAFE Devices Only) Allow Tethering By enabling this users will be allowed to share the device's cellular data, WiFi and Bluetooth with other similar devices. Allow WiFi Tethering By enabling this users will be allowed to share the WiFi with other similar devices. Allow Bluetooth By enabling this users will be allowed to share the Bluetooth with other Tethering similar devices. Allow USB Tethering By enabling this users will be allowed to share the USB with other similar devices. Application Settings (SAFE Devices Only) Allow YouTube By enabling this users will be allowed to access youtube from the device. Allow Voice Dialer By enabling this users will be allowed to use Voice Dialer feature. Allow Android Browser By enabling this users will be allowed to use default Android web browser. 560 Zoho Corp. Allow Fraud Warning Setting By enabling this users will be allowed to use Fraud Warning Settings on the device. Allow Pop-ups Setting By enabling this users Pop-Ups will be enabled on the device. Allow JavaScript Setting By enabling this users will be allowed to use applications running on Java scripts. Allow Auto Fill Setting By enabling this option, users will be allowed to use Auto Fill Settings. Allow Cookies Setting By enabling this users will be allowed to use Cookies Settings on the device. Allow Installing By enabling this users will be allowed to install applications on the device. Application Allow Uninstalling By enabling this users will be allowed to use uninstall applications from the Application device. Roaming Settings (SAFE Devices Only) Allow Roaming Sync By enabling this users will be allowed to use Sync feature while roaming. Allow Roaming Push By enabling this data will be pushed to devices even if they are in roaming. Allow Roaming Data By enabling this roaming will be enabled on the devices. Allow Roaming Voice By enabling this users will be allowed to receive/make voice calls during Call roaming. (Android 4.0 and above) Android Email You can configure the incoming and outgoing mail server settings for your Android SAFE devices. This feature is applicable only for SAFE devices and not for all android devices. Profile Specification Description Email (SAFE Devices Only) Account Name Name of the mail account Email Address %Email% will get the appropriate email address of the user Allow Forward Enabling this will allow users to forward the mails Allow Notify Enabling this will allow mail notifications on the device Allow Vibrate on Silent Enabling this will allow vibration for incoming mails Set to Default Enabling this option a default email account will be set for the device Incoming Mail (SAFE Devices Only) Incoming Protocol Specify the incoming protocol type as IMAP or POP Incoming Server Host Name Specify the Host name for incoming server Port Specify the port number User Name %User Name% will get the appropriate User Name 561 Zoho Corp. Profile Specification Description Password Specify the Password Use SSL Enabling this will allow users to use SSL Accept All Certificate Enabling this will allow users to accept all incoming certificates Outgoing Mail (SAFE Devices Only) Outgoing Protocol Outgoing Server Host Name Specify the Host name for outgoing server Port Specify the port number User Name %User Name% will get the appropriate User Name Password Specify the Password Use SSL Enabling this will allow users to use SSL Accept All Certificate Enabling this will allow users to accept all outgoing server certificates Android Exchange ActiveSync You can configure the Exchange Active Sync. This feature is applicable only for SAFE devices and not for all android devices. Profile Specification Description MDM Exchange Active Sync (SAFE Devices Only) Account Name Exchange ActiveSync will be pre filled, this name is not mandatory and used for reference User Name This user name is not mandatory, can specify the name used in the User's mail account Domain %Domain% will be fetch domain name appropriately Exchange ActiveSync Host Specify the server address of the ActiveSync Email Address %Email% will be fetch mail address appropriately Password Specify the password for the mail account Accept All Certificates Enabling this will allow usage of all the certificates Use SSL Enabling this will allow usage of all SSL Sync Calendar Enabling this will allow Syncing of Calendar Sync Contacts Enabling this will allow Syncing of Contacts Sync Notes Enabling this will allow Syncing of Notes Sync Tasks Enabling this will allow Syncing of Tasks Past Days of Mail to Sync Specify how the time limit for the mails history to be maintained Identity Certificate Allows adding certificates. . 562 Zoho Corp. App Management MDM -App Management Desktop Central provides the facility to manage the Apps Over The Air (OTA) to groups/devices. There are two kinds of Apps, they are Enterprise Apps and App store Apps/ Google Play Apps. You can manage both the Enterprise Apps and App store Apps/Google Play Apps using Desktop Central. To manage Apps, you need to create a App repository and then distribute the Apps to managed groups and devices. App store App for iOS devices: A wide range of Apps are available in the App store. Some of these Apps are free Apps whereas few of those are paid Apps. In order to add an App store App you need to know if the App is free or paid App. In case of free App, it can be directly added into the App repository using the App name and the Bundle identifier. If you want to add a paid App, you need to use the Value Purchase Program (VPP). Using VPP you can purchase volumes of Apps for the organization. You will receive redemption codes for each App, which can be distributed to the managed devices. Refer this to know more about adding App store Apps in the repository. Enterprise App for iOS & Android : Enterprise Apps are also called as inhouse Apps. Enterprise Apps are those which are not listed in the App store. These Apps are owned by the company. Enterprise Apps are commonly a collection of computer programs with business applications or tools for modeling the organizational work. They are unique applications designed based on the business requirement. Enterprise Apps are developed exclusively for distinguished platforms, like iOS & Android. Refer to this, to know more about adding enterprise App in the App repository. Google Play Store Apps: Apps that are designed for Android devices are listed here. 'Google Play store' has thousands of Apps, from which we can choose and upload Apps into the App Repository. You can also add paid and free Apps to the App Repository which can be further distributed to the devices and groups. Refer this, to know more about adding Play Store Apps in the App Repository Enterprise App for Android: You can add an Enterprise App in the App Repository which can be distributed only to android devices. These Apps are added in the App Repository by uploading .apk file in the Desktop Central MDM. Refer this, to know more about adding Android Enterprise App in the App Repository. 563 Zoho Corp. App Management Workflow : The following diagram would explain about the App Management workflow. You need to create an App Repository, where you can add both App store App and Enterprise Apps. While adding paid App store App, you need to upload the VPP file as well. In case of Enterprise Apps, you need to upload the bundle identifier and specify the App category and supported devices. After adding Apps to the App Repository the Apps can be distributed to Groups/Devices. Users can view the distributed Apps in the App Catalog on their mobile devices. They can install the App by clicking on it. App store Apps will be downloaded from the Apps Store whereas Enterprise Apps will be downloaded from the Desktop Central server. After installation, the status will be sent back to the Desktop Central server. See also: App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 564 Zoho Corp. MDM Creating App Repository All the Apps that need to be distributed to devices or groups should be added in the App Repository. You can add any number of Apps to your App Repository. To know more about how to add Apps to App Repository follow the instructions given below; Managing Apps for iOs Devices • Managing 'App Store App' for iOS devices • Managing 'Enterprise App' for iOS devices • Managing App Policies for iOS devices • Retrieving Bundle Identifier • Managing VPP files Managing Apps for Android Device • Managing 'Play Store App' for Android devices • Managing 'Enterprise App' for Android devices • Bundle Identifier for Android Play Store Apps Managing 'App Store App' for iOS devices 1. Select MDM tab and click App Repository from the left panel 2. Click on Add Apps 3. Click on App Store App under iOS Apps 4. Enter App Name. While you start entering the name of the App you fill find a list of relevant App names listed from the App store, you can choose the specific App name from the list. 5. Enter the Bundle Identifier. This is a Unique Identifier for the App, this field will be filled automatically. Ensure that you have configured the proxy settings to get the Bundle identifier filled automatically. Refer this to know more about configuring proxy 6. App Store ID will be filled automatically as soon as you choose the name of the App from the App store. 7. Define App Policies like removing the App from the device, while the MDM profile is removed and restricting App data back up. 8. Add VPP file in case of Paid App. Ensure that you upload the VPP file in case of paid Apps. The Volume Purchase Program makes it easy to distribute Apps with in the organization. When you buy Apps in volume or custom B2B Apps, you will receive redemption codes for each App. You can control who gets the Apps by providing these codes to users via email or an internal website. This is only for paid Apps. You will not be able to distribute Apps to Devices, if you do not 565 Zoho Corp. have a VPP file or redemption code applied in case of paid Apps. Refer this to learn more about managing VPP files 9. Click Save to store the App in the App Repository. Managing 'Enterprise App' for iOS devices 1. Select MDM tab and click App Repository from the left pane 2. Click Add App and Select iOS Enterprise App under iOS App 3. Enter the Name of the App 4. Specify the App Version 5. Click Browse to upload the App 6. Specify the Category and Supported Devices 7. Upload Image that needs to be displayed 8. Specify the title of the App, this is mandatory. 9. Enter Bundle Identifier - a unique ID for the App, entering this filed is mandatory. To know the steps to retrieve the bundle identifier from the ipa file, Refer to this, 10. Define App Policies like removing the App from the device, while the profile is removed and restricting App data back up. 11. Click on Save to store the App in the App Repository. Managing 'App Policies' in App Repository App Policies can be defined to remove the App from the managed devices on MDM profile removal. You can also restrict the backup of App data. App policies can be modified from the App repository, to modify the App policies follow the steps mentioned below: 1. Select MDM tab and click App Repository from the left pane 2. Choose the App by name and click on the 3. Modify App button against the same Edit the App Policies and Save. This enables the changes made to the App policies will be applied to the Devices to which the App will be distributed henceforth. Devices for which the App has already been distributed will not have these changes reflected to it. Steps to retrieve Bundle identifier from ipa file. 1. Go to the location where the .ipa file has been stored 2. Rename the .ipa file as zip file 3. Unzip the file and locate .plist file 4. Locate the bundle identifier. 566 Zoho Corp. Note: Desktop Central does not validate any entries entered while creating an App repository. Ensure that the details mentioned below are accurate, in case of any wrong input like wrong bundle identifier or App ID, the App installation might fail without any warning. Managing VPP Files: Follow the steps mentioned below to add/ delete a VPP file: 1. Select MDM tab and click App Repository 2. Click on the App and select Licenses 1. To add a license, Click Add License and upload the VPP file or redemption codes and Save 2. To Revoke a license select the Device, whose license 'Installation status' is Yet to Redeem and click on clear VPP Codes button. Managing 'Play Store Apps' for Android Devices 1. Select MDM tab and click App Repository from the left pane 2. Click Add App and Select Play Store App under Android Apps 3. Enter the Name of the App 4. Specify the Version of the App 5. Enter the Bundle identifier 6. Specify the license type, and category of the App 7. Choose the devices on which this App is supported 8. You can upload an image which should be displayed as the App Launch icon 9. Click Save to store the settings. Your Play Store App is ready to be distributed to devices and groups. Managing 'Enterprise App' for Android Devices 1. Select MDM tab and click App Repository from the left pane 2. Click Add App and Select Android Enterprise App under Android Apps 3. Enter the Name of the App 4. Upload the .apk file 5. Select the category of the App 6. Choose the devices on which this App is supported 7. Enter a Title and description for the App 8. You can upload an image which should be displayed as the App Launch icon 9. Click Save to store the settings. Your Android Enterprise App is ready to be distributed to devices and groups. 567 Zoho Corp. Steps to retrieve Bundle Identifier for Android Play Store Apps Follow the steps mentioned below to retrieve the bundle identifier for the Play Store Apps. 1. Go to Google Play Store (https://play.google.com/store) 2. lets take Google Drive as the Play store App that you wanted to be added to the App repository 3. Click on the App or type the name of the App in the Google Play Search, so that the App opens 4. From the address bar, select the bundle identifier which is located between "=" and "&" as displayed in the image below. 5. Copy the Bundle Identifier and paste in the Bundle identifier field while adding the Play store App in App Repository. See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups MDM Distributing Apps to Groups Follow the steps mentioned below to distribute the Apps from the App repository to the groups. 1. Select MDM tab and click Groups and Devices from the left panel 2. Click on Groups and select the list of Groups based on the platform as iOS or Android Groups. 3. Click on Distribute Apps 4. Select the Apps from the list of Available Apps and move them to the Added Apps 5. Click on Save changes to distribute the Apps to the devices. You have successfully distributed Apps to groups. The distributed Apps will be listed in the App Catalog of the user's mobile device. Users can click on it and install the Apps. Removing App from Groups App which are distributed through Desktop Central can be removed. Apps which are not installed through Desktop Central cannot be removed using Desktop Central. To remove an App from Groups by following the steps mentioned below; 568 Zoho Corp. 1. Select MDM tab and click Groups and Devices from the left pane 2. Click on Groups and select the list of Groups based on the platform as iOS or Android Groups. 3. Click on Apps 4. Select the App that needs to be removed 5. under Actions, Click on remove icon to remove the App. You can see the status would be changed as marked for delete, and the App will be removed from all the Devices of the Group. See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, 569 Zoho Corp. MDM Distributing Apps to Devices Follow the steps mentioned below to distribute the Apps from the App repository to the devices. 1. Select MDM tab and click Groups and Devices from the left pane 2. Click on Devices and select the list of Devices based on the platform as iOS or Android Groups. 3. Click on Distribute Apps 4. Select the Apps from the list of Available Apps and move them to the Added Apps 5. Click on Save changes to distribute the Apps to the devices. You have successfully distributed Apps to groups. The distributed Apps will be listed in the App Catalog of the user's mobile device. Users can click on it and install the Apps. Removing App from Devices Apps which are distributed through Desktop Central can be removed. Apps which are not installed through Desktop Central cannot be removed using Desktop Central. To remove an App from the Device by following the steps mentioned below; 1. Select MDM tab and click Groups and Devices from the left pane 2. Click on Devices and select the list of Devices based on the platform as iOS or Android Groups. 3. Click on Apps 4. Select the App that needs to be removed 5. under Actions, Click remove icon to remove the App. You can see the status would be changed as marked for delete, and the App will be removed from the Device. See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Groups 570 Zoho Corp. MDM Verifying App Deployment Status Verifying Deployment Status You can verify the deployment status of the Apps that are distributed to the Groups/Devices. To know the deployment status of the Apps, 1. Select MDM tab and click Groups and Devices from the left panel 2. Under Groups/Devices tab click on the Name of the Groups/Devices 3. Click on Apps 4. You can see the deployment status of Apps of that particular Groups/Devices. See also: Associating Profiles to Groups, Associating Profiles to Devices, App Management, Distribute Apps to Devices, Distribute Apps to Groups 571 Zoho Corp. BYOA Bring Your Own App (BYOA) has been an advancing trend with most enterprises. Since BYOD has become more common, it demands the need for the enterprise to adopt with BYOA. After the evolution of BYOA, system administrators now have the tasks to enlighten their mobile device management capabilities. Desktop Central simplifies the job of mobile device management by enforcing critical security measures, which empowers the system administrators to have complete control over the mobile device management though they use the concepts of BYOD and BYOA. Using Desktop Central, system administrators can have a complete control over the apps that are installed in the managed mobile devices. The concept of BYOA brings in a lot of control over the all the apps in enterprise. Desktop Central provides the feasibility to the administrators, where they can choose the Apps that needs to be restricted and blacklist them. Apps that are approved by the system administrator are called as white listed apps. Every managed mobile device will be scanned periodically and all the Apps will be classified into Blacklisted and white listed Apps. whenever a blacklisted App is detected on the mobile device, system administrator will be notified by an email. The end user will also be warned about the blacklisted App and instructed to remove the App. The followings are the steps to manage BYOA : • Configure BYOA Settings • Blacklist Apps • White list Apps Configure BYOA Settings To configure the BYOA settings follow the steps mentioned below; 1. Click MDM tab 2. Under Inventory select Apps 3. Select the Settings tab 4. Specify the default settings to add the newly detected apps as white listed or blacklisted. So that every time a new app is detected it will be listed under the specified type. 5. Click the check box to notify the system administrators if a blacklisted app is detected on the managed mobile device. 6. Click the check box to notify the system administrators if a new app is detected on the managed mobile device. 7. Click the check box to notify the system administrators if a the end user fails to remove the app after repeated warnings. 572 Zoho Corp. 8. Specify the email address of the system administrators to whom the email notification should be sent. 9. Specify the number of times the end user should be warned about the detected blacklisted app. 10. Click Save. You have successfully configured the BYOA settings. Blacklist Apps To blacklist apps, follow the steps mentioned below; 1. Click MDM tab 2. Under Inventory select Apps and choose Discovered Apps/ White listed Apps 3. Select the Apps that you wanted to be blacklisted. 4. Click Mark as Blacklist under Action You have successfully blacklisted an app, every time this app is detected on the managed mobile device, administrators and end users will be notified as per the specified settings. White List Apps To white list apps, follow the steps mentioned below; 1. Click MDM tab 2. Under Inventory select Apps and choose Discovered Apps/ Blacklisted Apps 3. Select the Apps that you wanted to be white listed. 4. Click Mark as White list under Apps You have successfully white listed an app. 573 Zoho Corp. Asset Management MDM Asset Management Managing assets becomes so easy and well advanced using MDM. MDM provides a wide range of reports which are deep driven and accurate. You can scan the managed devices and extract reports of the same. Scanning can also be scheduled using the schedule scan option. Learn more about, • Scan Devices • Viewing Device Information • MDM Reports See also:App Management, Profile Management, MDM Reports 574 Zoho Corp. MDM Scan Devices Scan Managed Devices The following steps will explain you how to scan a mobile device using Desktop Central MDM. 1. Click on MDM Tab 2. Under Inventory Section Click on Scan Devices 3. Under Device Names, Select the Devices that need to be scanned and Click on Scan Devices button 4. The Scan process is initiated and you will find the result under Scan Status and its Remarks Schedule Device Scan The following steps will explain you to customize the scan regularly at scheduled intervals. 1. Click on MDM Tab 2. Under Inventory Section Click on Schedule Device Scan 3. Check the Enable Device Scan Scheduler check box 4. customize your Schedule by clicking on Daily / Weekly / Monthly 5. Click on Save Changes to save the settings. See also: App Management, Profile Management, Asset Management, Security Management 575 Zoho Corp. MDM Viewing Device Information Viewing Details of the Managed Devices The following steps will explain you to view the details of the devices that are managed. 1. Click MDM Tab 2. Under Inventory Section Click on Devices It will list all the devices that are managed with details like, device mobile name, platform, OS version, Product name etc. See also: App Management, Profile Management, Asset Management, Security Management 576 Zoho Corp. MDM - Reports Desktop Central facilitates with a wide range of reports which are listed below 1. Apps by Devices : All the managed devices are listed by the Apps installed in it. 2. Device With/ Without Specific Apps : Devices can be sorted by verifying the availability of Apps installed in it. 3. Devices by Model : Devices are listed by their models 4. Devices by Passcode Type : Devices are listed by their authentication level / passcode type. 5. Devices by Enrollment Time : Devices are listed by their time line from Enrollment 6. Inactive Devices : All inactive devices that are enrolled will be listed. 7. Blacklisted Apps : All the blacklisted Apps with the details of devices on which it is installed. 8. Rooted Devices : All the devices that are rooted will be listed. 9. Devices by Storage Encryption : Devices will be listed based on the storage encryption status. All the above mentioned reports can be retrieved easily, by following the steps mentioned below: 1. Click MDM Tab 2. Select Inventory section 3. By hovering the mouse over MDM Reports you will find the list of Reports available 4. Choose the report that you wanted to view 5. The generated report can be exported as .pdf, .csv or .xls format. This report provides you details about the devices, by name, by model, platform, OS versions, by installed Apps, inactive devices etc. You can also use this report for audit purpose. See also: App Management, Profile Management, Asset Management, Security Management 577 Zoho Corp. MDM - Security Management Desktop Central MDM can be used to secure data in the mobile devices even in case of the device being lost or missing. The following operations can be done using the security commands in MDM. • Locking the Device: You can remotely lock the managed mobile device. The user will be prompted to enter the passcode of the managed mobile device. This will work only if a passcode policy is enabled for the device. • Remote Wipe: All the data in the device will be completely wiped out. The device will become as good as new one. • Corporate or Selective Wipe - All the profiles and Apps that were installed using Desktop Central will be wiped out. This will not disturb any personal data other than the corporate data which has been distributed through Desktop Central. This device will no longer be managed by Desktop Central. • Clearing the passcode - Incase of forgotten password, prompting for password option can be cleared completely. End user can reset a passcode of his choice. Follow the steps mentioned below to use security commands using Desktop Central 1. Click MDM Tab 2. Under Inventory Section Click on Devices 3. Click on the concern device under Device Name. 4. Click on the Action Button which is located at the right side, and select the action that needs to be done. Due to security reasons, you will be prompted to enter your password to authenticate the action that needs to be performed. 5. Specified Security command will be executed and the status will be reported under Device Details. MDM Audit 1. After the Devices are enrolled, you can also view the list of devices, enrolled as per the enrollment time and date. To audit the devices managed by Desktop Central follow the steps mentioned below: 2. Click MDM Tab 3. Select Enrollment under Settings 4. Click Audit. You can audit the managed mobile devices, by their associated Groups, enrollment time, date, device name, OS version, model name, product name etc. See also: App Management, Profile Management, Asset Management, 578 Zoho Corp. Appendix This section includes the following topics: 1. Interpreting Error Messages 2. Knowledge Base 3. FAQs 4. Security Policies 5. Windows System Tools 6. Data Backup and Restore 7. Dynamic Variables 8. Limitations 9. Glossary 579 Zoho Corp. Interpreting Error Messages 1. 1001: Storage Error Occurred 2. 1002: Unknown Error 3. 1003: DB Error 4. 1004: DB Error 5. 1010: Invalid User 6. 1011: User is already Inactive 7. 1101: Invalid container name 8. 1103: Group Policy Object (GPO) creation failed 9. 1104: Group Policy Object (GPO) deletion failed 10. 1105: Group Policy Object (GPO) linking failed 11. 1106: Group Policy Object (GPO) unlinking failed 12. 1107: WMI query failed 13. 1108: Active Directory error occurred 14. 1109: Unable to Extract Information from the given Msi Package 15. 1110: Access is Denied 16. 1111: File Copy Failed 17. 1112: Folder Copy Failed 18. 1113: The Given User Account is not a valid Domain Administrator 19. 1114: The Given Password is wrong 20. 1115: Active Directory/Domain Controller not Found 21. 1222: The Network is not present or not started 1001: Storage Error Occurred The configurations defined using Desktop Central are stored in the database. If we are unable to store the configuration details, this error message is shown. The reasons could be any of the following: 1. Could not establish connection with the database. 2. Violations in data definitions. 1002: Unknown error This error is shown when any runtime error occurs, which is not defined in Desktop Central. Please contact desktop central support with the details of the error. 580 Zoho Corp. 1003: DB Error This error is shown when the database connection is lost. 1004: DB Error This error message is shown when you try to access the data, which has been deleted from the database. 1010: Invalid User While defining the scope of management, if the user name provided is invalid, this error message is shown. 1011: User is already Inactive When you try to add an user which is already present in the Inactive User list, this error message is shown. 1101: Invalid Container name While defining targets for the configuration or while defining the scope of management, if an invalid / nonexistent container name is given this error occurs. The error message is shown, when you click Add more targets button or during deployment. 1103: Group Policy Object (GPO) creation failed For every configuration a Group Policy Object (GPOs) will be created. When the GPO could not be created due to some access restrictions, etc., this error is shown. 1104: Group Policy Object (GPO) deletion failed When an already defined configuration is deleted, the corresponding GPO is also deleted. This error is shown, when the GPO could not be deleted. 1105: Group Policy Object (GPO) linking failed When a configuration defined, a GPO will be created and linked with the targets specified. This error is shown, when the linking fails. 581 Zoho Corp. 1106: Group Policy Object (GPO) unlinking failed When an already defined configuration is suspended, respective GPO will be unlinked from the targets. This error is shown, when the unlinking fails. 1107: WMI query failed Desktop Central fetches the computer details through WMI. The WMI query may fail in the following cases: 1. Authentication failure 2. When the machine is shutdown 3. When the RPC server is not running. 1108: Active Directory error occurred Pertains to the Active Directory related error. Please create a support file by clicking the Support File link available under the Support tab and send it to [email protected]. Our support team will be able to assist you on this. 1109: Unable to Extract Information from the given Msi Package The possible reason for this error could be that the MSI package is corrupted. 1110: Access is Denied The Active Directory credentials are taken while you define the scope of management. This credential is stored in Desktop Central, which will be used for deploying configurations. When this credential becomes invalid or if it does not have necessary privileges, this error is shown. One possible reason is that the credential is modified outside the Desktop Central. 1111: File Copy Failed This error message is shown, when the user do not have necessary privileges to copy a file. Check whether the credentials supplied while defining the Scope of Management has necessary privileges. 1112: Folder Copy Failed This error message is shown, when the user do not have necessary privileges to copy a folder. Check whether the credentials supplied while defining the Scope of Management has necessary privileges. 582 Zoho Corp. 1113: The Given User Account is not a valid Domain Administrator When the user account provided in the Scope of Management does not belong to a Domain Administrator group. 1114: The Given Password is wrong The password provided in the Scope of Management is not valid. 1115: Active Directory/Domain Controller not Found This error message is shown when no Active Directory/Domain Controller is found in your network. Desktop Central requires either of the two to perform the configurations. 1222: The network is not present or not started This error message is shown when Desktop Central is unable to discover any domain. To fix this, start the Workstation service in the machine where Desktop Central is installed. 583 Zoho Corp. FAQs 1. What are the system requirements for Desktop Central? 2. What operating systems are supported by Desktop Central? 3. What is the difference between Free and Professional Editions? 4. Do I have to write scripts for using Desktop Central? 5. What is Scope of Management? 6. Do I need to define configurations separately or can I group them and define? 7. When are the configurations applied? 8. How to access Desktop Central UI or console from the remote ? 9. What is "Define Target"? 10. My free trial expired before I was through evaluating Desktop Central. Can I receive an extension? 11. Why is Desktop Central configuration done through a Web interface? 12. How is Desktop Central licensed? 1. What are the system requirements for Desktop Central? Hardware Requirements for Desktop Central Server No. of Computers Processor RAM Managed Hard Disk Space Upto 250 Computers Single processor Intel P4 ~1.5 GHz 1 GB 2 GB* 251 to 500 Computers Single processor (Intel P4 or Xeon 2.0 Ghz (Dual Core), 800+ Mhz FSB, 4 MB 2 GB 2 GB* cache) 501 to 1000 Computers Single processor (Intel Xeon ~2.4 Ghz Dual Core, 800+ Mhz FSB, 4MB cache) 4 GB 3 GB* 1001 to 3000 Computers Dual processor (Intel Xeon ~2.0 Ghz Dual 4 GB 5 GB* Dual Processor (Intel Xeon processors 6+ 20 GB (HDD speed Quad-Core at 2 ~ 3 GHz, 1000+ MHz FSB, 4 MB Cache) GB @ @ 7200 ~ 10,000 rpm) Core, 1000 Mhz FSB,4 MB cache) 3001 to 5000 Computers 667 Mhz. ECC 5001 to 10000 Computers Quad Processor (Intel Xeon processors 8+ 50 GB (HDD speed 584 Zoho Corp. No. of Computers Managed Processor Quad-Core at 2 ~ 3 GHz, 1000+ MHz FSB, 4 MB Cache) RAM GB @ Hard Disk Space @ 7200 ~ 10,000 rpm) 667 Mhz. ECC Environment - Active Directory based Windows 2000/2003 domain setup. Supported platforms - Windows 2000 Professional, Windows XP Professional, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 2000 Server, Windows 2003 Server, Windows 2008 Server, Virtual Servers (VM Ware) Supported Browsers - IE 5.5 and above, Netscape 7.0 and above, Mozilla 1.5 and above. You must install and enable Java plugin to use the software. 2. What operating systems are supported by Desktop Central? Desktop Central supports the following operating systems: 1. Windows 2000 Professional 2. Windows XP Professional 3. Windows Vista 4. Windows 7 5. Windows 2000 Server 6. Windows 2003 Server 7. Windows 2008 Server 8. Virtual Servers (VM Ware) 3. What is the difference between Free and Professional Editions? While the free edition can be used to manage up to 25 desktops free of cost, the professional edition can be used to manage the number of desktops for which it is licensed for. The free edition can be upgraded to professional edition at any point of time by obtaining a valid license from ManageEngine. 4. Do I have to write scripts for using Desktop Central? No, you do not have to write scripts for using any of the pre-defined configurations provided by Desktop Central. Just select the configuration, specify the required inputs, and deploy. 585 Zoho Corp. 5. What is Scope of Management? Scope of Management is used to define what are the computers to be managed using this software. When an Administrator use this software first time, he/she can use it with small set of computers then can slowly add more computers under management. 6. Do I need to define configurations separately or can I group them and define? Configurations that are intended for the same set of targets can be grouped and defined as collections. However, when the targets differ, you have to define them separately. 7. When are the configurations applied? 1. All user configurations, except Custom Script configuration, are applied during user logon. 2. All computer configurations, except Custom Script configuration, are applied during system startup. 3. Custom Script configuration can be applied during user logon/logoff or system startup/shutdown. 4. Both user and computer configurations are applied every 90 minutes through Windows Group Policies. 8. How to access Desktop Central client or console from the remote? To access the Desktop Central client from remote, open a supported browser and type http://<host name>:<port number> in the address bar, where <host name> refers to the name / IP Address of the machine running Desktop Central, <port number> refers to the port at which the product is started, the default being 8020. 9. What is "Define Target"? Define Target is the process of identifying the users or computers for which the configuration have to be applied. The targets can be all users/computers belonging to a Site, Domain, OUs, Groups, or can be a specific user/computer. You also have an option to exclude some desktops based on the machine type, OS type, etc. 10. My free trial expired before I was through evaluating Desktop Central. Can I receive an extension? Customer satisfaction is our prime motive. During the trial period of 30 days, unlimited number of desktops can be managed by Desktop Central. After the trial period the software automatically switches to the free edition where only 25 desktops can be managed. 586 Zoho Corp. If you feel you would like to test the software for more number of desktops, but your trial period has expired, Kindly contact us so that we can arrange for a temporary license for few more days as per your requirement. You may note that the transition is smooth with no data loss and the configurations are not lost at any point of time. We want to make sure you are completely satisfied that the software is satisfying your need and solving your problem before buying it. 11. Why is Desktop Central configuration done through a Web interface? Desktop administrators are always on the move. Desktop Central, with its web-based interface, facilitates the administrators to access the product from anywhere in the network not requiring them to be glued at one place for managing the desktops using the product. 12. How is Desktop Central licensed? Desktop Central is licensed on annual subscription based on the number of Desktop it would manage. You can get the Pricing for the specific number of desktops from our online store. 587 Zoho Corp. Security Policies Using Desktop Central, you can define the security restrictions for the users and computers in the domain. This section provides you a brief description about the various security restrictions that can be applied using the product. Follow the links to learn more about the supported security policies under each category: 1. Active Desktop 2. Desktop 3. Control Panel 4. Explorer 5. Internet Explorer 6. Network 7. System 8. Task Scheduler 9. Windows Installer 10. Start Menu and Taskbar 11. Microsoft Management Console 12. Computer Security Policies - Active Desktop Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Active Desktop category: Security Policy Description Remove Active Desktop item This setting will remove the Active Desktop options from Settings on from Settings menu the Start Menu. Remove all desktop items Removes icons, shortcuts, and other default and user-defined items from the desktop, including Briefcase, Recycle Bin, My Computer, and My Network Places. Restrict adding any desktop Prevents users from adding Web content to their Active Desktop. items Restrict deleting any desktop items Prevents users from deleting Web content from their Active Desktop. This setting removes the Delete button from the Web tab in Display in Control Panel. Restrict editing any desktop items Prevents users from changing the properties of Web content items on their Active Desktop. This setting disables the Properties button 588 Zoho Corp. Security Policy Description on the Web tab in Display in Control Panel. Restrict closing any desktop Restrict closing any desktop items. This setting removes the check items boxes from items on the Web tab in Display in Control Panel. Do not allow HTML wallpaper Permits only bitmap images for wallpaper. This setting limits the desktop background ("wallpaper") to bitmap (.bmp) files. Restrict changing wallpaper Specifies the desktop background ("wallpaper") displayed on all users' desktops. This setting lets you specify the wallpaper on users' desktops and prevents users from changing the image or its presentation. Enable active desktop Enables Active Desktop and prevents users from disabling it. This prevents users from trying to enable or disable Active Desktop while a policy controls it. Disable active desktop Disables Active Desktop and prevents users from enabling it. This prevents users from trying to enable or disable Active Desktop while a policy controls it. Prohibit changes Prevents the user from enabling or disabling Active Desktop or changing the Active Desktop configuration. This is a comprehensive setting that locks down the configuration you establish by using other policies in this folder. This setting removes the Web tab from Display in Control Panel. Allow only bitmapped wall Permits only bitmap images for wallpaper. This setting limits the paper desktop background ("wallpaper") to bitmap (.bmp) files. Enable filter in Find dialog Displays the filter bar above the results of an Active Directory box search. The filter bar consists of buttons for applying additional filters to search results. Hide AD folder Hides the Active Directory folder in My Network Places. The Active Directory folder displays Active Directory objects in a browse window. The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation 589 Zoho Corp. Security Policies - Desktop Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Desktop category: Security Policy Description Hide and disable all items on the desktop Removes icons, shortcuts, and other default and user-defined items from the desktop, including Briefcase, Recycle Bin, My Computer, and My Network Places. Remove my documents icon on the desktop This setting removes the My Documents icon from the desktop, from Windows Explorer, from programs that use the Windows Explorer windows, and from the standard Open dialog box. Hide my network places icon in desktop Removes the My Network Places icon from the desktop. Hide Internet explorer icon on desktop Removes the Internet Explorer icon from the desktop and from the Quick Launch bar on the taskbar. Prevent adding, dragging, Prevents users from manipulating desktop toolbars. If you enable dropping and closing the taskbar tool this setting, users cannot add or remove toolbars from the desktop. Also, users cannot drag toolbars on to or off of docked toolbars. Prohibit adjusting desktop Prevents users from adjusting the length of desktop toolbars. Also, toolbar users cannot reposition items or toolbars on docked toolbars. Don't save settings at exit Prevents users from saving certain changes to the desktop. The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation 590 Zoho Corp. Security Policies - Control Panel Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Control Panel category: Security Policy Hide Accessibility Options Description Prevents access to the accessibility applet in control panel Applet Hide Add/Remove Hardware Prevents access to the Add/Remove Hardware Applet in control Applet panel Hide Add/Remove Programs Removes Add/Remove Programs Applet in control panel Applet Hide Client Services for Netware supporting client service applet will be removed from Network Applet control panel Hide Data Sources (ODBC) Removes open data base connection applet from control panel Applet Hide Date/Time Applet Removes date/time applet in control panel Hide Desktop Themes Applet Removes desktop themes applet Hide Display Applet Removes display applet from control panel Hide Games Controller Removes Games Controller Applet from control panel Applet Hide Internet Options Applet Hide internet option applet Hide Keyboard and Mouse Removes keyboard and mouse applet Applet Hide Network Connections Removes LAN connection 1 Applet #1 Hide Network Connections Removes LAN connection 2 Applet #2 Hide Mail Applet Removes mail configuring applet from control panel Hide Phone and Modem Removes phone and modem options applet Options Applet (2000+) Hide Power Options Applet Removes power option from control panel Hide Regional Options Removes regional options applet Applet Hide Scanners and Cameras Removes scanners and cameras applet Applet Hide Sounds and Multimedia Removes sounds and multimedia applet Applet 591 Zoho Corp. Security Policy Description Hide System Applet Removes system applet Hide Users and Passwords Removes users and passwords applet from control panel Applet Disable control panel Disables all Control Panel programs. This setting prevents Control.exe, the program file for Control Panel, from starting. As a result, users cannot start Control Panel or run any Control Panel items. Remove add/remove Prevents users from using Add or Remove Programs. programs This setting removes Add or Remove Programs from Control Panel and removes the Add or Remove Programs item from menus. Hide change or remove Removes the Change or Remove Programs button from the Add or programs page Remove Programs bar. As a result, users cannot view or change the attached page. Hide add new programs Removes the Add New Programs button from the Add or Remove page Programs bar. As a result, users cannot view or change the attached page. Hide add/remove Windows Removes the Add/Remove Windows Components button from the components page Add or Remove Programs bar. As a result, users cannot view or change the associated page. Remove support information Removes links to the Support Info dialog box from programs on the Change or Remove Programs page. Hide appearance and Removes the Appearance and Themes tabs from Display in Control themes page Panel. Hide screen saver tab Removes the Screen Saver tab from Display in Control Panel. Hide settings tab Removes the Settings tab from Display in Control Panel. Password protect the screen Determines whether screen savers used on the computer are saver password protected. Prevent changing wall paper Prevents users from adding or changing the background design of the desktop. Remove display in control Disables Display in Control Panel. panel Browse the network to find If you enable this setting or do not configure it, when users click the printers "Add a network printer" but do not type the name of a particular printer, the Add Printer Wizard displays a list of all shared printers on the network and invites users to choose a printer from among them. Prevent addition of printers Prevents users from using familiar methods to add local and network printers. 592 Zoho Corp. Security Policy Prevent deletion of printers Description Prevents users from deleting local and network printers. If a user tries to delete a printer, such as by using the Delete option in Printers in Control Panel, a message appears explaining that a setting prevents the action. The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation 593 Zoho Corp. Security Policies - Explorer Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Explorer category: Security Policy Description Remove folder options menu item from the tools menu Removes the Folder Options item from all Windows Explorer menus and removes the Folder Options item from Control Panel. As a result, users cannot use the Folder Options dialog box. Remove Shutdown from Start menu and task Removes shutdown from the start menu and task manager dialog. manager Remove File menu from Explorer Removes the File menu from My Computer and Windows Explorer Remove 'Map network drive' and 'Disconnect network Prevents users from using Windows Explorer or My Network Places to map or disconnect network drives. drive' Remove Context Menu in Shell folders Removes context menus which appears while right clicking any folder in the explorer Turn on classic shell This setting allows you to remove the Active Desktop and Web view features. If you enable this setting, it will disable the Active Desktop and Web view. Allow only approved Shell This setting is designed to ensure that shell extensions can operate extensions on a per-user basis. If you enable this setting, Windows is directed to only run those shell extensions that have either been approved by an administrator or that will not impact other users of the machine. Do not track Shell shortcuts Determines whether Windows traces shortcuts back to their sources during roaming when it cannot find the target on the user's system. Remove search button from Windows explorer Removes the Search button from the Windows Explorer toolbar. Hides the manage item on Removes the Manage item from the Windows Explorer context the Windows explorer context menu menu. This context menu appears when you right-click Windows Explorer or My Computer. Remove hardware tab This setting removes the Hardware tab from Mouse, Keyboard, and Sounds and Audio Devices in Control Panel. It also removes the Hardware tab from the Properties dialog box for all local drives, including hard drives, floppy disk drives, and CD-ROM drives. Remove DFS tab Removes the DFS tab from Windows Explorer. Remove UI to change menu Prevents users from selecting the option to animate the movement animation setting of windows, menus, and lists. If you enable this setting, the "Use 594 Zoho Corp. Security Policy Description transition effects for menus and tooltips" option in Display in Control Panel is disabled. Remove UI to change keyboard navigation indicator When this Display Properties option is selected, the underlining that indicates a keyboard shortcut character (hot key) does not appear setting on menus until you press ALT. No 'computers near me' in My Network places Removes the "Computers Near Me" option and the icons representing nearby computers from My Network Places. This setting also removes these icons from the Map Network Drive browser. No 'Entire network' in My Removes the Entire Network option and the icons representing Network places networked computers from My Network Places and from the browser associated with the Map Network Drive option. Do not request alternate This setting suppresses the "Install Program As Other User" dialog credentials box for local and network installations. This dialog box, which prompts the current user for the user name and password of an administrator, appears when users who are not administrators try to install programs locally on their computers. Request credentials for This setting displays the "Install Program As Other User" dialog box network installations even when a program is being installed from files on a network computer across a local area network connection. Hide logoff menu item This option removes Log Off item from the Start Menu. It also removes the Log Off button from the Windows Security dialog box. The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation 595 Zoho Corp. Security Policies - Internet Explorer Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Internet Explorer category: Security Policy Description Restrict using new menu option Prevents users from opening a new browser window from the File menu. Restrict using open menu Prevents users from opening a file or Web page from the File menu option in Internet Explorer. Restrict using Save As... Prevents users from saving Web pages from the browser File menu menu option to their hard disk or to a network share. Restrict on search customization Makes the Customize button in the Search Assistant appear dimmed. Restrict importing and Prevents users from exporting or importing favorite links by using exporting of favorites the Import/Export Wizard. Restrict using find files (F3) Disables using the F3 key to search in Internet Explorer and within browser Windows Explorer. Restrict using save as Web page complete format option Prevents users from saving the complete contents that are displayed on or run from a Web page, including the graphics, scripts, linked files, and other elements. It does not prevent users from saving the text of a Web page. Restrict closing of browser Prevents users from closing Microsoft Internet Explorer. Restrict full screen menu option Prevents users from displaying the browser in full-screen (kiosk) mode, without the standard toolbar. Restrict viewing source menu Prevents users from viewing the HTML source of Web pages by option clicking the Source command on the View menu. Hide favorites menu Prevents users from adding, removing, or editing the list of Favorite links. Restrict using Internet Options... menu option Prevents users from opening the Internet Options dialog box from the Tools menu in Microsoft Internet Explorer. Remove 'Tip of the Day' Prevents users from viewing or changing the Tip of the Day menu option interface in Microsoft Internet Explorer. Remove 'For Netscape Prevents users from displaying tips for users who are switching from Users' menu option Netscape. Remove 'Tour' menu option Remove the Tour menu option. Remove 'Send Feedback' Prevents users from sending feedback to Microsoft by clicking the menu option Send Feedback command on the Help menu. Restrict using 'Open in New Window' menu option Prevents using the shortcut menu to open a link in a new browser window. 596 Zoho Corp. Security Policy Description Restrict using 'save this Prevents users from saving a program or file that Microsoft Internet program to disk' option Explorer has downloaded to the hard disk. Remove context (right-click) menus Prevents the shortcut menu from appearing when users click the right mouse button while using the browser. Hide the General Option Removes the General tab from the interface in the Internet Options Screen dialog box. Hide Security Option Screen Removes the Security tab from the interface in the Internet Options dialog box. Hide Content Option Screen Removes the Content tab from the interface in the Internet Options dialog box. Hide Connections Option Removes the Connections tab from the interface in the Internet Screen Options dialog box. Hide Programs Option Removes the Programs tab from the interface in the Internet Screen Options dialog box. Hide Advanced Option Screen Removes the Advanced tab from the interface in the Internet Options dialog box. Restrict changing home page settings Prevents users from changing the home page of the browser. The home page is the first page that appears when users start the browser. Restrict changing color settings Prevents users from changing the default Web page colors. Restrict changing link color Prevents users from changing the colors of links on Web pages. settings Restrict changing font Prevents users from changing font settings. settings Restrict changing language settings Prevents users from changing language settings. Restrict changing Cache Prevents users from changing Cache settings. settings Restrict changing history Prevents users from changing history settings. settings Restrict changing accessibility setting Prevents users from changing accessibility settings. Restrict changing Content Prevents users from changing the content advisor settings. Advisor settings Restrict changing certificate Prevents users from changing certificate settings in Internet settings Explorer. Certificates are used to verify the identity of software publishers. Restrict changing Profile Prevents users from changing Profile Assistant settings. Assistant settings Restrict changing Prevents Microsoft Internet Explorer from automatically completing 597 Zoho Corp. Security Policy AutoComplete clear form Description forms, such as filling in a name or a password that the user has entered previously on a Web page. Restrict changing AutoComplete save Disables automatic completion of user names and passwords in forms on Web pages, and prevents users from being prompted to password form save passwords. Restrict using Internet Connection Wizard Prevents users from running the Internet Connection Wizard. Restrict changing connection settings Prevents users from changing dial-up settings. Restrict changing Automatic Prevents users from changing automatic configuration settings. Configuration settings Automatic configuration is a process that administrators can use to update browser settings periodically. Restrict changing proxy Prevents users from changing proxy settings. settings Restrict changing Messaging Prevents users from changing the default programs for messaging settings tasks. Restrict changing Calendar and Contact settings Prevents users from changing the default programs for managing schedules and contacts. Restrict Reset Web Settings Prevents users from restoring default settings for home and search feature pages. Restrict changing Check if Prevents Microsoft Internet Explorer from checking to see whether it Default Browser setting is the default browser. Restrict changing any Advanced settings Prevents users from changing settings on the Advanced tab in the Internet Options dialog box. Restrict changing Automatic Prevents Internet Explorer from automatically installing components. Install of IE components Restrict changing automatic Prevents Internet Explorer from checking whether a new version of check for software updates the browser is available. Restrict changing showing the splash screen Prevents the Internet Explorer splash screen from appearing when users start the browser. The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation 598 Zoho Corp. Security Policies - Network Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Network category: Security Policy Hide 'Entire Network' from Network Neighborhood Description Removes all computers outside of the user's workgroup or local domain from lists of network resources in Windows Explorer and My Network Places. AlphaNumeric password Windows by default will accept anything as a password, including nothing. This setting controls whether Windows will require a alphanumeric password, i.e. a password made from a combination of alpha (A, B, C...) and numeric (1, 2 ,3 ...) characters. Enable access to properties Determines whether a user can view and change the properties of of RAS connections available to all users remote access connections that are available to all users of the computer. Ability to delete all user Determines whether users can delete all user remote access remote access connection connections. Ability to enable/Disable LAN Determines whether users can enable/disable LAN connections. connections Ability to rename LAN Determines whether users can rename LAN or all user remote access connections. Prohibit access to properties Determines whether users can change the properties of a LAN of LAN connection. Prohibit access to properties Determines whether Administrators and Network Configuration of components of LAN Operators can change the properties of components used by a LAN connection. Prohibit access to the Determines whether the Advanced Settings item on the Advanced advanced settings item on the advanced menu menu in Network Connections is enabled for administrators. Prohibit access to the dial-up Determines whether the Dial-up Preferences item on the Advanced preferences item on the advanced menu menu in Network Connections folder is enabled. Allow configuration of connection sharing (User) Determines whether users can use the New Connection Wizard, which creates new network connections. Prohibit adding and removing Determines whether administrators can add and remove network components for a LAN or RA connection components for a LAN or remote access connection. This setting has no effect on non-administrators. If you enable this setting the Install and Uninstall buttons for components of connections are disabled, and administrators are not permitted to access network 599 Zoho Corp. Security Policy Description components in the Windows Components Wizard. Prohibit TCP/IP advanced Determines whether users can configure advanced TCP/IP settings. configuration If you enable this setting, the Advanced button on the Internet Protocol Properties dialog box is disabled for all users (including administrators). Prohibit viewing of status for an active connection Determines whether users can view the status for an active connection. The connection status taskbar icon and Status dialog box are not available to users (including administrators). Remove 'make available Prevents users from making network files and folders available offline' offline. This setting removes the "Make Available Offline" option from the File menu and from all context menus in Windows Explorer. Sync offline files before Determines whether offline files are fully synchronized when users logging off log off. The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation 600 Zoho Corp. Security Policies - System Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in System category: Security Policy Description Restrict using registry editing tools Disables the Windows registry editors, Regedit.exe Remove task manager If this setting is enabled and users try to start Task Manager, a message appears explaining that a policy prevents the action. Restrict using Lock Prevents users from locking their workstation Workstation Restrict Changing Password Prevents users from changing the password. Restrict using Passwords Prevents users from changing the account password of local users applet in Control Panel through the password applet in control panel. Restrict using Change Passwords page Prevents users from accessing change password Hide Background page Prevents users using background page Hide Remote Administration page Removes remote administration page Hide User Profiles page Removes user profiles pages Hide Device Manager page Removes device manager page Hide Hardware Profiles page Prevents hardware profile page form being accessed Don't display the getting Suppresses the welcome screen. This setting hides the welcome started welcome screen at logon screen that is displayed on Windows 2000 Professional and Windows XP Professional each time the user logs on. Download missing COM Directs the system to search Active Directory for missing components Component Object Model components that a program requires. Prevent access to registry accessing tools Disables the Windows registry editors, Regedit.exe and Regedit.exe. Run legacy logon scripts hidden Windows 2000 displays the instructions in logon scripts written for Windows NT 4.0 and earlier in a command window as they run, although it does not display logon scripts written for Windows 2000. If you enable this setting, Windows 2000 does not display logon scripts written for Windows NT 4.0 and earlier. Run logoff scripts visible If the setting is enabled, the system displays each instruction in the logoff script as it runs. The instructions appear in a command window. Run logon scripts synchronously If the setting is enabled, Windows Explorer does not start until the logon scripts have finished running. This setting ensures that logon 601 Zoho Corp. Security Policy Description script processing is complete before the user starts working, but it can delay the appearance of the desktop. Run logon scripts visible If the setting is enabled, the system displays each instruction in the logon script as it runs. The instructions appear in a command window. Do not process the legacy run list If the setting is enabled, the system ignores the run list for Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, and Windows XP. Do not process the runonce list You can create a customized list of additional programs and documents that are started automatically the next time the system starts (but not thereafter). These programs are added to the standard list of programs and services that the system starts. If you enable this setting, the system ignores the run-once list. Create a new GPO links This setting creates all new Group Policy object links in the disabled disabled by default state by default. After you configure and test the new object links, either by using Active Directory Users and Computers or Active Directory Sites and Services, you can enable the object links for use on the system. Enforce show policies only Prevents administrators from viewing or using Group Policy preferences. A Group Policy administration (.adm) file can contain both true settings and preferences. True settings, which are fully supported by Group Policy, must use registry entries in the Software/Policies or Software/Microsoft/Windows/CurrentVersion/Policies registry subkeys. Preferences, which are not fully supported, use registry entries in other subkeys. Turn off automatic update of ADM files Prevents the system from updating the Administrative Templates source files automatically when you open Group Policy. The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation 602 Zoho Corp. Security Policies - Task Scheduler Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Task Scheduler category: Security Policy Hide property pages Description This setting removes the Properties item from the File menu in Scheduled Tasks and from the context menu that appears when you right-click a task. As a result, users cannot change any properties of a task. They can only see the properties that appear in Detail view and in the task preview. Prevent task run or end Prevents users from starting and stopping tasks manually. Prohibit drag and drop Prevents users from adding or removing tasks by moving or copying programs in the Scheduled Tasks folder. Prohibit new task creation Prevents users from creating new tasks Prohibit task deletion Prevents user from deleting users from the scheduled tasks folder Remove advanced menu Prevents users from viewing or changing the properties of newly created tasks. Prohibit browse This setting removes the Browse button from the Schedule Task Wizard and from the Task tab of the properties dialog box for a task. Also, users cannot edit the "Run" box or the "Start in" box that determine the program and path for a task. The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation 603 Zoho Corp. Security Policies - Windows Installer Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Windows Installer category: Security Policy Always install with elevated privileges Description This setting extends elevated privileges to all programs. These privileges are usually reserved for programs that have been assigned to the user (offered on the desktop), assigned to the computer (installed automatically), or made available in Add or Remove Programs in Control Panel. This setting lets users install programs that require access to directories that the user might not have permission to view or change, including directories on highly restricted computers. Prohibit rollback This setting prevents Windows Installer from recording the original state of the system and sequence of changes it makes during installation. It also prevents Windows Installer from retaining files it intends to delete later. As a result, Windows Installer cannot restore the computer to its original state if the installation does not complete. Disable media source for any Prevents users from installing programs from removable media. install The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation 604 Zoho Corp. Security Policies - Start Menu and Taskbar Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Start Menu and Taskbar category: Security Policy Description Remove user's folder from Hides all folders on the user-specific (top) section of the Start menu. the start menu Other items appear, but folders are hidden. This setting is designed for use with redirected folders. Redirected folders appear on the main (bottom) section of the Start menu. Remove links and access to Prevents users from connecting to the Windows Update Web site. Windows update Remove common program groups from start menu Removes items in the All Users profile from the Programs menu on the Start menu. Prohibit user from changing Prevents users from changing the path to the My Documents folder. My Documents path Remove My Documents from Removes the Documents menu from the Start menu. start menu Remove programs on settings menu Prevents Control Panel, Printers, and Network Connections from running. Remove network Prevents users from running Network Connections. connections from start menu Remove favorites from start Prevents users from adding the Favorites menu to the Start menu or menu classic Start menu. Remove search from start menu Removes the Search item from the Start menu, and disables some Windows Explorer search elements. This setting removes the Search item from the Start menu and from the context menu that appears when you right-click the Start menu. Also, the system does not respond when users press the Application key (the key with the Windows logo)+ F. Remove help menu from Removes the Help command from the Start menu. start menu Remove run from start menu Allows you to remove the Run command from the Start menu, Internet Explorer, and Task Manager. Add logoff to the start menu Adds the "Log Off <username>" item to the Start menu and prevents users from removing it. Remove logoff on the start Removes the "Log Off <username>" item from the Start menu and menu prevents users from restoring it. 605 Zoho Corp. Security Policy Description Remove and prevent access Prevents users from shutting down or restarting Windows. to the shutdown command This setting removes the Shut Down option from the Start menu and disables the Shut Down button on the Windows Security dialog box, which appears when you press CTRL+ALT+DEL. Remove drag-and-drop context menu on the start Prevents users from using the drag-and-drop method to reorder or remove items on the Start menu. Also, it removes context menus menu from the Start menu. Prevent changes to taskbar and start menu settings Removes the Taskbar and Start Menu item from Settings on the Start menu. This setting also prevents the user from opening the Taskbar Properties dialog box. Remove context menu for the taskbar Hides the menus that appear when you right-click the taskbar and items on the taskbar, such as the Start button, the clock, and the taskbar buttons. Do not keep the history of recently opened documents Prevents the operating system and installed programs from creating and displaying shortcuts to recently opened documents. Clear history of recently opened documents history Clear history of recently opened documents on exit. on exit Turn off personalized menus Disables personalized menus. Windows 2000 personalizes long menus by moving recently used items to the top of the menu and hiding items that have not been used recently. Turn off user tracking Disables user tracking. This setting prevents the system from tracking the programs users run, the paths they navigate, and the documents they open. Add 'run in separate memory Lets users run a 16-bit program in a dedicated (not shared) Virtual space' check box to run DOS Machine (VDM) process. dialog box Do not use the search based Prevents the system from conducting a comprehensive search of method when resolving shell the target drive to resolve a shortcut. shortcuts Do not use the tracking Prevents the system from using NTFS tracking features to resolve a based method when resolving shell shortcuts shortcut. Gray unavailable Windows Displays Start menu shortcuts to partially installed programs in gray installer programs start menu shortcuts text. This setting makes it easier for users to distinguish between programs that are fully installed and those that are only partially installed. 606 Zoho Corp. The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation Security Policies - Microsoft Management Console Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Microsoft Management Console category: Security Policy Restrict user from entering author mode Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins Restrict/permit Component services snap-in Restrict/permit Computer management snap-in Restrict/permit Device manager snap-in Restrict/permit Disk management snap-in Restrict/permit Disk defragmentation snap-in Description Users cannot create console files or add or remove snap-ins. Also, because they cannot open author-mode console files, they cannot use the tools that the files contain. All snap-ins are prohibited, except those that you explicitly permit. Use this setting if you plan to prohibit use of most snap-ins. To explicitly permit a snap-in, open the Restricted/Permitted snap-ins setting folder and enable the settings representing the snap-in you want to permit. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. 607 Zoho Corp. Security Policy Restrict/permit Event viewer snap-in Restrict/permit Fax services snap-in Restrict/permit Indexing services snap-in Restrict/permit Internet Information Services snap-in Restrict/permit Local users and groups snap-in Restrict/permit Performance logs and alerts snap-in Restrict/permit Services snap-in Restrict/permit Shared folders snap-in Restrict/permit System information snap-in Description If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or 608 Zoho Corp. Security Policy Restrict/permit Telephony snap-in Restrict/permit WMI control snap-in Restrict/permit System properties snap-in Restrict/permit Group policy snap-in Restrict/permit Group policy tab for active directory tool snap-in Restrict/permit Administrative templates (computer) snap-in Restrict/permit Administrative templates (users) snap-in Restrict/permit Folder redirection snap-in Restrict/permit Internet explorer maintenance snapin Description prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or 609 Zoho Corp. Security Policy Restrict/permit Remote installation services snap-in Restrict/permit Scripts (logon/logoff) snap-in Restrict/permit Scripts(startup/shutdown) snap-in Restrict/permit Security settings snap-in Restrict/permit Software installation (computer) snapin Restrict/permit Software installation (user) snap-in Description prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. If the setting is enabled, the snap-in is permitted. If the setting is disabled, the snap-in is prohibited. If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited. The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation 610 Zoho Corp. Security Policies - Computer Desktop Central supports configuring the following security policies in Computer category: Security Policy Description Disable ctrl+alt+del requirement for logon Determines whether pressing CTRL+ALT+DEL is required before a user can log on. Restrict CD-ROM access to Determines whether a CD-ROM is accessible to both local and locally logged-on user only remote users simultaneously. Restrict Floppy access to Determines whether removable floppy media is accessible to both locally logged-on user only local and remote users simultaneously. Prevent users from installing printer drivers It prevents users from installing printer drivers on the local machine. Prevent user from changing Disables the buttons on the File Types tab. As a result, users can file type association view file type associations, but they cannot add, delete, or change them. The policy descriptions are taken from Microsoft Help Documentation 611 Zoho Corp. Windows System Tools 1. Check Disk Tool 2. Disk Cleanup Tool 3. Disk Defragmenter Tool 612 Zoho Corp. Check Disk Tool The Check Disk tool creates a status report of the disk based on its file system. The errors in the disk is also displayed. It can also be used to correct the disk errors. Desktop Central supports the following options to run the check disk tool: 1. Verbose: Displays the name of each file in every directory as the disk is checked. 2. Quick Check: This option is available only for the NTFS File system. Selecting this option will perform the check disk operation quickly by skipping the checking of cycles within the folder structure and by performing a less vigorous check of index entries. See Also: Windows System Tools, Creating and Scheduling Tasks, Viewing and Modifying the Tasks, Viewing Task History, Disk Defragmenter, Disk Cleanup 613 Zoho Corp. Disk Cleanup Tool The Disk Cleanup utility helps to cleanup the unwanted filed in the disk to increase the free space. Desktop Central cleans the windows system for the following: 1. Remove Active Setup Temp Folders 2. Compress old files 3. Remove content indexer 4. Remove downloaded Program Files 5. Remove internet cache files 6. Remove memory dump files 7. Remove Office setup files 8. Remove offline files 9. Remove web pages 10. Remove old check disk files 11. Empty recycle bin 12. Remove remote desktop cache files 13. Remove setup log files 14. Remove old system restore positions. 15. Remove Temporary files 16. Remove temporary offline files 17. Remove uninstall backup images 18. Remove webclient and web publisher cache files See Also: Windows System Tools, Creating and Scheduling Tasks, Viewing and Modifying the Tasks, Viewing Task History, Disk Defragmenter, Check Disk 614 Zoho Corp. Disk Defragmenter Tool Adapted from Windows Help Documentation Volumes become fragmented as users create and delete files and folders, install new software, or download files from the Internet. Computers typically save files in the first contiguous free space that is large enough for the file. If a large enough free space is not available, the computer saves as much of the file as possible in the largest available space and then saves the remaining data in the next available free space, and so on. After a large portion of a volume has been used for file and folder storage, most of the new files are saved in pieces across the volume. When you delete files, the empty spaces left behind fill in randomly as you store new ones. The more fragmented the volume is, the slower the computer's file input/output performance will be. Desktop Central provides option to run the defragmenter tool on multiple machines simultaneously. It supports the following options: 1. Verbose: Displays the complete analysis and defragmentation reports 2. Analyze: Analyzes the volume and displays a summary of the analysis report. 3. Force Defragmentation: Forces defragmentation of the drive regardless of whether it needs to be defragmented. See Also: Windows System Tools, Creating and Scheduling Tasks, Viewing and Modifying the Tasks, Viewing Task History, Check Disk, Disk Cleanup 615 Zoho Corp. Data Back up and Restore Desktop Central stores information like configuration details, status of deployed configurations, and details about reports, like User Logon reports and Active Directory reports, in a database. Creating a backup of this database and certain important files like configuration files is necessary to prevent loss of data. You can back up data automatically, by scheduling a back up using Desktop Central, or taking a back up manually. You can also restore this data when required. For example, assume that your hard disk crashes and you have to re-install Desktop Central. You can use the last back up you took to restore all the required information. Note that this is possible only if the backup file is stored in a computer other than yours. Best Practises for Back up and restore These are the few best practices recommended for Back Up and Restore option. 1. Make sure that you add the exclusion list for Anti Virus. When directories containing the MySQL / PGSQL data are scanned by anti virus software, they misidentify the files content as spam and does not allow to back up that data. Refer the following links which will guide you, how to exclude the Anti Virus. McAffe : https://kc.mcafee.com/corporate/index?page=content&id=KB50998 Symantec : http://www.symantec.com/business/support/index?page=content&id=TECH9995 5 Kaspersky : http://support.kaspersky.com/us/faq/?qid=208284276 2. It is always recommended to Schedule the back up during non-office hours. 3. Make sure that you have a minimum of 5GB space to store the back up data. 4. Make sure that you specify a Valid destination folder. 5. Make sure that the remote database if configured, should be running during back up. 616 Zoho Corp. Scheduling Data Backup You can use Desktop Central to take a back up of the database regularly. For example, if you want to take a back up of the database every Friday at 5 p.m., you can schedule the same using Desktop Central. To schedule back up of data, follow the steps given below: 1. Select the Admin tab 2. In the Tools section, click Database Backup 3. Specify the time at which you want the back up to be taken, in hour:minute:second (hh:mm:ss) format The time should be specified in the 24-hour format. For example, if you want the database back up to be taken at 6 p.m., the time should be specified as 18:00:00. 4. Select the number of backup files that you want Desktop Central to save Using this option you can select how many database backup files should be saved. The older backup files will be deleted. For example, if you want only 7 backup files saved, select 7. This will ensure that at all times only 7 backup files are saved. 5. Specify the location where you want the backup files to be stored 6. Check the Notify when the database backup fails checkbox 7. Specify the email address (es) to which you want an e-mail message sent, if the database back up failslease note that you should have configured your mail server settings to get notified. Ensure that you have configured your mail server settings to receive notifications. 6. Click Save Changes You have scheduled an automatic data backup to take place automatically at a specified time. Manual Data Backup and Restore You can manually back up and restore the database. You can do this using the Backup-Restore Utility GUI. 617 Zoho Corp. Opening the Backup-Restore Utility Graphical User Interface (GUI) To open the Backup-Restore Utility GUI, follow the steps given below: 1. Right-click start>Explore>Local Disk (C:)>Program Files>DesktopCentral_Server>bin 2. Double-click backuprestore.bat You've opened the Backup-Restore Utility GUI. Creating a backup file 1. On the Backup-Restore Utility GUI, click the Backup tab 2. Select the location where you want to save the backup file If you're using a network share, the directory should have write permission for everyone in the network. 3. Click Backup A backup file is created and saved in the specified location. The file will be named using the buildnumber-date-time.zip format. For example, 70120-Oct-25-2010-13-26.zip where 70120 is the build number, Oct 25th 2010 is the date and 13:26 is the time. Restoring a backup file Ensure that you have shut down the Desktop Central server before restoring a backup file. 1. On the Backup-Restore Utility GUI, click the Restore tab 2. Browse and select the required backup file. 3. Click Restore The build number of the Desktop Central server should match the build number of the backup file you are restoring. This will restore the specified data to Desktop Central server. 618 Zoho Corp. If remote database is configured with the Desktop Central server, ensure that it is running on a remote machine. After restoration, the changes made after the backup date will not be available. 619 Zoho Corp. Dynamic Variables Dynamic Variables are those that are replaced dynamically by Desktop Central while applying the configurations. As the name implies, the value of these variables are not the same for all the users/computers. For example, to redirect the shortcuts of the start menu that are common for all the users to the system drive, you can use the dynamic variable $SystemDrive. This will be replaced by the corresponding system drive of that computer (like C, D, etc.) while deploying the configuration. The table below lists the dynamic variable supported by Desktop Central: Dynamic Description Example Value of the Variable Variable $ComSpec Specifies the path to the command interpretor C:\WINNT\system32\cmd.exe $HomePath Refers to the home directory as \\JOHNSMITH\ defined in UMD/AD $NtType Role of NT/2000/XP computer Server, Workstation $OS Short name of currently installed Windows_NT operating system $OSVersion 2000 & XP will report back as NT Windows 2000 $OStype 2000 & XP will report back as NT NT $OsBuildNumber Refers to the build number of the currently installed operating system 1381, 2195 $OsCsdVersion Refers to the service pack of the Service Pack 4 currently installed operating system $ProfileDirDU Will be replaced by the full path of C:\Documents and Settings\Default User the "Default User" profile $ProfilesDir Will be replaced by the full path of where user profiles are stored C:\Documents and Settings $ShellCache Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and current user's Temporary Internet Files shell folder Settings\JohnSmith\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files Will be replaced by the path to current user's Internet Cookies shell C:\Documents and Settings\JohnSmith\Cookies $ShellCookies folder $ShellDesktop Will be replaced by the path to current user's Desktop shell folder C:\Documents and Settings\JohnSmith\Desktop 620 Zoho Corp. Dynamic Variable $ShellFavorites Description Example Value of the Variable Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and current user's Favorites shell folder (also referred to as "IE Bookmarks"). Settings\JohnSmith\Favorites $ShellHistory Will be replaced by the path to current user's History shell folder C:\Documents and Settings\JohnSmith\Local Settings\History $ShellMyPictures Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and Settings\JohnSmith\My current user's My Pictures shell folder Documents\My Pictures Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and current user's Network Neighborhood shell folder Settings\JohnSmith\NetHood Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and Settings\JohnSmith\My current user's Personal shell folder (also referred to as "My Documents $ShellNetHood $ShellPersonal Documents") $ShellPrintHood Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and current user's Printer Neighborhood Settings\JohnSmith\PrintHood shell folder $ShellPrograms Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and current user's Start Menu Programs shell folder Settings\JohnSmith\Start Menu\Programs Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and current user's Recent Documents shell folder Settings\JohnSmith\Recent Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and current user's Send To shell folder Settings\JohnSmith\SendTo Will be replaced by the path to C:\Documents and current user's Start-Menu shell folder Settings\JohnSmith\Start Menu Will be replaced by the path to current user's Start Menu Startup C:\Documents and Settings\JohnSmith\Start shell folder Menu\Programs\Startup $ShellTemplates Will be replaced by the path to current user's Templates shell folder C:\Documents and Settings\JohnSmith\Templates $SystemDrive Refers to the drive where OS files are located C: $SystemRoot Will be replaced by the path to C:\WINNT $ShellRecent $ShellSendTo $ShellStartMenu $ShellStartup operating system folder $TempDir Will be replaced by the path to the temporary directory on the client C:\Documents and Settings\JohnSmith\Local Settings\Temp $WinDir Will be replaced by the path to C:\WINNT 621 Zoho Corp. Dynamic Variable Description Example Value of the Variable user's Windows folder (usually same as SystemRoot, exception would be a terminal server) 622 Zoho Corp. Limitations 1. When a site is chosen as the target for a user configuration, the status of the configuration will always be In Progress. This is because, it is not possible to get the exact user counts of individual sites. 2. When a user login to different computers in a domain, the status of the configurations defined for that user will reflect the status of the latest deployment. 3. When an already defined configuration is modified and re-deployed, the previous data will be overwritten and will not be shown in history reports. 4. Remote Shutdown Tool will not work for Windows 2000 computers. 5. Disk Defragmentation is not supported in Windows 2000 computers. 623 Zoho Corp. Known Issues 1. Printers shared in a Domain cannot be shared to computers in a Workgroup or vice-versa. 2. Redirecting folders between computers of different Domains or between a Workgroup and a Domain computer is not supported. 3. Software Installation will not work in the following cases: 1. Package is in computer share of one Domain and you are trying to install it to a computer in another Domain. 2. Package is in computer share of a Domain and you are trying to install it to a computer in a Workgroup or vice-versa. 3. Package is in computer share of one Workgroup and you are trying to install it to a computer in another Workgroup. 4. In Custom Script configuration, Logoff and shutdown scripts cannot be executed. Known Issues in deploying Configuration to Windows Vista Client Machines 1. When Security Policies are deployed to Windows Vista machines, the status will be shown as successful, but, the policies will not be applied. Known Issues in Desktop Sharing 1. If the remote computer is shutdown using Remote Desktop Sharing, the viewer will not close by itself and has to be closed manually. It will display a blue screen showing a message "Meeting has stopped". 2. When connecting from Firefox/Flock browsers, Desktop Central Add-on (xpi) will be installed every time you access a remote computer using the Active X viewer. If you do not accept to install the xpi within 20 seconds, the remote service will be killed and you will not be able to access it. You have to close the viewer and have to connect again. 3. In Java viewer, Zoom In, Zoom Out, and Full Screen icons in the toolbar will not work. 4. When a remote connection is established, a message "You are now controlling the desktop" will appear. If you do not click OK within 20 seconds, the connection will close automatically. You have to close the viewer and have to connect again. 624 Zoho Corp. Glossary 1. Site 2. Domain 3. Organizational Unit 4. Group 5. User 6. Computer 7. IP Address 8. Group Policy Object (GPO) 9. Client Side Extension (CSE) 10. Define Target 11. Scope of Management 12. Inactive Users 13. Collection 14. Applicable Patches 15. Latest Patches 16. Missing Patches 17. Missing Systems 18. Affected Systems 19. Informational Patches 20. Obsolete Patches This section provides the description or definitions of the terms used in Desktop Central. Site One or more well connected (highly reliable and fast) TCP/IP subnets. A site allows administrators to configure Active Directory access and replication topology quickly and easily to take advantage of the physical network. When users log on, Active Directory clients locate Active Directory servers in the same site as the user. Domain Domain is a group of computers that are part of a network and share a common directory database. A domain is administered as a unit with common rules and procedures. Each domain has a unique name. 625 Zoho Corp. Organizational Unit (OU) An organizational unit is a logical container into which users, groups, computers, and other organizational units are placed. It can contain objects only from its parent domain. An organizational unit is the smallest scope to which a Group Policy object can be linked, or over which administrative authority can be delegated. Group A collection of users, computers, contacts, and other groups. Groups can be used as security or as email distribution collections. Distribution groups are used only for e-mail. Security groups are used both to grant access to resources and as e-mail distribution lists. User The people using the workstations in the network are called users. Each user in the network has a unique user name and corresponding password for secured access. Computer The PCs in the network which are accessed by users are known as computer or workstation. Each computer has unique name. IP Address The expansion of IP Address is Internet Protocol Address. An unique IP Address is provided for each workstation, switches, printers, and other devices present in the network for identification and routing of information. Group Policy Object (GPO) A Group Policy Object (GPO) is a collection of settings that define what a system will look like and how it will behave for a defined group of users. Client Side Extension (CSE) Desktop Central installs an Windows-compliant agent or a Client Side Extension (CSE) in the machines that are being managed. This is used to get the status of the applied configurations from the targets. 626 Zoho Corp. Define Target Define Target is the process of identifying the users or computers for which the configuration have to be applied. The targets can be all users/computers belonging to a Site, Domain, OUs, Groups, or can be a specific user/computer. You also have an option to exclude some desktops based on the machine type, OS type, etc. Scope of Management Scope of Management (SOM) is used to define the computers that have to be managed using this software. Initially the administrator can define a small set of computers for testing the software and later extend it to the whole domain. This provides more flexibility in managing your desktops using this software. Inactive Users In a Windows Domain there may be cases where the user accounts have been created for some machines but they remain inactive for some reasons. For example, users like Guest, IUSER_WIN2KMASTER, IWAM_WIN2KMASTER, etc., will never login. These user accounts are referred to as Inactive Users. In order to get the accurate configuration status of the active users, it is recommended that the Admin User add the inactive user accounts in their domain so that these users (user accounts) may not be considered for calculating the status. Collection Configurations that are intended for the same set of targets can be grouped as a collection. Applicable Patches This is a subset of the patches released by Microsoft that affect your network systems / applications. This includes all the patches affecting your network irrespective of whether they are installed or not. Missing Patches This refers to the patches affecting your network that are not installed. Latest Patches This refers to the patches pertaining to the recently released Microsoft bulletins. 627 Zoho Corp. Missing Systems This refers to the systems managed by Desktop Central that requires the patches to be installed. Affected Systems This refers to the systems managed by Desktop Central that are vulnerable. This includes all the systems that are affected irrespective of whether the patches have been installed or not. Informational Patches There maybe some vulnerabilities for which Desktop Central is not able to determine if the appropriate patch or work around has been applied. There could also be patches for which manual intervention is required. These are categorized as Informational Items. Remediation of these issues usually involves a configuration change or work around rather than a patch. Obsolete Patches These are patches that are outdated and have another patch that is more recently released and has taken its place (Superseding Patch). If these patches are missing, you can safely ignore them and deploy the patches that supersede them. Some definitions are adapted from Microsoft Help Documentation. Knowledge Base : http://www.manageengine.com/products/desktop-central/knowledge-base.html How To's : http://www.manageengine.com/products/desktop-central/how-to.html FAQs : http://www.manageengine.com/products/desktop-central/faq.html Videos : http://www.manageengine.com/products/desktop-central/demo/desktop-managementvideos.html?lhs Customers Quote : http://www.manageengine.com/products/desktop-central/customer-quotes.html ROI : http://www.manageengine.com/products/desktop-central/roi.html 628 Zoho Corp.
